AI assistant
Savills PLC — Annual Report 2025
Apr 30, 2026
4850_10-k_2026-04-30_efb69a7f-a117-46af-9131-54ba505aa934.html
Annual Report
Open in viewerOpens in your device viewer
Savills PLC
213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2025-01-01 2025-12-31 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2025-12-31 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2024-12-31 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2023-12-31 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2025-01-01 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2025-01-01 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2025-01-01 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2025-01-01 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2025-01-01 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2025-01-01 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember iso4217:GBP iso4217:GBP xbrli:shares
Annual Report and Accounts 2025
Positioned
for growth
IR.SAVILLS.COM
Balance (non-transactional)*
62
%
(2024: 64%)
Underlying profit**
£145.3
m
(2024: £130.4m)
Revenue
£2,550.9
m
(2024: £2,404.0m)
Reported profit after tax
£73.6
m
(2024: £52.9m)
Dividends
33.8
p
(2024: 30.2p)
Reported earnings per share
52.0
p
(2024: 39.4p)
Underlying earnings per share**
77.2
p
(2024: 66.2p)
Operating cash generation
£172.3
m
(2024: £158.6m)
*
Defined as the % of Group revenue derived from non-transactional revenue streams. See Non-Financial Key Performance Indicators on page 27 for further information.
**
Underlying profit is an alternative performance measure used to assess the performance of the Group. Underlying EPS is also an alternative performance measure used to assess the performance of the Group.
Underlying EPS is calculated using the underlying profit after tax measure, with the weighted average number of shares remaining the same as the GAAP measure. Refer to Note 11 and Note 15.2 to the financial
statements for further explanation of underlying profit measures.
Savills is a
global
real estate
services provider.
Offering a broad range of specialist
advisory, management and transactional
services to clients all over the world.
HIGHLIGHTS
CONTENTS
OVERVIEW
02
What we do
03
Savills at a glance
GOVERNANCE
70
Chair’s Introduction
73
Governance overview
73
Applying the principles of the 2024
UK Corporate Governance Code
75
Governance at a glance
76
Board of Directors
79
Group Executive Board
81
Corporate Governance statement
81
Governance framework
83
Culture and values
85
Stakeholder engagement
88
Section 172(1) statement
91
Policies and practices
92
Division of responsibilities
STRATEGIC REPORT
04
Chair’s statement
08
Chief Executive’s review
16
Savills Group strategy
20
Market review
24
Our business model
26
Key performance indicators
28
Financial review
31
Principal and emerging risks and
uncertainties facing the business
40
Responsible business
54
Disclosure statements
54
Non-financial and sustainability
information statement 2025
55
Task Force on Climate-Related
Financial Disclosures (TCFD) 2025
69
Viability statement
94
Nomination and Governance
Committee Report
102
Audit, risks and internal controls
102
Audit Committee Report
114
Directors’ Remuneration Report
114
Annual statement
118
Remuneration Policy
121
Annual Report on Remuneration
141
Directors’ Report
146
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
in respect of the financial statements
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
147
Independent Auditor’s report
159
Consolidated income statement
160
Consolidated statement of
comprehensive income
161
Consolidated statement of
financial position
162
changes in equity
164
Consolidated statement of cash flows
165
Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
257
Company statement of financial position
258
Company statement of changes
in equity
260
Notes to the Company
financial statements
273
Appendices
275
Shareholder information
READ MORE ON PAGE 24
READ MORE ON PAGE 83
READ MORE ON PAGE 81
READ MORE ON PAGE 26
OUR BUSINESS MODEL
PROMOTING A POSITIVE AND
INCLUSIVE CULTURE
LEADERSHIP AND
COMPANY PURPOSE
KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS
01
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2025
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
STRATEGIC REPORT
OVERVIEW
WHAT WE DO
700+
Offices and associates
42,000+
Staff
We provide best-in-class insights
and advice to help individuals,
businesses and investors make
better property decisions.
Helping people
thrive
through
places and spaces
We
listen
We
empower
We
challenge
We
collaborate
WHY (OUR PURPOSE)
HOW (OUR VALUES)
IN 2025, WE CELEBRATED 170 YEARS OF SAVILLS
02
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2025
OVERVIEW
SAVILLS AT A GLANCE
Our vision is to be the real estate
advisor of choice in the markets
we serve. We do not wish to be the
biggest, just the best.
£332.4
m
Revenue
(2024: £314.9m)
£1,501.8
Revenue
(2024: £1,386.5m)
EUROPE, THE MIDDLE EAST AND AFRICA (‘EMEA’)
NORTH AMERICA
ASIA PACIFIC
£716.7
Revenue
(2024: £702.6m)
65
Offices
(2024: 57)
196
Offices
(2024: 191)
46
Offices
(2024: 41)
28,189
Employees
(2024: 28,430)
13,675
Employees
(2024: 13,040)
999
Employees
(2024: 980)
At the forefront of the real estate industry and with
over 42,000 professionals working collaboratively
across our global and local networks, we offer a
huge range of services and specialist expertise to
ensure our clients achieve the best outcomes.
Transaction Advisory
The Transaction Advisory business stream comprises
commercial, residential, leisure and agricultural
leasing, tenant representation and investment
advice on purchases and sales.
SEE PAGES 10 TO 12
Property and Facilities Management
Management of commercial, residential,
leisure and agricultural property for owners.
Provision of a comprehensive range of services to
occupiers of property, ranging from strategic advice
through to project management and all services
relating to a property.
SEE PAGE 13
Investment Management
Investment management of commercial and
residential property portfolios for institutional,
corporate or private investors, on a pooled or
segregated account basis.
SEE PAGE 15
Consultancy
Provision of a wide range of professional property
services including valuation, project management
and housing consultancy, environmental consultancy,
landlord and tenant, rating, development, planning,
strategic projects, corporate services and research.
SEE PAGE 14
Where our expertise lies
Our global size and strength
We have an international network of over 700 offices
and associates and over 42,000 staff throughout the
UK, Asia Pacific, the Americas, Continental Europe,
Africa and the Middle East, offering a broad range of
specialist advisory, management and transactional
services to clients all over the world.
Demonstrating geographic
and business diversity
£2.6
bn
Group revenue
28%
13%
59%
03
OVERVIEW
CHAIR’S STATEMENT
Stacey
Cartwright
Chair
Strong performance
highlighting Group’s resilience
and accelerating
strategic momentum.”
Results overview
Group revenue increased by 6% to
£2.6bn (2024: £2.4bn), representing
growth of 8% on a constant currency*
basis. The Group’s Transactional
businesses delivered revenue growth of
4% during the year, despite challenging
market conditions, particularly in Q2 and
Q3, driven by heightened geopolitical
and economic uncertainty. During this
period, transaction pipelines continued
to build globally as many investors and
occupiers deferred completion decisions
while maintaining work in progress.
As market sentiment improved, the
Group delivered a very strong close to
the year in Q4.
The Group’s Less Transactional
businesses of Consultancy, Property and
Facilities Management and Investment
Management grew revenue by 7.5% in
aggregate, with Consultancy delivering
particularly strong growth of 11%.
The Group’s underlying profit increased
by 11% to £145.3m (2024: £130.4m), with
the margin increasing by 30bps to 5.7%
(2024: 5.4%). The Group’s reported
profit before tax increased by 14% to
£101.0m (2024: £88.3m), representing a
reported pre-tax profit margin of 4.0%
(2024: 3.7%). Currency movements in
the year reduced revenue by £34.6m,
underlying profit by £0.9m and reported
profit before taxation by £0.4m.
*
Constant currency is an alternative performance measure used to assess the performance of the
Group. Revenue and underlying profit for the year are translated at the prior year exchange rates
to provide a constant currency comparison. Refer to the appendices to the financial statements for
further explanation of this measure.
04
OVERVIEW
§
Group revenue up 6% to £2.6bn (2024: £2.4bn)
§
Underlying profit before tax increased 11% to £145.3m (2024: £130.4m)
§
Reported profit before tax, after exceptional costs, increased 14% to £101.0m
(2024: £88.3m)
§
Underlying basic EPS up 17% to 77.2p (2024: 66.2p); reported basic EPS up 32%
to 52.0p (2024: 39.4p)
§
Aggregate proposed final and supplementary dividends of 26.4p (2024: 23.1p),
giving a total distribution for the year of 33.8p (2024: 30.2p), up 12%
Net cash as at 31 December 2025 of £167.7m (2024: £176.3m)
Underlying profit in the Transactional
businesses increased by 13%, reflecting
inherent operational gearing and the
benefits of restructuring undertaken in
prior periods in certain markets.
The Group’s strength across its Less
Transactional service lines continued
to provide a resilient earnings stream
delivering a 15% increase in underlying
profit. The strong revenue performance
of our Consultancy business flowed
through to the bottom line with a 19%
increase in underlying profit. Savills
Investment Management delivered a 38%
increase in underlying profit, with some
signs of market recovery and the benefit
from cost saving initiatives in the prior
year coming through.
The Group delivered increased revenues
and underlying profit across all three
regions, EMEA, Asia Pacific and North
America, with the Continental Europe
and Middle Eastern business, which
has been the focus of significant
management action, delivering a marked
improvement for the second consecutive
year, reporting a break-even position in
2025 (2024: £7.4m underlying loss).
In response to the further challenges faced
during the year, the Group implemented
additional restructuring initiatives,
particularly within the German business
and in Mainland China. The Group
recognised restructuring costs of £30.5m
during the year (2024: £17.2m).
The Group continued to maintain a
strong liquidity position with net cash
(cash and cash equivalents net of
borrowings and overdrafts) of £167.7m
at year-end (2024: £176.3m).
Market conditions
Overall, global commercial property
investment rose by 15% in 2025, driven
in large part by the US, the world’s
largest market, which recorded a 20%
increase during the year. Elsewhere,
market conditions were less favourable,
with macroeconomic headwinds and
geopolitical uncertainty, in particular
the imposition of US tariffs, weighing on
investor and occupier sentiment. By the
end of Q3, the US was still the only market
to record year-on-year transaction volume
growth. However, recovery in EMEA and
parts of Asia Pacific was manifested in a
marked increase in investment volumes
during the fourth quarter.
In the UK, commercial property
investment showed modest growth
during the year, supported by improved
activity in the office and industrial
sectors, while London remained the
leading global destination for cross-
border capital. Residential market
conditions were more subdued, with
cautious buyer sentiment and ongoing
tax-related uncertainty ahead of the
Autumn Budget weighing on activity at
the prime end of the market. That said,
the Budget ultimately delivered the
‘least worst’ outcome for this market,
contributing to a significant surge in
completions in December.
2025 Highlights
Across Europe, investment activity
improved gradually during the year
as institutional capital returned, while
occupiers continued to favour high-
quality, ESG-compliant assets. In contrast,
non-core locations experienced further
softening, underlining the trend for
markets to polarise between Prime Grade
A and Secondary stock. The German
market, down more than 50% from
its pre-covid levels, continued to face
challenging conditions.
In the Middle East, market conditions
remained supportive, with residential
and office activity in the UAE benefiting
from strong inflows of high-net-
worth individuals and a favourable
business environment.
In North America, where the Group’s
business is predominantly focused on
leasing for occupiers, office leasing
activity strengthened during the year,
supported by stricter return-to-office
mandates and sustained demand for
high-quality, best-in-class space.
Business development
Savills continues to focus on the
strategic development of the Group
and on enhancing its client offering.
Supported by the Group’s strong balance
sheet, these initiatives position Savills well
as global markets continue their recovery.
During the year, the Group strengthened
its market-leading position in Ireland
and further deepened its expertise
through the acquisition of the well-
established and highly regarded
commercial property agency, Osborne
King & Megran Ltd (‘Osborne King’),
in April 2025.
05
In North America, the Group acquired
Richard L. Hoffman & Associates Inc.,
a leading management consultancy,
together with Compustall Services Inc.,
a technology relocation services provider
(‘Hoffman’). These acquisitions represent
a further expansion of the Group’s
integrated service platform, enabling
Savills to offer clients a single, seamless
solution for the planning and delivery of
complex workplace transitions across
multiple sectors and geographies.
In December, the Group acquired an
initial 70% interest in K&T Investment
Pte Ltd (‘Alpina’), a leading mechanical
and electrical engineering consultancy
in Singapore. This, together with the
Group’s existing Property and Facilities
Management capabilities, enables Savills
to provide a fully-integrated Facilities
Management service to both public and
private sector clients in that market.
Technology
Technology remains a key focus for the
Group, and we continue to benefit from
investments made through Grosvenor
Hill Ventures globally, as well as our
own digital programmes. We continued
to invest in our proprietary technology
platforms, including enhanced property
management systems in Mainland
China and Germany, supporting future
performance in these markets. Significant
investment in technology also underpins
our leading UK residential sales and
lettings business, ensuring we remain at
the forefront of service and efficiency.
CHAIR’S STATEMENT
continued
Within Savills Earth, our sustainability
consultancy, we launched the Savills
Carbon Pioneer tool, which enables
rapid, early-stage assessments of
an asset’s net zero potential and
decarbonisation pathway, providing
clients with actionable insights to
support their sustainability ambitions.
Our AI strategy encompasses all
our service lines. The core of our
development is to apply AI to our
proprietary data and core workflows,
built from decades of transactions,
research, and on-the-ground expertise.
In so doing we are able to process
complex market information more
efficiently and surface insights more
quickly. This enables our experts to
focus on what matters most: judgement,
strategy, and delivering outcomes that
truly benefit our clients. Because our AI is
grounded in real activity and local market
nuance, not abstract models, our advice
is faster, deeper, and tailored, giving
clients a perspective that combines
rigorous evidence with practical insight.
We are in the early to mid- phase of
developing these tools, having invested
significant time and money over the last
5 years accumulating and curating data
feeds from our own and external sources.
Looking ahead, AI will play an
increasingly central role in delivering
proactive, tailored advice, helping us spot
opportunities sooner and align insights
more closely with each client’s objectives.
Throughout this evolution, human
oversight and clear governance remain
at the heart of how we work. AI enhances
the expertise of our professionals; it does
not replace it. The outcome is smarter,
more informed decisions, delivered with
the rigour, accountability, and trust that
our clients have come to expect.
Board
As announced in April, Mark Ridley
retired on 31 December 2025 after
29 years with Savills, including seven as
Group Chief Executive. The Board thanks
him for his significant contribution, and
he will continue to support the business
in a senior advisory role for a period of
up to 18 months.
Simon Shaw succeeded Mark as Group
Chief Executive on 1 January 2026.
Simon joined Savills as Group Chief
Financial Officer in 2009 and will lead
the Group through the next phase of its
global development.
Nick Sanderson joined as Group Chief
Financial Officer on 9 February 2026
and was appointed as a Director with
effect from 12 March 2026. He was
formerly Chief Financial and Operating
Officer of Great Portland Estates plc,
a FTSE 250 central London REIT.
Dividends
An interim dividend of 7.4p per share
(2024: 7.1p), amounting to £10.1m was
paid on 29 September 2025, and a final
ordinary dividend of 15.7p per share
(2024: 14.5p) is recommended, making
the ordinary dividend 23.1p per share for
the year (2024: 21.6p). A 24% increase in
the supplemental dividend to 10.7p per
share (2024: 8.6p) is declared, reflecting
the improved underlying performance
of our global Transaction Advisory
business. Taken together, the ordinary
and supplemental dividends comprise
an aggregate distribution for the year of
33.8p per share, representing an increase
of 12% on the 2024 aggregate ordinary
and supplemental dividend paid of 30.2p.
Subject to Shareholder approval of the
proposed final dividend at the AGM
on 13 May 2026, the aggregate final
and supplementary interim dividends
of 26.4p will be paid on 18 May 2026
to Shareholders on the register at
10 April 2026.
06
Climate:
We work to minimise our
impact and are committed to reducing
our carbon emissions to net zero by
2040. From decarbonisation pathways
to sustainable design consultancy, we
strive for a sustainable transition.
In 2025, we were pleased that our
CDP (formally the ‘Carbon Disclosure
Platform’) score improved to ‘A-‘
(from ‘B’ in 2024). In addition, Savills
greenhouse gas (‘GHG’) Scope 1 and
2 target of 72% reduction by 2030
is on track with a reduction as at the
end of 2025 of 37.4% against the
2019 baseline.
Savills IM Assets under Discretionary
Management also reduced emissions
in 2025, with a 14% decrease from
2024. Despite this progress, there
is still much to do, and we remain
committed to progressing our path
to decarbonisation.
SEE PAGE 42
Community:
People are at the heart
of our business. We aim to create a
lasting positive social impact on the
local communities in which we work
through the way we engage with them,
the work we do and the charitable
initiatives we run to support them.
Every employee is encouraged
to provide social value through
volunteering, fundraising or pro bono
activity. Over 12,700 voluntary hours
including 468 pro-bono hours were
given during the year across Savills.
In addition, £1.5m was donated by
the Group and combined Regional
Businesses to charities and over 580
charitable causes were supported
globally. A particular highlight was
Savills Hong Kong who raised over
£195,000 for victims affected by the
tragedy at the Tai Po residential block.
SEE PAGE 46
Culture:
We actively foster an inclusive
workplace – aiming to attract diverse
talent, develop and support our people,
and always lead by example.
145 Diversity and Inclusion events were
held across our global office network
during the year. Savills remains
committed to workplace mental
health and were pleased to also host
137 mental health events globally in
2025. Savills Sustainability activities
were recognised by over 51 different
award events globally, of these 16 were
awarded for culture-related activities.
SEE PAGE 48
People
The Board would like to express its
sincere gratitude to all our employees
for their exceptional dedication and hard
work throughout the past financial year.
Despite challenging markets, particularly
in Q2 and Q3, the Group delivered a
strong performance. The commitment of
our people was vital to this achievement.
As we look forward, the Board is
confident that our ambition and our
ability to ‘be extraordinary’ together will
drive our growth in 2026 and beyond.
Summary and outlook
The Group’s improved performance
in 2025 reflects the continued
robust earnings provided by its Less
Transactional businesses, together
with the benefit of inherent operating
leverage as global transactional markets
partially recovered.
We start the year with good transactional
pipelines in most geographies and an
expectation of progressive growth in
global activity over the course of the year
which, supported by our strong portfolio
of Less Transactional business lines,
positions the Group well for continued
recovery in its financial performance.
Stacey Cartwright
Chair
12 March 2026
Sustainability in real estate
07
CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW
Simon Shaw
Group Chief
Executive
The key components of our business
strategy to support this vision include:
A relentless commitment to delivering
the highest standards of client service
Scale and diversification with broad
service lines and global reach across
key markets
Market leadership in core segments
Maintaining a culture of performance,
collaboration and incentivisation of
the highest-quality people
A disciplined approach to the
deployment of the Group’s capital
Key operating highlights
Group Revenue increased by 6%
(8% in constant currency) to £2.6bn
(2024: £2.4bn), with year-on-year
revenue growth reported across all
four business areas
Transactional business delivered a 4%
increase in revenue and 13% increase
in underlying profit
−
Core UK business showed resilience in
challenging market conditions
−
Strong growth in certain non-UK
residential markets, particularly the
Middle East
Less Transactional business delivered
a 7.5% increase in revenue and 15%
increase in underlying profit
−
Consultancy revenue up 11% with
strength across all regions, Property and
Facilities Management revenue up 6%
−
Investment Management delivered a
strong improvement in profitability with
margin increasing to 15% (2024: 11%)
Significant improvement in our
Continental Europe and Middle
Eastern business, with revenue
up 18% and a break-even position
(2024: £7.4m underlying loss)
Our vision is to be the real estate advisor of choice in
the prime commercial and residential markets we serve,
recognised for market leadership and the quality of our
insights and advice. We support investors, businesses and
individuals to optimise their real estate performance across
the full investment and occupational lifecycle.”
08
Our performance in the year
Savills business and geographic diversity were key to achieving the year’s results.
Our performance by business line was as follows:
Revenue £m
Underlying profit/(loss) £m
2025
2024
% change
2025
2024
% change
Transaction Advisory
966.2
929.6
4
47.1
41.6
13
Property and Facilities
Management
943.3
888.1
6
52.2
49.2
6
Consultancy
546.6
492.3
11
47.5
39.9
19
Investment Management
94.8
94.0
1
13.9
10.1
38
Unallocated
–
–
n/a
(15.4)
(10.4)
n/a
Total
2,550.9
2,404.0
6
145.3
130.4
11
Overall, our Commercial and Residential Transaction Advisory business revenue
represented 38% of Group revenue (2024: 39%) and delivered revenue growth of
4% year-on-year despite continued market volatility. Of this, Residential Transaction
Advisory represented 12% of Group revenue (2024: 11%). Our Property and Facilities
Management businesses continued to perform well, growing revenue by 6% year-
on-year and representing 37% of Group revenue (2024: 37%). Our Consultancy
businesses increased revenue by 11% and represented 21% of revenue (2024: 20%).
Investment Management saw a 1% increase in revenue and represented 4% of Group
revenue (2024: 4%).
Our performance by region is set out below:
Revenue £m
Underlying profit/(loss) £m
2025
2024
% change
2025
2024
% change
EMEA
1,501.8
1,386.5
8
121.2
107.9
12
Asia Pacific
716.7
702.6
2
33.6
29.6
14
North America
332.4
314.9
6
5.9
3.3
79
Unallocated
–
–
n/a
(15.4)
(10.4)
n/a
Total
2,550.9
2,404.0
6
145.3
130.4
11
The EMEA business increased revenues by 8% and represented 59% of Group revenue
(2024: 58%), with the UK business increasing revenues by 6% and representing 40%
of Group revenue (2024: 40%). Our Asia Pacific business represented 28% of Group
revenue (2024: 29%) with our North American business representing 13% of Group
revenue (2024: 13%).
In North America and Continental Europe and the Middle East, improvements in
revenue together with the benefits of restructuring in the prior year substantially
improved profitability. Further restructuring was conducted during the year in
specific countries including Germany and China where the market outlook dictated
the need for further cost reduction.
People
Savills continues to invest in our people, helping them to be the best version of
themselves by providing an environment in which they can be their whole selves
and thrive.
Emphasising this commitment to driving inclusive growth and sustainability, Savills
UK retained its position in the Top 50 of the Social Mobility Employer Index 2025,
was ranked 2nd at the ‘RateMyPlacement’ undergraduate work experience awards,
12th on ‘Inclusive Top 50 UK Employers List’ and retained its position as The Times
Graduate Employer of Choice for Property for the 19th consecutive year.
In Asia Pacific, Savills Australia won the Wellbeing Award at the Real Estate Institute
of Victoria Awards for Excellence and Savills Hong Kong was recognised through
15 awards, each reflecting outstanding project work with clients over the year.
Savills North America secured 8 awards including: Women’s Leadership award;
Women of Influence award; New Generation award; Top Young Professionals award;
Influencers in CRE technology and the Power Leaders in real estate award.
Savills IM was named ‘ESG Team of the Year’ at the Unlock Net Zero Awards and
Savills IM’s Charities Property Fund team also accepted two awards at AREF and
Charity Time Awards. Savills Earth’s Social Value team contributed to the ‘Excellence
in Community Engagement – Regeneration’ award at Property Week’s ESG
Edge Awards.
These awards are a testament to the strength of our people and their focus on
excellent client service, and I thank them for their continued commitment, loyalty
and hard work which is fundamental to our continued growth.
09
CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW
continued
The Savills Group advises
on commercial, residential,
rural and leisure property.
We also provide corporate
finance advice, investment
management and a range
of property-related
financial services.
Operations are conducted
internationally through four
business streams.
Commercial Transaction
Advisory
Overall, global real estate investment
increased by 15% in 2025, driven largely
by the United States, the world’s largest
market, which recorded a 20% year-on-
year increase and to which Savills has
very little current exposure. Elsewhere,
investment trends were more mixed,
with geopolitical developments weighing
on market momentum in certain regions
during the second and third quarters.
EMEA
Overall, commercial real estate
investment volumes in EMEA were 12%
higher in 2025. Within the core markets,
performance varied by country, with the
strongest growth recorded in France and
Sweden, and the UK, Spain, Netherlands
and Italy all delivering year-on-year
growth. Whilst the German market also
recorded growth, market conditions
remain challenging and investment levels
are significantly below historic averages.
Our EMEA Commercial Transactional
business delivered an increase in
revenue of 9% (same growth in constant
currency) to £268.0m (2024: £245.6m),
driven by a strong performance from
our market-leading UK business, which
reported an 12% increase in revenues to
£163.3m (2024: £146.3m).
The Group’s Transactional business,
which provides capital and leasing
advisory services to commercial and
residential owners and occupiers,
performed well despite the challenging
market conditions of Q2 and Q3 in
particular. Overall the Transactional
business reported a 4% increase (6%
in constant currency) in revenue to
£966.2m (2024: £929.6m). Underlying
profit increased by 13% to £47.1m
(2024: £41.6m), highlighting the
operating leverage within the business
and the benefits from restructuring
in the prior year.
Our Global Residential Transactional
business was key to driving this
improved performance with revenue
up 9% (10% in constant currency)
to £293.6m (2024: £269.7m), and
underlying profit increasing 40%
to £22.2m (2024: £15.9m), with
strengthened performance from both
our EMEA and Asia Pacific regions.
The Commercial Transactional business
increased revenue by 2% (4% in constant
currency) to £672.6m (2024: £659.9m),
with underlying profit slightly reduced
to £24.9m (2024: £25.7m), primarily as
a result of geographical mix and the
impact of investment in the business,
particularly in Asia Pacific.
Rest of Group
£929.6m
£966.2m
2024
2025
Underlying profit
£47.1
+13%
YOY change
Revenue
£966.2
+4%
YOY change
£41.6m
£47.1m
Contribution
to Group
revenue (%)
38%
62%
10
The UK experienced trends in 2025
broadly consistent with other global
commercial real estate markets. Strong
momentum entering the year was
followed by a pause in activity during
the second quarter, which extended into
the third, as investors and occupiers
assessed the implications of the
imposition of US tariffs, alongside other
unforeseen geopolitical developments.
During this period, our UK business
continued to work closely with clients,
building a robust transactional pipeline.
As investor confidence and appetite
to transact began to improve, activity
accelerated markedly in the fourth
quarter, resulting in the strongest final
quarter for the UK market since 2001.
Well positioned to capture this recovery,
our UK business delivered a very strong
finish to the year.
At a sector level, the most notable shift
in 2025 in the UK was the recovery of the
office market. Office investment volumes
reached their highest level since 2022,
re-establishing the sector as the largest
contributor to overall transaction activity.
Key areas of growth for our UK business
in 2025 included Industrial and Logistics,
reflecting strong demand for data centre
infrastructure and general manufacturing
space, alongside Healthcare and Hotels.
Our developing Real Estate Investment
Banking platform also performed well,
completing a number of significant
financing transactions during the year.
In the occupational markets across
EMEA, office take-up was slightly up year
on year, and logistics take-up was slightly
down on the previous year. Both sectors
continued to experience upward pressure
on prime rents throughout the year.
In Continental Europe, our market-
leading Spanish business delivered
a very strong performance, with
commercial transactional revenues
increasing by over 30% during the
period and profitability improving.
Our French and Portuguese businesses
also delivered strong top-line growth
over the year.
In contrast, our German business
continued to face more challenging
market conditions, and we implemented
further restructuring initiatives in 2025.
The benefits of restructuring undertaken
in prior years became increasingly
evident, contributing to reduced losses,
and we expect this positive momentum
to continue into the current year.
Overall our EMEA Commercial
Transactional business delivered an
underlying profit up 5% to £16.2m
(2024: £15.5m).
Asia Pacific
Overall, commercial real estate
investment volumes in Asia Pacific were
up 7% in 2025. Mainland China continued
to weigh on the regional performance,
with investment volumes down 13% year-
on-year and activity subdued across
all sectors.
Against this backdrop, our own
transaction volumes improved toward
the end of the year, with increased
activity in late Q4. Hong Kong
showed more momentum, although
office oversupply persists; investor
interest in Japan remained strong; the
Australian market showed progressive
improvement, albeit our performance
was temporarily masked by significant
business investment during the year;
while momentum continued to build
in South Korea.
For the Group, Asia Pacific Commercial
Transactional revenue was down
12% (9% in constant currency) year-
on-year to £113.6m (2024: £129.8m).
Revenues from leasing activities were
up in the year which was more than
offset by a 20% decline in revenues
from capital transaction activities as
a result of reduced activity in Japan
and mainland China. Our business in
Hong Kong delivered over 40% revenue
growth reflecting a lower interest rate
environment and somewhat improved
investor sentiment.
We have invested in our Commercial
Transactional business in Australia,
making several strategic team hires
during the year. This well positions us
to establish a market-leading position
and capture the opportunities in this
attractive and growing market.
Overall, the Asia Pacific Commercial
Transaction business delivered an
underlying profit of £3.1m (2024: £6.7m).
North America
The US investment market continued
to lead the global recovery and
showed strong growth in the year
with volumes up by 20%. Whilst the
Group’s exposure to capital markets
activity there is currently limited, our
small, New York focused team had a
record year completing some high-
profile assignments.
Our core business in North America
advises on occupier leasing, with a
focus on the office sector, alongside
increasing activity in logistics and
mandated global occupier services.
Overall, Commercial Transaction revenue
in North America increased by 2%
(5% in constant currency) to £291.0m
(2024: £284.5m). While the number of
office leasing transactions increased
during the year, lower average deal sizes
resulted in a 3% decline in office leasing
revenues. Industrial leasing delivered
strong growth, supported by a small
number of large transactions. In addition,
our Global Occupier Services business
continued to grow, with revenues
increasing by 12% in North America.
Overall, the North American business
increased underlying profit by 60% to
£5.6m (2024: £3.5m).
11
Residential Transaction Advisory
The Residential Transactional business
saw strong revenue growth, up 9%
(10% in constant currency) to £293.6m
(2024: £269.7m), with underlying
profit increasing by 40% to £22.2m
(2024: £15.9m).
EMEA
The UK remains the Group’s core
residential market, accounting for 68%
of Residential Transactional revenues
in the year (2024: 77%). UK Residential
Transactional revenue decreased by
4% to £199.7m (2024: £207.6m), while
underlying profit decreased by 9% to
£18.1m (2024: £19.8m).
The UK’s Prime residential markets
were adversely affected by heightened
uncertainty, with speculation over the
introduction of a wealth tax on higher-
value properties a contributing factor
to a significant slowdown in activity
during the second and third quarters
ahead of the delayed Autumn Budget.
Total market transactions with a value
of £1m+ were broadly stable in the
year, with £5m+ transactions in London
down 11%. We saw pricing pressure, with
Prime London pricing down 2.2% in the
year and down by 3.9% elsewhere in
the country.
Following the Budget, and with greater
certainty for buyers, transaction activity
picked up sharply at the end of the
year and our residential business saw
a strong end to the year, with a high
volume of completions. It is expected
that the introduction of the High Value
Council Tax Surcharge in 2028 will have
limited direct impact on prime residential
markets, and so far we have seen the
post-Budget positive momentum carry
through into 2026.
For our UK Residential business, second-
hand market transactions were down
1%, with a 7% reduction in London and
1% growth outside of the capital. The
average transaction value reduced by 7%
to £1.4m, with an 8% reduction in London
and 4% decline in the regions. Revenue
from the sale of new homes in the UK
reduced 7% in the year, reflecting a 15%
decrease in the number of exchanges.
Elsewhere in EMEA, the Group’s Middle
East residential business delivered a
very strong performance in 2025, with
revenues increasing by over 80% to
£48.4m (2024: £26.7m). The Group
made a number of key leadership
hires at the start of 2024 and has
continued to invest in the platform
since, supporting rapid expansion and
headcount growth from 15 to c. 250
brokers. The performance in the year
was underpinned by strong underlying
market conditions and continued
gains in market share.
In particular, the business saw strong
momentum in development sales,
with the team successfully launching a
number of new residential developments.
Our residential business in Italy
continued to benefit from prior
investments in people and infrastructure,
delivering strong revenue growth in
2025, driven primarily by our operations
in Rome and Milan.
Another highlight was the strong
performance of the Group’s residential
business in Verbier, which was acquired
at the start of 2024 and has quickly
contributed positively to overall results.
Revenues from the Group’s Residential
Transactional business in Asia Pacific
increased by 13% (17% in constant
currency) to £19.5m (2024: £17.2m).
This growth reflects both the full-year
contribution of the Group’s Indian
business, which became a subsidiary
of the Group in mid-2024, and revenue
increases across Australia and Vietnam.
In Australia, performance was supported
by a combination of market growth and
market share gains, while in Vietnam,
the establishment of a new residential
team contributed to increased revenues
during the year.
Revenues remained broadly stable
across mainland China and Hong
Kong, however, we saw a significant
improvement in underlying profitability
in these countries reflecting the benefits
from our restructuring initiatives in 2024
coming through.
Overall, the region delivered a return
to underlying profit in 2025 of £2.6m
from an underlying loss of £0.9m in the
prior year.
continued
12
In Germany, strong revenue growth
came from new client wins, with
the business reporting a break-even
performance, a significant turnaround
from the losses recorded in 2024. This
improvement in profitability reflects
the impact of new leadership and the
benefits of restructuring initiatives
implemented in 2024. Following further
restructuring measures in H2 2025 within
the Facilities Management platform,
we anticipate continued profitability
improvement in the current year.
In Spain, the business delivered strong
growth in both revenues and profit,
reflecting contract wins and the full-
year contribution from the acquisition of
Medasil Desarrollos S.L, a leading manager
of residential, co-living, and Build-to-
Rent properties.
Our Middle East business saw good
growth with contract wins in Egypt
and KSA.
Overall, the region delivered a 13%
increase in underlying profit in 2025
to £29.7m (2024: £26.3m).
Our Property and Facilities
Management businesses continued to
perform well, with revenues growing
by 6% (8% in constant currency) to
£943.3m (2024: £888.1m), within the
range of our expected overall growth
rates for the business. The Group’s total
area under management increased by
5% to 2.79bn sq ft (2024: 2.67bn sq ft).
Underlying profit increased by 6% to
£52.2m (2024: £49.2m).
EMEA
In EMEA we saw revenues increase by
10% to £480.0m (2024: £436.5m); same
growth in constant currency.
The UK, which accounts for around 76%
of EMEA revenues, delivered strong
revenue growth across both property
management and facilities management.
The square footage under management
increased by approximately 7% to
673m sq ft (2024: 630m sq ft), with
the business maintaining its market-
leading position across all sectors. The
UK business experienced some margin
pressure due to higher employee costs,
specifically reflecting the increase in
the employer’s national insurance rate
effective from April last year, and lower
income from treasury operations.
In Asia Pacific revenue increased by 3%
(6% in constant currency) to £463.3m
(2024: £451.6m). Underlying growth
was somewhat masked by the mainland
China business exiting some secondary
and tertiary markets in both 2024 (full
year effect) and 2025.
There was strong growth in revenue
and profit in Singapore driven by both
contract wins and the acquisition of
a 70% interest in Alpina, a leading
mechanical and electrical engineering
consultancy, towards the end of
the year. This acquisition enables
the Group to offer a fully integrated
Facilities Management (‘IFM’) service,
better meeting the needs of clients.
The business also saw strong revenue
growth in South Korea.
Market conditions remained relatively
challenging in mainland China and Hong
Kong, with both businesses experiencing
revenue declines. During H2 2025, the
Group undertook further restructuring
and systems investment in the region,
which is expected to deliver operational
benefits in 2026.
Overall, the region saw a modest decline
in reported underlying profit in 2025
£22.5m (2024: £22.9m), with underlying
profit slightly up on prior year on a
constant currency basis.
Property and Facilities Management
Rest of Group
£888.1m
£943.3m
Underlying profit
£52.2
+6%
£943.3
+6%
£49.2m
£52.2m
Property and Facilities
Management
Contribution
to Group
revenue (%)
37%
63%
13
continued
In Germany, consultancy revenues
declined during the year, with our
valuation practice affected by lower
levels of transactional activity in
the market.
Underlying profit in the region
increased by 8% to £42.7m (2024:
£39.6m), with margins improving to
11.0% (2024: 10.9%).
The Group’s consultancy business in
Asia Pacific saw revenues increase 18%
(24% in constant currency) to £115.8m
(2024: £97.8m).
Project Management was a key revenue
driver across the region during the
year, with the Merx business, which
operates across Asia Pacific, delivering
particularly strong growth. Revenues
from Valuations across the region
were broadly stable.
The Group also benefitted from a full
year of consolidation of the Indian
business, in which a majority interest
was acquired in H2 2024. India is now
the largest contributor to consultancy
revenues in the region.
In mainland China, where both
Development Consultancy and
Valuations continued to be negatively
affected by a weak transactional
market, the effect of the prior period’s
restructuring initiatives showed through
in a significant reduction in losses for
the period despite a revenue reduction
of 25% year-on-year.
Our Consultancy business which
provides a range of services including
Valuations, Development, Planning,
Building and Project Consultancy
(‘BPC’) and Sustainability, had a
strong year. Revenue increased by 11%
(12% in constant currency) to £546.6m
(2024: £492.3m), with underlying
profit increasing by 19% to £47.5m
(2024: £39.9m).
EMEA
In EMEA, consulting delivered a 7%
(same in constant currency) growth in
revenue to £389.4m (2024: £364.1m).
In the UK, we saw good growth
across all service lines during the year,
with revenue increasing by 7%. The
Government’s renewal of planning
policy and continued focus on safe
and sustainable housing created
opportunities across a number of
consultancy service lines. Growth
within the Savills Earth business was
driven by work related to solar energy,
while the Rural consultancy business
saw increased estate planning activity,
reflecting changes to inheritance tax
treatment of agricultural property.
The Group’s consultancy businesses in
Spain delivered a strong performance,
with significant growth in both revenues
and profit, reflecting positive market
conditions, continued strength in
Valuations, and the expansion of the
Agriculture Consulting team. In the
Middle East, BPC performed well and
the business experienced solid growth
in Czech Republic and Italy.
Meanwhile in Hong Kong, revenues
were stable, with a significant increase
in profitability year-on-year.
Overall, underlying profit increased
significantly to £4.5m (2024: £0.5m).
Our North American consultancy
business comprises complex project
management consultancy, location
strategy and workplace solutions advice.
Revenue increased 36% (40% in constant
currency) to £41.4m (2024: £30.4m).
Our Location Strategy Practice saw
strong revenue growth driven by the
positive impact of some very significant
mandates executed during the year. In
addition, the Group acquired Hoffman,
a specialist move management and
relocation consultancy based in New
York in H2 2025, which contributed
to revenue growth. Our complex
project management consultancy
experienced an 11% decline in
revenue in the year reflecting the
timing of project completions and a
delayed commencement on a major
assignment, which also impacted its
margin during the year.
Overall the North American Consultancy
business delivered an underlying profit
of £0.3m, up from an underlying loss of
£0.2m in the prior year.
£492.3m
£546.6m
£47.5
+19%
£546.6
+11%
£39.9m
£47.5m
to Group
21%
79%
14
The Investment Management business
raised £2.3bn of capital in 2025 (2024:
£2.0bn), delivering a strong result in a
market which only started to experience
an improvement in demand for ‘core’
investment product in the last quarter
of the year.
Key highlights included the launch of
the business’ first Asia Pacific mandate
with a global strategic client, a new
joint venture with Electricite de France
(‘EDF’) in the Group’s key Living
sector, and the launch of the DRC SIM
Tactical Debt Opportunities strategy.
The business also continued to build
momentum in Southern Europe where
capital raised on Italian mandates
reached approximately £1.5bn during
the year.
As at Q3 2025, 70% of discretionary
management products (by AUM)
continued to exceed their respective
fund target or benchmark returns
since inception.
Simon Shaw
Group Chief Executive
The Investment Management business
delivered a 1% increase in revenues
to £94.8m (2024: £94.0m), with
underlying profit increasing by 38%
to £13.9m (2024: £10.1m).
Transaction fees increased, reflecting
a modest rebound in transaction and
asset management activity despite
continued challenging conditions for
‘core’ investment products through
most of the year. There were lower
performance fees during the year, and
base management fees decreased
marginally as a result of cumulative
reductions in asset values since early
2023. Totalling £80.3m (2024: £81.1m),
base management fees represented 85%
of gross revenues (2024: 86%).
Underlying profit increased by 38%
to £13.9m (2024: £10.1m) following
favourable movements on co-investment
holdings as markets began to recover,
together with the cumulative effect
of cost savings from initiatives
implemented in 2024.
Under INREV reporting standards,
Assets Under Management (‘AUM’),
including undrawn commitments,
increased to £22.9bn (2024: £21.7bn),
driven by net inflows, higher valuations
and favourable FX movements.
£94.0m
£94.8m
£13.9
+38%
£94.8
+1%
£10.1m
£13.9m
to Group
4%
96%
15
SAVILLS GROUP STRATEGY
Our strategy for 2026 and the coming years
builds on these strong foundations, while
sharpening our focus on those areas where
we see the greatest potential for sustainable
growth, margin improvement and value
creation, alongside a general emphasis
on improving operational efficiency and
profitability across the Group.
Since the late 1980’s, Savills has built
a successful international Investment
Agency, assisting clients with the
acquisition and disposal of land and
property around the globe. We have
established strong market positions
across the core real estate classes
in many markets, including Office,
Multifamily, Retail, and Industrial
& Logistics.
Cognisant of the evolving needs of our
clients, we more recently launched our
REIB business (Savills Capital Advisors,
part of our Operational Capital Markets
business) as an organic strategy to
create a comprehensive financing and
M&A capability, first within Savills EMEA.
This has initially focused on the broader
residential sector – Multifamily, Build-
to-Rent (BTR), Purpose-Built Student
Accommodation (PBSA), and related
asset classes.
The Group operates in attractive markets and benefits from a highly
regarded brand, a strong client franchise and deep sector expertise
Accordingly, the Group’s five key strategic priorities
are detailed opposite.
1
In 2025, we began extending this
capability into Asia Pacific, starting in
Singapore as a step towards globalising
the business.
REIB is typically focused on larger
single-asset, portfolio and M&A
transactions, where the combination
of scale and complexity generally
commands higher fees and thus
improved margins. The debt advisory
element of REIB also generates longer
term repeatable income streams
reflecting the ongoing requirement for
real estate financing and refinancing
advice across the typical ownership
and loan life-cycle.
This strategy supports the Group’s
target to improve the underlying profit
before tax margin of its Transaction
Advisory businesses to 10%+ (2025:
4.9%) over the medium term.
Savills aims to meet the full breadth of
client needs by delivering excellence as
a premium cross-sector, international
real estate advisor, with the capability
to provide first-class advice on any
type of capital or leasing transaction
or financing.
This is complemented by our full
range of market leading property-level
services including Consultancy and
Property and Facilities Management,
which together with our Investment
Management business comprise our
Less
Transactional portfolio
of service lines.
BUILD ON GROUP’S CAPITAL
TRANSACTION ADVISORY
CAPABILITY TO ESTABLISH
A SCALABLE REAL ESTATE
INVESTMENT BANKING
(‘REIB’) OPERATION
16
3
Building on its core strength in EMEA,
market-leading positions in selected Asia
Pacific locations, and its high quality
occupier-focused business in North
America, the Group will continue to build
on its service offering and deepen its
presence in markets where a proprietary
presence is compelling; in other evolving
markets or those where the group needs
a local presence for specific services
only (for example portfolio valuation
or local tenant representation), then
we will achieve coverage through
minority interests or joint ventures
with local partners.
In the US, Savills’ focus is on continuing
to build the scale and profitability of our
existing occupier-focused business with
a significant element of large, complex
advisory assignments. Having invested
in a high quality platform to support this
model, which is capable of underpinning
significant growth, we are focused
on revenue generation and sector
diversification. A key element of this is
to broaden our historic sector focus on
office into industrial & logistics and retail,
mainly through recruitment and bolt-
on acquisitions.
In Asia Pacific, the Group is focused
on developing its core markets in
Australia, Japan and India over the short,
medium and long term respectively
into meaningful contributors to group
performance. In the Sino-markets, our
leading businesses in Hong Kong and
Mainland China, will continue to reinvest
their strong local cash generation
into operating efficiencies, principally
through technology and automation
where relevant.
Elsewhere in the APAC region Savills
will continue to build on its established
strengths in Singapore and Korea both a
local markets and conduits for globally
active investment capital. In addition we
will maintain our strong positions in the
longer term high potential economies of
Vietnam and Malaysia.
2
Our Less Transactional businesses –
Property & Facilities Management,
Consultancy, and Investment
Management – remain at the core of the
Group. These service lines address the
critical needs of our owner, investor, and
developer clients and provide essential
property-level services that help drive
asset performance. We continue to
target steady growth in revenues and
profits from these business areas through
organic growth supplemented by
selective investment in new geographies
and complementary service lines.
The Group’s best-in-class property-
level services help to deepen client
relationships and, through the
management and analysis of extensive
data, enable Savills to provide valuable
insight and advice from individual assets
through to portfolios.
The Group is targeting revenue growth
of c. 10% p.a. for its Less Transactional
businesses over the medium term, with
a high single digit to low double digit
margin for Consultancy, and a mid
single digit margin for Property and
Facilities Management.
DRIVE THE CONTINUED GROWTH
AND GEOGRAPHICAL COVERAGE
OF OUR LESS TRANSACTIONAL
BUSINESSES THROUGH
ORGANIC GROWTH AND
SELECTIVE INVESTMENT
In Southern Europe, Savills will continue
to build on its leading broad based
business in the Iberian peninsula and
improved market position in Italy. In
Northern Europe, having carried out
significant restructuring in recent times,
particularly in the two largest European
markets of Germany and France, the
group has two aims as those markets
recover; the first is to continue to
build scale in Property Management
such that over time the European
business as a whole develops a similar
sustainably profitable base as that which
supports APAC and the UK. This will
be supplemented by a growing suite
of consultancy services such as Project
Management, building consultancy
etc and finally, we will make selective
recruitment into the transactional
businesses (both leasing and capital
transactions) across the principal real
estate subsectors.
In the Middle East, we will continue to
improve the breadth of our services
lines in both transactional activity and
consultancy, alongside investment in
our technology platform to enable scale
and improved profitability for this well
positioned regional business.
CONTINUE TO BROADEN THE BUSINESS AND IMPROVE PROFITABILITY OF SAVILLS INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS
17
SAVILLS GROUP STRATEGY
continued
4
5
Savills is differentiated among leading
global real estate services advisors by
its long-established strength in prime
residential agency and development
consultancy, complemented by deep
commercial real estate capability. This
combination supports a strong track
record in advising on major mixed-use
schemes across multiple markets, which
the Group will continue to leverage
and develop.
In recent years, the Group has expanded
its international prime residential agency
platform through targeted acquisitions
and organic growth in Spain, Italy,
the South of France, Switzerland and
the Middle East, and this global prime
market growth strategy will continue.
Further enhancement of the Savills
Private Office will deepen relationships
with the private wealth and family
office sector, enabling the Group to
originate and deliver a broader range
of appropriate real estate investment
opportunities, in addition to super-
prime residential, for this increasingly
important client segment globally.
EXPANSION OF GLOBAL PRIME
RESIDENTIAL ADVISORY
GROWTH OF SAVILLS INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT (‘SAVILLS IM’) AS AN
INVESTMENT AND OUTSOURCED ASSET MANAGER
Savills IM comprises a strong EMEA and
growing Asia Pacific platform offering
discretionary investment management,
JV partnerships, and outsourced
asset management services across
both real estate debt and equity. The
platform is predominantly focused on
a core investment strategy, targeting
sustainable, long-term returns derived
from the active management of
high-quality, income-producing real
estate assets.
The strategy is to continue scaling the
platform to support the delivery of
high-conviction discretionary funds
and mandate-based products. Whilst
Savills IM has strong capability across
all sectors including retail and office, it
has a strong focus on clearly defined
sectors of expertise, including Living,
Logistics, and development and
construction finance.
In parallel, and building on Savills
IM’s established strengths as an asset
manager and local operating partner
in Southern Europe, the business will
deliver a high-quality asset management
service for non-discretionary private
equity investments. In addition, Savills
IM will selectively explore market
opportunities in North America where
these capabilities can be deployed
effectively. The overarching plan is
to deliver a growing earnings stream
with pre-tax profit margins in excess
of 20% as a result of the consistent
delivery of high quality long term
investment performance.
The Group is targeting an improvement
in the margin of its Investment
Management business to 20%+ (2025:
14.7%) over the medium term.
18
In line with these strategies, Savills
will continue to maintain proprietary
positions in most major markets. In
addition, in markets that are non-core in
the near term but demonstrate potential
for long-term growth, the Group will take
minority holdings through franchise or
associate arrangements. This approach
provides strategic flexibility, enabling
Savills to maintain a ‘capital-light’ yet
meaningful presence in emerging
markets, while preserving the ability
to use its global reach in support of
client interests.
Capital allocation
As the Group seeks to deliver returns
ahead of its cost of capital, including
healthy cash returns to shareholders
through its’ long-standing distribution
policy, Savills’ philosophy is to maintain
a consistently strong balance sheet.
This provides protection during periods
of significant market downturn, whilst
retaining the financial flexibility to take
advantage of compelling acquisitions in
line with its strategy.
The Group typically operates with low
financial leverage; the debt we do take
on is generally underpinned by our
resilient less transactional earnings.
Under most circumstances we would
target net debt/EBITDA at our financial
year end of c.1x or less.
On occasions, we will accept more
material net indebtedness, such as to
finance a highly compelling and cash-
generative acquisition, where both
the indebtedness will be repaid over a
relatively short period of time through
operating cashflow, and the Group’s
distribution policy is maintained.
The Group is focused on delivering
organic growth through leveraging
our capital light model and ongoing
investment in our platform, people and
innovation. In addition, our targeted
approach to M&A is underpinned by
ensuring strong strategic, cultural and
service line fit, whilst securing financially
compelling returns.
Dividend Policy
In response to the Global Financial
Crisis, the Group recognised that its
conventional ordinary dividend policy
was structurally unable to withstand a
severe impairment in transactional real
estate markets without being cut and
therefore impairing the ability of some
income funds from investing. To address
this, the Group developed a ‘bifurcated’
dividend policy, designed to protect
the progressive ordinary dividend from
reduction under most foreseeable
market conditions, while maintaining the
ability to distribute transaction-related
profits efficiently.
The bifurcated dividend policy
will continue and is based on the
following principles:
Progressive Basic Ordinary
Dividend –
Paid broadly 1/3
interim and 2/3 final, supported
by the Group’s maintainable
‘Less Transactional’ earnings.
Since inception in 2010, the Basic
Ordinary Dividend has grown at
2.2 times CPI inflation.
Supplemental Interim Dividend –
Declared and paid alongside the
final ordinary dividend each year,
supported by the performance of
the Transaction Advisory business.
This allows the periodic volatility of
transactional earnings to be more
readily reflected in the associated
shareholder distribution.
Maximum Overall Distribution –
Capped at the higher of 1.5x cover
on statutory EPS or 2.0x cover on
underlying EPS.
19
NORTH AMERICA
The North American office sector
continued its gradual post pandemic
recalibration, supported by stricter
return-to-office mandates and sustained
demand for best-in-class space. Annual
leasing activity rose 13.5% year over year
across US and Canadian gateway markets
in 2025. Industrial markets meanwhile
faced shifting trade policy, prompting
users to take a wait-and-see approach,
though by year-end US industrial vacancy
stabilised at 8.2% after 13 consecutive
quarters of increases. Net absorption
remained positive as the US warehouse
tenant base continued to expand.
We advised Brookfield Properties
on their lease extension at Battery
City Park in downtown Manhattan.
Brookfield Properties extended
the ground lease for its Brookfield
Place, a 9.4-million-square-foot
office and retail complex located in
Battery Park City. The agreement
secures Brookfield Properties’
ongoing investment in Lower
Manhattan for nearly another
century and extends the ground
lease term from 2069 to 2119.
Brookfield Place, New York
MARKET REVIEW
20
Investment activity in Europe saw
gradual improvement in 2025, supported
by the return of large institutional
buyers and renewed interest in scaled
deployment. Occupiers focused on
consolidation, prioritising efficiency,
flexibility and high-quality ESG
compliant assets, reinforcing a clear
flight to quality across sectors. Vacancy
continued to rise in non-core areas,
reinforcing market polarisation. In
the Middle East, the UAE’s residential
and office markets were supported
by rising HNWI inflows and business
friendly policies.
Savills France supported
Restoration Hardware in
opening its first flagship store in
France on the Champs-Elysées,
with the Retail team leading
the search and the Project
Management team overseeing
the project delivery.
Paris, France
2025 began with a sense of optimism that the
positive late-2024 momentum would carry forward
as the sector started to benefit from lower interest
rates and a more stable pricing environment.
However, US President Trump’s tariff announcement
stalled the real estate recovery mid-year as investors
adopted a cautious, wait-and-see approach. Where
capital was deployed, it targeted mispriced, well-
located income-producing assets and selective value-
add opportunities. Occupational markets remained
resilient, with demand for high-quality, efficient space
sustaining rental growth and underpinning the early
stages of capital value recovery.
Manage to Green – Stuttgart, Germany
After completing an energy audit, Savills IM
launched a ‘manage to green’ programme at
Friedrichs-Carree in 2024 aiming to cut CO₂
emissions, as well as electricity and maintenance
costs. The project’s technical advisors report
expected reductions in operating costs by 60%
and carbon emissions by 54%.
21
UK
In the UK, commercial property investment turnover
rose 1% year-on-year in 2025, marking the strongest
performance since 2022, with the largest increases
in the office and industrial sectors. London retained
its position as the world’s most active market for
cross-border investment. In the office occupational
markets, take-up was constrained by low levels of new
completions, with a shortage of prime space driving
rental growth. In the residential sector, relatively fragile
buyer sentiment resulted in a price-sensitive housing
market despite four interest rate cuts. The top end of
the market was particularly affected by an extended
period of pre-budget speculation surrounding potential
changes to the taxation of high-value homes.
MARKET REVIEW
Savills Healthcare Valuations team
are delighted to have advised Song
Capital on the £210m re-financing of 11
luxury care homes, with over 800 beds,
operated by Hamberley Care Homes.
UK – Commercial
Cross Deep, a riverside home in
Twickenham, SW London came to market
for only the second time in 100 years.
Built in the 1690s, the nine bedroom
property has over 8,500 sq. ft of
accommodation and retains much
of its incredible character.
The buyer was drawn to the opportunity
to update and create a family home.
Cross Deep, Twickenham
22
ASIA PACIFIC
Asia Pacific investment turnover held broadly
steady in 2025, with declines in China offset by
stronger performance elsewhere in the region.
Japan continued to draw robust investor interest,
supported by exceptionally tight occupational
markets, while Australia recorded solid demand
across prime office, retail, and logistics. In
South Korea, major transactions and a limited
development pipeline underpinned buoyant office
activity in Seoul. Across occupational markets,
Grade A office demand strengthened, and retail and
logistics sectors benefited from rising consumer
spending, a rebound in tourism, and ongoing
supply-chain diversification.
Hotel Miramar is a 16-storey property overlooking the Singapore River, with
approximately 100,000 sq ft of unutilised GFA.
The local family owner has operated it for five decades and sought a
discreet sale to protect staff morale while maximising value, with 43 years
remaining on the lease.
Hotel Miramar, Singapore
23
OUR BUSINESS MODEL
The model below illustrates in simple terms how we
create Shareholder value through improving the strength
of our premium brand, and through the delivery of
profits and dividends to Shareholders. We treat every
client as an individual and take time to understand what
they need and how we can best service them.
With more than 42,000 professionals
dedicated to commercial and prime
residential real estate across 70
countries, we have the expertise to
bring a client’s vision to life.
Our people are key to delivering
excellent service to our clients and
achieving our objectives and the culture
ingrained in our business is what sets
us apart, guiding the way our people
behave to bring our clients the best
possible service.
We have built our brand and
reputation on the quality of our
people, relationships, resources and
processes. Savills has a strong and
well-embedded culture, founded on an
entrepreneurial approach and on our
values and operational standards. All
that we do is underpinned by strong
governance, a disciplined approach to
risk management and high standards
of responsibility, which supports
the sustainable development of our
business. More detail of our governance
structure, policies and practices can
be found later in this Annual Report
on pages 70 to 113.
We are committed to delivering the
highest levels of client service and
creating long-term relationships with
our clients. We are committed to
adding value while always honouring
our responsibility to protect the
environment, support local communities
and foster an inclusive culture. Whether
our client is a corporate business
looking to expand, an investor seeking
to sustainably optimise their portfolio or
a family trying to find a new home, we
bring a truly personal approach to every
project, delivering best-in-class insights
and advice to help our clients make
better property decisions.
24
1
OUR RESOURCES &
RELATIONSHIPS
2
4
VALUE-CREATION
OUTSTANDING PEOPLE
Local knowledge
Entrepreneurial approach
LONG-TERM CLIENT
RELATIONSHIPS
Client care programmes
High-quality service
FINANCIAL
Prudent capital structure
Strong cash generation
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
Market intelligence
Brand and reputation
SHAREHOLDERS
33.8
p
Dividends
£73.6
Reported profit
after tax
52.0
p
Reported earnings
per share
£145.3
Underlying profit
77.2
Underlying earnings
per share
PEOPLE
Develop talent
Employee engagement
Diversity and inclusion
CLIENTS
High-quality service –
Client relationship
Client care – Client relationship
management team
COMMUNITY
Reduce environmental impact –
Carbon emission reduction
Community investment – Community
engagement programmes
OUR GLOBAL VALUES
We listen –
We put our clients at the
heart of everything we do. We listen
to our clients’ unique needs and take
time to understand their aspirations,
responding with bespoke solutions
to help them achieve their goals
We empower –
Our experts
pioneer new approaches, bringing
fresh ideas and informed insights
to the table
We challenge –
We are always
open and honest in our views,
constructively challenging our
clients and each other in the
pursuit of the best results
We collaborate –
We collaborate
with our clients to build personal,
lasting relationships, uniting diverse
perspectives and expertise across
our global and local networks
Strong Board and management
High standards of governance
DISCIPLINED APPROACH TO RISK
Risk mitigation to limit exposure to
any one market or economy
DEFENSIVE,
SCALE BUSINESS
CYCLICAL HIGH-MARGIN
BUSINESSES
37
%
Property and
facilities
management
26
%
Commercial
transactions
21
%
12
%
Residential
transactions
4
Investment
management
REVENUE BY BUSINESS
3
UNDERPINNED BY
25
KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS
£2,404.0m
£2,298.3m
£2,550.9m
£2,238.0m
2022
2023
£2,550.9
The measure
Revenue growth is the increase in revenue
year-on-year.
The target
To deliver growth in revenue from
expansion both geographically and by
business segment.
5.4%
7.2%
5.7%
4.2%
2022
2023
Underlying profit margin
5.7
The measure
Profitability after all operating costs but
before the impact of significant non-
operational costs and taxation.
The target
To deliver growth in operating margin
by improving the efficiency with which
services are offered.
£158.6m
£164.0m
£172.3m
£18.8m
2022
2023
Cash generation
£172.3
The amount of cash the business has
generated from operating activities.
To maintain strong cash generation
to fund working capital requirements,
Shareholder dividends and strategic
initiatives of the Group.
Underlying earnings per share
77.2
Earnings per share (‘EPS’) is the measure
of profit generation. Underlying EPS is
calculated by dividing underlying profit by the
weighted average number of shares in issue.
To deliver progressive, sustainable growth in
underlying EPS to enhance Shareholder value.
FINANCIAL
£130.4m
£164.6m
£145.3m
£94.8m
2022
2023
Underlying profit
£145.3
Underlying profit growth is the increase/
decrease in underlying profit year-on-year.
To deliver sustainable growth in
underlying profit.
£52.9m
£119.8m
£73.6m
£39.5m
2022
2023
Reported profit after tax
£73.6
Reported profit after tax growth is the
increase/decrease in reported profit after
tax year-on-year and over a longer term.
To deliver sustainable long-term growth in
reported profit after tax.
39.4p
87.0p
52.0p
30.0p
Reported earnings per share
52.0
Reported EPS is the measure of reported
profit generation and is calculated by
dividing reported profit after tax by the
weighted average number of shares in issue.
To deliver long-term growth in reported
EPS to enhance Shareholder value.
66.2p
94.9p
77.2p
55.1p
26
2,666.1m
2,472.1m
2,791.9m
2,635.1m
Property under management
(million sq ft.)
2,791.9
Total square footage property under
management.
To progressively increase the global square
footage under management.
£21.7bn
£22.1bn
£22.9bn
£22.1bn
Assets under management
£22.9
bn
Growth in assets under management of our
investment management business, Savills
Investment Management.
To increase the value of investment
portfolios through portfolio management,
new mandates and the launch of new funds.
63.8%
59.5%
62.1%
65.5%
Balance
(% non-transactional income)
62.1
Revenue by type of business.
To maintain a healthy balance of
transactional and less or non-transactional
business revenues.
58.0%
58.4%
58.1%
57.9%
Geographical spread
(% non-UK)
58.1
Geographical diversity is measured by the
spread of revenues by region.
To progressively balance the Group’s
geographical exposure through expansion
in our chosen geographic markets.
NON-FINANCIAL
27
FINANCIAL REVIEW
Profit margin
The Group’s underlying profit margin
increased by 30bps to 5.7% (2024:
5.4%), see Note 11 and Note 15.2 for
further explanation of underlying profit
measures. From a trading perspective,
this principally reflected improved
performance year-on-year, despite
limited market volume improvement,
in our higher margin transactional
businesses, primarily from our growing
residential transactional business. In
addition, our non-transactional business
lines delivered strong performances, with
an improved margin in the investment
management business.
Reported pre-tax profit margin increased
to 4.0% (2024: 3.7%).
Taxation
The tax charge for the year decreased
to £27.4m (2024: £35.4m), representing
an effective tax rate on reported profit
before tax of 27.1% (2024: 40.1%).
The Group’s effective reported tax rate
is higher than the UK tax of 25% as a
result of the geographic distribution
of profits and disallowable expenses
largely arising from transaction-related
costs. The underlying effective tax rate
decreased to 25.1% (2024: 31.5%).
Transaction-related costs
During the year, the Group recognised
a transaction-related charge of
£3.6m (2024: £15.9m). These costs
primarily represent liabilities for
future consideration payments which
are contingent on the continuity of
recipients’ employment at the time of
payment (2025: £1.7m, 2024: £13.2m).
The reduction related to the reduced
volume of deferred consideration
obligations since the final payment
in respect of the acquisition of DRC
Capital in the prior year.
Transaction-related charges have
been excluded from the calculation of
underlying profit on a consistent basis
in line with the Group’s policy.
Restructuring costs
Reflecting continued market
challenges through Q2 and Q3, the
Group continued to review its cost
base during the year and implemented
further restructuring initiatives across
the business, particularly within the
German business and in mainland China.
This resulted in exceptional restructuring
costs of £30.5m (2024: £17.2m)
in aggregate.
These charges have been excluded
from calculation of underlying profit
on a consistent basis in line with the
Group’s policy.
Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share increased
32% to 52.0p (2024: 39.4p), reflecting
a 39% increase in reported profit after
tax. Adjusted on a consistent basis for
significant restructuring, transaction-
related costs, profits and losses on
disposals, certain share-based payment
adjustments, amortisation of intangible
assets arising from business combinations,
exceptional impairments and transaction-
related fair value gains and losses,
underlying basic earnings per share
increased 17% to 77.2p (2024: 66.2p).
Fully diluted earnings per share increased
by 33% to 49.3p (2024: 37.2p). The
underlying fully diluted earnings per share
increased 17% to 73.3p (2024: 62.5p).
£167.7
Cash and cash
equivalents, net
of borrowings
(2024: £176.3m)
52.0
Reported earnings
per share
(2024: 39.4p)
77.2
Underlying earnings
per share
(2024: 66.2p)
28
Dividends
An interim dividend of 7.4p per share
(2024: 7.1p), amounting to £10.1m was
paid on 29 September 2025, and a
final ordinary dividend of 15.7p per
share (2024: 14.5p) is recommended,
making the ordinary dividend 23.1p per
share for the year (2024: 21.6p). A 24%
increase in the supplemental interim
dividend to 10.7p per share (2024: 8.6p)
is declared, reflecting the improved
underlying performance of our global
Transaction Advisory business. Taken
together, the ordinary and supplemental
interim dividends comprise an aggregate
distribution for the year of 33.8p per
share, representing an increase of 12%
on the 2024 aggregate ordinary and
supplemental dividend of 30.2p.
Cash resources, borrowings
and liquidity
Cash and cash equivalents, net
of overdrafts in notional pooling
arrangements, at year-end increased
2% to £344.4m (2024: £337.2m).
Gross borrowings at year-end increased
to £176.7m (2024: £160.9m). These
principally comprise £120.0m (2024:
£150.0m) of 10 and 12 year fixed rate notes
(blended coupon of 3.2%) which were
issued in June 2018, following repayment
of the £30.0m 7 year fixed rate notes
in June 2025. £30.0m of the Group’s
£360.0m UK revolving credit facility
(‘RCF’) was drawn at the end of the
year (2024: undrawn), with the
RCF representing the major part of a total
of £414.6m (2024: £421.3m) of undrawn
borrowing facilities available to the Group.
The RCF matures in February 2030 and
has a current margin of 90bps. At the
year-end, cash and cash equivalents net of
borrowings was £167.7m (2024: £176.3m).
Cash is typically retained in a number
of the Group’s subsidiaries in order to
meet the requirements of commercial
contracts or capital adequacy. In addition,
cash in certain territories is retained to
meet future growth requirements.
The Group’s net inflow of cash is
typically greater in the second
half of the year. This is as a result
of seasonality in trading and the
major cash outflows associated with
dividends, profit-related remuneration
payments and related payroll taxes in
the first half. The Group cash inflow for
the year from operating activities was
£172.3m (2024: £158.6m). As previously
mentioned, this increase was due to
higher profits year-on-year.
With a meaningful proportion of
the Group’s revenue typically being
transactional in nature, the Board’s
strategy is to maintain low levels of
gearing, but retain sufficient credit
facilities to enable it to meet cash
requirements during the year and finance
the majority of business development
opportunities as they arise.
29
FINANCIAL REVIEW
Capital and
Shareholders’ interests
During the year, 1,467,700 (2024: 16,140)
new ordinary shares were issued on the
exercise of options by participants of
the Group’s Save As You Earn (‘SAYE’)
schemes and 18,959 (2024: 154,220)
of new ordinary shares were issued to
participants of the Group’s Performance
Share Plan (‘PSP’) schemes. It is the
Group’s policy to issue new ordinary
shares for such schemes only where it is
legally required to do so; for other equity-
related incentive schemes the Group
acquires existing shares in the market.
The total number of ordinary shares in
issue (before the impact of shares held
by the Trusts) at 31 December 2025 was
146,046,938 (2024: 144,560,279).
Savills Pension Scheme
The funding level of the defined
benefit Savills Pension Scheme in the
UK, which is closed to future service-
based accrual, remained stable during
the year, with gains from lower RPI
inflation broadly offset by losses from
updated mortality assumptions and
other experience impacts. The plan was
in a surplus position of £10.2m at the
year-end (2024: £9.9m surplus).
Net assets
Net assets as at 31 December 2025
were £804.4m (2024: £777.8m). This
movement reflects primarily the Group’s
profit for the year and the issue of
shares following the vesting of the SAYE
scheme during the period, offset by
primarily purchases of treasury shares,
foreign exchange movements and
dividend payments.
Key performance
indicators (‘KPIs’)
The Group uses a number of KPIs to
measure its performance and review
the impact of management strategies.
These KPIs are detailed under the Key
Performance Indicators section on
pages 26 and 27. The Group continues
to review the mix of KPIs to ensure that
these best measure its performance
against its strategic objectives, in both
financial and non-financial areas.
Financial policies and
risk management
The Group has financial risk management
policies which cover financial risks
considered material to the Group’s
operations and results. These policies
are subject to continuous review in light
of developing regulation, accounting
standards and practice. Compliance with
these policies is mandatory for all Group
companies and is reviewed regularly by
the Board. Refer to Note 6 to the financial
statements for further information on
financial risk management.
Treasury policies and objectives
The Group Treasury policy is designed
to reduce the financial risks faced
by the Group, which primarily relate
to funding and liquidity, interest rate
exposure and currency rate exposures.
The Group does not engage in trades
of a speculative nature and only
uses derivative financial instruments
to hedge certain risk exposures.
The Group’s financial instruments
comprise borrowings, cash and liquid
resources and various other items such
as trade receivables and trade payables
that arise directly from its operations.
Surplus cash balances are generally
held with A rated banks or better.
Interest rate risk
The Group finances its operations
through a mixture of retained profits
and borrowings, at both fixed and
floating interest rates. Borrowings issued
at variable rates expose the Group
cash flow to interest rate risk, which is
partially offset by cash held at variable
rates. Borrowings issued at fixed rates
expose the Group to fair value interest
rate risk. Group policy is to maintain
at least 70% of its borrowings in fixed
rate instruments.
Liquidity risk
The Group prepares an annual funding
plan which is approved by the Board
and sets out the Group’s expected
financing requirements for the next
12 months. These requirements are
ordinarily expected to be met through
existing cash balances, loan facilities
and expected cash flows for the year.
Foreign currency
The Group operates internationally
and is exposed to foreign exchange
risks. As both revenue and costs in each
location are generally denominated in
the same currency, transaction-related
risks are relatively low and generally
associated with intra Group activities.
Consequently, the overriding foreign
currency risk relates to the translation
of overseas profits and losses into
sterling on consolidation. The Group
does not actively seek to hedge risks
arising from foreign currency translations
due to their non-cash nature.
The net impact of foreign exchange rate
movements during the year represented
a £34.6m decrease in revenue and a
£0.9m decrease in underlying profit.
Refer to Note 6.1 to the financial
statements and the appendices for
further information on foreign exchange
risk and movements during the year.
30
Heads of Group
functions
Key risks
:
Heads of Group
functions identify
the key risks
and develop
mitigation actions
Heads of operating
companies
Key risks:
Heads of operating
companies create
a register of their
principal risks and
mitigation actions
Plc Board
Audit Committee
Group Executive Board
Principal Business
Executive Committees
Group Risk Committee and Group
ESG Committee
Review and confirmation
Review and confirmation by
the Board.
Process
Risks and mitigation reviewed
by Audit Committee after
validation by the Group Risk
Committee and Executive
Boards/Committees.
Ongoing review and control
There is ongoing review of the
risks and the controls in place
to mitigate these risks.
Review and assessment
Group Director of Risk and
Assurance consolidates
the risks identified by the
Principal Businesses, functional
and Group risks to compile
the Group’s key risks. Any
significant programme/project
risks are also considered
and factored into the Group
Principal Risks.
The Savills Investment Management
business has its own comprehensive
and regulatory-compliant framework
for identifying and managing
risk, reporting to the Group’s Risk
and Audit Committees and Board.
Group Risk
Identifying and managing our risks
The Board determines the Group’s
appetite for risk in pursuit of strategic
objectives, and the level of risk that can
be taken by the Group and its operating
companies. Savills businesses worldwide
are responsible for executing their
activities in accordance with the risk
appetite set by the Board, complemented
by the Savills Code of Conduct, Group
policies and delegated authority limits.
Risk is assessed across the Group using
a systematic risk-management model
covering both external and internal
factors and the potential impact, timing
of impact, and likelihood of those
risks occurring. Risk Management is
embedded in all of Savills activities. Our
culture encourages staff engagement
to identify risks and opportunities. Risk
discussions are held at team, divisional
and regional level. Conclusions from
risk assessments are incorporated into
Risk Registers at Principal Business and
Group-level, which evolve to reflect
changes in identified principal risks
and the emergence of new risks and
uncertainties. Where it is considered
that a risk can be mitigated further,
responsibilities are assigned and action
plans are agreed. Principal risks are
those to which the Board and senior
management pay particular attention
and which could cause the delivery
of the Group’s strategy, results,
A robust framework for identifying and managing risk
financial condition or prospects to differ
materially from expectations.
Emerging risks are those which have
unknown components, the impact of
which could crystallise over a longer
period of time.
We aim to continuously strengthen our
risk management, with more dynamic
risk detection and visibility of the linkage
between risks across the Group.
The Group Director of Risk & Assurance
facilitates the risk assessment and
evaluation process with Group and
Principal/business unit management,
and challenges risk findings and the
internal control framework to ensure
that these are effective. Risk owners
periodically attend the Group Risk and
Audit Committees to present their in-
depth analysis of risks to ensure they are
aligned with an accepted risk tolerance.
Group policies and delegated authority
levels set by the Board provide the basis
against which potential risks are reviewed
and escalated to the appropriate level
within the Group, up to and including the
Board, for review and confirmation.
We have a clear framework for identifying
and managing risk, both at a financial,
operational and strategic level. Our risk
identification and mitigation processes
have been designed to be appropriate to
the ever-changing environments in which
we operate.
PRINCIPAL AND EMERGING RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES FACING THE BUSINESS
31
PRINCIPAL AND EMERGING RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES FACING THE BUSINESS
2. Group Executive Board
Responsibilities
Strategic leadership of the Group’s operations
Ensures that the Group’s risk management and other policies are implemented
and embedded
Monitors that appropriate actions are taken to manage material strategic risks and
key risks arising within the risk appetite set by the Board
Considers emerging risks in the context of the Group’s strategic objectives and the
global macro-economic and socio-political environment
Approves Group policies
Monthly/quarterly finance and performance reviews
Receives updates from the Group Risk Committee
Monitors the application of risk appetite and the effectiveness of risk
management processes. The Group Risk Committee and Board also consider the
Group’s overall risk appetite in the context of the negative impact that the Group
can sustain before the Group’s business model, future performance, solvency or
liquidity are threatened.
Actions
Review of risk management and assurance activities and processes.
3. Principal Business Executive Committees
Responsibilities
Responsible for risk management and internal control systems within the relevant
regions/businesses
Monitor the discharge of responsibilities by business units within the relevant
regions/businesses.
Actions
Review key risks and mitigation plans
Review results of assurance activities
Escalate key risks to Group Management and Group Executive Board and the
Plc Board.
Roles and responsibilities
The Board continuously reviews the Group’s principal risks and is supported in the
discharge of this responsibility by various committees, and in particular the Audit
Committee, the Group Risk Committee and the Group Executive Board.
The risk management roles and responsibilities of the Board, its Committees, and
business management are set out below, and all of these responsibilities have been
discharged during the year.
1. Board
Approves the Group’s strategy
Determines Group risk appetite in the context of the Group achieving its
strategic objectives
Establishes and monitors the Group’s systems of risk management and
internal control.
The Audit Committee supports the Board by monitoring risk and reviewing the
effectiveness of internal controls, including systems to identify, assess, manage
and monitor risks.
Actions
Receives regular reports on Internal and External Audit and other
assurance activities
Receives regular risk updates from the Principal Businesses
Determines the nature and extent of the principal Group risks and assesses
the effectiveness of mitigating actions
Annually reviews the effectiveness of risk management and internal
control systems
Approves the Group risk management policy.
“The Board is responsible for the Group’s system of risk
management and internal control. Risk management is
recognised as an integral part of the Group’s activities.”
32
1
Adverse market conditions,
macro-economic and
geopolitical issues.
2
Achieving the right market
positioning to meet the needs
of our clients.
3
Recruitment and retention of
high-calibre employees.
4
Reputational and brand risk.
5
Legal risk.
Failure or significant interruption
to IT systems causing disruption
to client service.
7
Operational resilience/
business continuity.
8
Business conduct.
9
Changes in the
regulatory environment/
regulatory breaches.
10
Acquisition/integration risk.
11
Environment and sustainability.
12
Strategic adoption of
new technologies.
In summary, the Group’s
principal existing and
emerging risks (not in order
of priority) are:
4. Heads of the Group functions and operating companies
Maintain an effective system of risk management and internal control within
their function/business unit.
Actions
Regularly review operational, project, functional and strategic risks as well as
emerging risks
Review mitigating controls, whether financial, operational or compliance, and
mitigation plans to address control gaps
Plan, execute and report on assurance activities as required by Regional or
Group Management.
The Group’s overall risk management framework is further enhanced by the
contributions of specialist groups, for example, the Group Information Security
Committee. As appropriate, certain businesses also have their own risk committees.
Savills continuously reviews and enhances its risk management process and seeks
advice from independent advisors where applicable.
Principal and emerging risks
The Directors have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing
the Company, including those that would threaten its business model, future
performance, solvency, liquidity and/or pose a material reputational risk. Our
consideration of these key risks and uncertainties relating to the Group’s operations,
along with their potential impact and the mitigations in place, is set out on pages
34 to 39. There may be risks and uncertainties other than those listed which may
also adversely affect the Group and its performance. More detail can be found in
the Audit Committee Report on pages 102 to 113.
We also conduct a formal exercise yearly to identify and assess emerging risks.
While assessing potential emerging risks we have considered our risk exposure
across a number of themes, e.g. finance and economics, geopolitical and security,
social, technological, climate and sustainability. Emerging risk and horizon scanning
are integrated as part of regular risk discussions and reported at both regional and
Group level.
33
Change from 2024:
Up
Down
Unchanged
Description
Mitigations
Change
from 2024
MARKET CONDITIONS, MACRO-ECONOMIC AND GEOPOLITICAL ISSUES
1
Strategic objective:
Geographic diversification/Financial strength
Global markets have seen sustained volatility, with geopolitical tensions and
macro-economic risk with the consequent impact on real estate values, resulting in
uncertainty in many sectors.
This macro-economic uncertainty could lead to a material contraction in real estate
transactional activity.
Political change could bring changes in policy focus and economic outlook with a
consequential impact on real estate transaction markets.
Despite inflation and interest rates reducing during 2025, given the broader geo-
political uncertainty there remains a risk of real estate market disruption and an
economic downturn resulting in a consequent adverse effect on Savills Group
earnings and/or our financial condition.
Savills operates in a number of countries where transactional business is the largest
component, increasing the level of risk in relation to earnings.
There is a currency risk from operating in a large number of countries.
As this is in an externally driven risk, the risk landscape is fluctuating with
wider economic interventions and geopolitical challenges.
Savills has a relatively resilient business model with a strong brand and focus
on excellence in client service.
Our strategy of diversifying our service offering and geographic spread mitigates
the impact on the Group of macro-economic downturns and weak transactional
market conditions in specific geographies, but this strategy cannot entirely
mitigate the overall risk to earnings. To manage these risks further, we maintain
a continuous focus on our cost-base and fee structures, and seek to improve
operational efficiencies.
Contingency plans are in place to enable us to respond quickly to market
information, economic trends and adverse events.
Continual monitoring of market conditions, market changes and other events,
against our Group strategy, supported by the reforecasting and reporting in all of
our businesses, are key to our ability to respond on a timely basis to changes in our
operating environment.
Our exposure to countries with economies which are currently weak is balanced by
our business in stronger markets. When considering new market entry we undertake
due diligence including the impact assessment of political and economic issues in
that particular country.
We manage currency risk in local operations through natural hedging and matching
revenue and costs in the same currency.
ACHIEVING THE RIGHT MARKET POSITIONING IN RESPONSE TO THE NEEDS OF OUR CLIENTS
2
Strategic objective:
Business diversification/Strength in Residential and Commercial markets/Geographical diversification/Commitment to clients
The markets in which we operate are highly competitive. Competition could
lead to a reduction in market share, resulting in a decline in revenue. Failure to
respond to changing service requirements from clients, to innovate or execute on
transformational activities could impact profitability and market share. Our focus is
on retaining existing clients as well as engaging with new clients. Our service offering
continuously evolves and improves to meet the changing needs of our clients and
this will continue as changes to our clients’ real estate requirements change, as a
result of, for example, climate change.
To remain competitive in all markets and deliver return to investors, we continue to
promote and differentiate our strengths while focusing on providing the quality of
service that our clients require.
We continue to invest in the development of client relationships, our businesses and
people and associated systems/digital technology to support, enhance and extend
our client service offering.
34
Description
Mitigations
Change
from 2024
RECRUITMENT AND RETENTION OF HIGH-CALIBRE STAFF
3
Financial strength/Commitment to clients
We recognise that the current and future success of our business is dependent
on attracting, developing, motivating and retaining people of the highest quality.
Ineffective recruitment, people management or succession planning could impact
Savills delivering its strategic objectives.
We continue to invest in the development of our people and our learning and
development programmes across the business. Reflecting the change to working
patterns, Savills has maintained its flexible approach to office working while ensuring
that client service remains at the highest level. We focus on fostering a diverse and
inclusive culture across all our businesses which allows all our people to bring their
true whole selves to work and be the best they can be.
Our partnership-style culture and profit-sharing approach to remuneration are
combined with selective use of share-based and other rewards to incentivise and
retain our best people for the long-term benefit of the Group. We continuously
review our markets to ensure that reward packages remain competitive.
We aim to develop talent and promote from within. Our Diversity and Inclusion
strategy, health and wellbeing programmes and encouragement of charitable
activities and participation in the communities in which our businesses operate,
all combine to ensure that our businesses have an inclusive culture, provide our
employees with the ability to be the best they can be and maintain our ‘employer
of choice’ status.
REPUTATIONAL AND BRAND RISK
Strength in Residential and Commercial markets/Commitment to clients
Savills is a strong, well-recognised and valued brand with an excellent reputation in
the markets in which it operates. The Group’s reputation could be damaged due to
an action or event that results in negative media/social media coverage.
We recognise the need to maintain this reputation by ensuring the quality of the
service we provide and as described below, requiring our people to operate to the
highest ethical standards.
We recognise that our brand strength is vital to maintaining market share in
established and new markets. A brand management programme is in place to
ensure the brand’s positioning and identity is clearly and consistently promoted.
Our social media policy is supported by guidance and training as well as ongoing
monitoring. All external statements have to be appropriately approved.
We recognise that the quality of the service we offer is vital to maintaining the
brand. We have in place policies, controls and processes to monitor the quality of
our client service to support our programme of continuous improvement.
The Group has well established Environmental, Social and Governance (‘ESG’)
programmes as set out in Responsible business on pages 40 to 53 to support
our brand values.
35
Change from 2024:
Up
Down
Unchanged
Change
from 2024
LEGAL RISK
5
Financial strength/Commitment to clients
Failure to fulfil our legal or contractual obligations to clients could subject the
Group to action and/or claims from clients. The adverse outcome of such actions/
claims could negatively impact our reputation, financial condition and/or the
results of our businesses.
For example:
In accepting client engagements, Group companies are generally subject to
client duty of care obligations. Failure to satisfy these obligations could
result in claims being made against the relevant operating company.
In our Property and Project Management businesses, we may be responsible
for appointing or overseeing third-party contractors that provide construction
and engineering services. In addition, in our Property Management business, we
may be responsible for health and safety at site-level. Failure to discharge these
responsibilities in accordance with our obligations could result in brand damage
and/or claims being made against the operating companies.
In our valuation consultancy businesses, we can be subject to claims alleging,
in particular, the over-valuation of properties.
The Group has a range of policies in place including client acceptance, legal and
regulatory compliance, data protection, health and safety, procurement, contractor
management and valuation to mitigate contractual risk.
In particular we have Best Practice groups, policies, procedures and training which
are designed to deliver the relevant contractual obligations and thereby mitigate
against the risk of such actions/claims being made and where such claims occur, to
limit liability, particularly in relation to health and safety and consultancy services
such as valuations. Such policies are regularly reviewed.
The Group maintains professional indemnity insurance to respond to and mitigate
the Group’s financial exposure to any claims. As described below, our strong
emphasis on appropriate business conduct by all our employees, contractors and
associates further mitigates this risk.
FAILURE OR SIGNIFICANT INTERRUPTION TO OUR IT SYSTEMS CAUSING DISRUPTION TO CLIENT SERVICE
Major failures in our IT systems may result in client service being interrupted
or data being lost/corrupted causing damage to our reputation and consequential
client and/or revenue loss.
There is a risk that a third-party cyber-attack on our infrastructure by a malicious
individual or group could be successful and impact the availability of critical systems.
Specific back-up and resilience requirements are built into our systems.
Our critical infrastructure is set up so far as is reasonably practical to prevent
unauthorised access and reduce the likelihood and impact of a successful cyber-attack.
Our data centres are accredited to international information security standards. Our
IT strategy is to diversify our services utilising the cloud and hosting, in order to
avoid a single point of failure.
Penetration testing and vulnerability testing is carried out regularly.
Business continuity and disaster recovery plans are in place to cover the residual
risks that cannot be mitigated.
We continuously review our resilience to cyber-attacks, implementing new systems
and procedures to address continuously evolving and ongoing cyber threats. Internal
and external assurance programmes provide maturity assessments applying the NIST
Maturity Framework and additional technical reviews of the security measures in place.
We continue to enhance security awareness through the use of learning programmes
and implementation of IT policies.
Cyber insurance cover is in place.
36
Change
from 2024
OPERATIONAL RESILIENCE/BUSINESS CONTINUITY
7
Significant non-IT events may affect continuity of service to clients, consequential
revenue loss and reputational damage.
Business continuity plans are in place across our businesses worldwide to enable us
to respond to external incidents which threaten the continuity of our operations.
Continuity plans encompass a range of events that could impact on our people or
buildings such as pandemics, terrorist events and natural disasters.
As with most other large international businesses, remote working capabilities are
robust. We have teams and processes dedicated to crisis management, disaster
recovery and the implementation of business continuity plans that ensure that these
can be activated across key teams at short notice if so required.
BUSINESS CONDUCT
8
Business diversification/Geographical diversification/Commitment to clients
Significant non-IT events may affect business continuity. We operate in international
markets that may present business conduct-related risks involving, for example,
fraud, bribery or corruption.
Failure by the Group and its employees to observe the highest standards of
integrity and conduct in dealing with clients, suppliers and other stakeholders
could result in civil and/or criminal penalties, regulatory sanction, debarring and/or
reputational damage.
We have programmes to promote compliance with our Code of Conduct, particularly
in areas of higher risk such as procurement.
37
Up
Down
Unchanged
Change
from 2024
CHANGES IN THE REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT/REGULATORY BREACHES
9
Commitment to clients
We are required to meet a broad range of regulatory compliance requirements in
each of the markets in which we operate.
For example, some of our operations have regulatory licences:
In the UK, Savills Capital Advisors Limited and Savills Investment Management LLP
are authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’) in respect
of activities conducted pursuant to the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive
(‘MIFID’) and Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive (‘AIFMD’).
Savills Investment Management entities are also variously authorised by the Bank
of Italy, MAS in Singapore, BaFin in Germany, JFSC in Jersey, CSSF in Luxembourg
and ASIC in Australia. Savills Group companies also hold financial services advisory
licences in Japan. Our entities across the Group employ resources and maintain a
framework of controls aimed at preventing our business being used to facilitate
financial crime, and to comply with complex financial sanctions regimes which are
continually changing in response to global events.
In addition, some of our service businesses are regulated by The Royal Institution
of Chartered Surveyors (‘RICS’), for example, Savills (UK) Limited. Another
example of Regulatory framework change for the UK rented sector is the
progressive implementation of the Renters Rights Act 2025, which will remove
Assured Short-Term Tenancies and which is expected to increase compliance
costs, with a consequent reduction in landlord participation in the lettings market
and transactional volumes, with the consequent adverse impact on Savills UK’s
Residential Lettings business.
Failure to satisfy regulatory compliance requirements may result in fines being
imposed, adverse publicity, brand/reputation damage and ultimately the withdrawal
of regulatory approvals. We also have a number of key statutory obligations
including the protection of the health, safety and welfare of our staff and others
affected by our activities. New legislation and the growing scope of regulation in
key areas like data protection, financial crime and environmental standards are
contributing to an increasing complexity in the regulatory environment.
Our Group Policy Framework, which sets out our standards for professional,
regulatory, statutory compliance and business conduct, is reviewed regularly.
To support this framework each business has its own regulatory compliance
resources which monitor regulatory developments and maintain the internal
processes and controls required to fulfil our compliance obligations. Training
requirements are identified and learning programmes are in place for applicable
business lines and functions.
Our compliance environment, at all levels, is subject to regular review by
internal audit and external assurance providers.
38
ACQUISITION/INTEGRATION RISK
10
Business diversification/Geographical diversification/Strength in Residential and Commercial markets/Financial strength
The structuring and integration of acquisitions is critical to realising the
benefits targeted. People, systems and processes are key components.
We apply the Group Acquisitions Policy and procedures and use professional
advisors in the due diligence process, and allocate responsibility and accountability
to individuals for integration. Post-acquisition reviews and reporting ensures the
Board is aware of progress against plan.
ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINABILITY
Commitment to clients/Financial strength
Environment and sustainability matters are a significant consideration for
clients, employees and investors. Failure to prioritise
Environmental, Social, and
Governance (ESG)
considerations can have significant operational and reputational
consequences for any company that fails to prepare.
Savills offers its clients expert advice on a growing range of environmental
and sustainability matters.
Savills, like all listed companies, has commitments and targets to meet in accordance
with the legislation of the relevant jurisdictions.
We apply the Group’s Sustainability Policy and employ appropriately qualified
and skilled teams. We are continuously enhancing our services in this area to
ensure that we can provide clients, employees and investors with the best advice
and information.
Savills has committed to Net Zero targets: Scope 1 and 2 Net Zero by 2030;
and Scope 3 (for controlled assets) by 2040.
We collect data and report in accordance with the relevant legislation and regulatory
framework, including TCFD (Responsible business pages 40 to 53) and our
disclosures are reviewed/verified by external assurance providers.
STRATEGIC ADOPTION OF NEW TECHNOLOGIES
12
Business diversification/Geographical diversification/Strength in Residential and Commercial markets/Financial strength
Failure to identify, assess and respond effectively to risks and competitive threats
arising from emerging technologies, including proptech and artificial intelligence,
could result in reduced competitiveness, operational inefficiencies, and margin
pressure across Savills service lines.
We apply Group-level technology and digital governance, including oversight
by senior management and the Board with ongoing investment in technology
platforms, data, and digital tools to enhance service delivery. We have a coordinated
AI and proptech adoption framework led centrally by the Board and the Group
CIO. Strategic partnerships are continually reviewed to access emerging innovation
with training and change management programmes to support adoption across
the business.
39
Whether it’s through the
way we advise clients or the
influence we have directly,
we always seek to add value
while working to minimise our
impact on the environment
and engage positively with our
local communities.
Climate
We work to minimise our impact and
are committed to reducing our carbon
emissions to net zero by 2040. From
decarbonisation pathways to sustainable
design consultancy, we strive for a
sustainable transition.
READ MORE ON PAGES 42 TO 45.
Culture
We actively foster an inclusive
workplace – aiming to attract diverse
talent, develop and support our people,
and always lead by example.
READ MORE ON PAGES 48 TO 53.
Community
People are at the heart of our business.
We aim to create a lasting positive social
impact on the local communities which we
impact through the way we engage with
them, the work we do and the charitable
initiatives we run to support them.
READ MORE ON PAGES 46 AND 47.
Helping both
people
and
our environment
to thrive
RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS
SUSTAINABILITY
40
2025 sustainability awards
Sustainability strategy
Savills strategy is set at the Group
level and is then implemented at
Principal Business and country level.
The strategic framework is designed to
drive continuous improvement under
the Climate, Culture and Community
pillars. The Group’s Sustainability
strategy is focused where we believe
we can make the most difference. It
is developed and recommended by
management and endorsed at Board
level and is then implemented across
our global operations.
READ MORE ABOUT SAVILLS SUSTAINABILITY
STRATEGY HERE: WWW.SAVILLS.COM/WHY-
SAVILLS/SUSTAINABILITY.ASPX
Group sustainability committee
Our Sustainability Committee,
comprising senior representatives from
our Principal Businesses and central
teams, co-ordinates our Sustainability
strategy and its delivery. The TCFD
workstream runs throughout.
Responsible (with the Group Risk
Committee) for overseeing climate
risk assessment and other aspects of
the Group’s Sustainability agenda
Tracks and monitors the delivery of
the Group-wide Sustainability targets
Chair: Group Legal Director &
Company Secretary
Strategic Lead: Group
Sustainability Director.
Presented with 8 awards in 2025. These
included the Women’s Leadership award by
the Los Angeles Business Journal; Women of
Influence award by GlobeSt; Canadian Women
in Real Estate awarded by Connect CRE; New
Generation award by Connect CRE; Power
100 award by the Commercial Observer; Top
Young Professionals award by the Commercial
Observer; Influencers in CRE technology by
GlobeSt; and the Power Leaders in real estate
award by the South Florida Business Journal.
CEME
Savills Portugal’s
architecture team
was recognised
at the Real Estate
Expresso Awards
in the New
Construction,
Industrial and
Logistics category, for the Benavente
Logistics Park project, with support from
the sustainability team.
In Hong Kong Savills
Property management
team was honoured with
multiple accolades at the
BOCHK Corporate Low-
Carbon Environmental
Leadership Awards,
including the ‘Low-Carbon
Commitment Logo’ and
‘EcoPartner Logo’.
UK
Savills UK retained 2nd ranking for the RateMyPlacement awards
and was ranked 12th on Inclusive Top 50 UK Employers List.
Savills UK also retained its position in the Top-50 of the Social
Mobility Employer Index and was included in Top-50 ‘Great British
Employers of Veterans’ programme, with Savills EMEA & UK
HR Director winning ‘Advocate of the Year’ at British Forces in
Business Awards. Savills UK also retained its position as The Times
Graduate Employer of Choice for Property for the 19th consecutive
year. The Sustainable Design team also won the ‘Best Project or
Collaboration’ category at the Society of Digital Engineering (SDE)
Awards for its innovative digital workflow, Carbon Pioneer.
Savills Investment Management
Named ‘ESG Team of the Year’ at the Unlock
Net Zero Awards, for its overarching corporate
strategy and approach to sustainability. Savills
IM’s Cathedral Hill Industrial Estate project
in Guildford also won ‘Project of the Year’
at the CIBSE Building Performance Awards.
Savills IM’s Charities Property Fund team also
accepted two prestigious awards at AREF
and Charity Time Awards.
During 2025 Savills was recognised through 51 awards for Sustainability-related corporate
programmes or client projects. Of these, 25 were awarded for Climate-related initiatives,
16 for Culture and 10 for Community. Below are a sample of these awards:
41
RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS
Climate
Savills recognises the need for urgent action
by real estate owners and occupiers to help
address the climate crisis and support the
transition to a greener, more resilient economy.
Savills CDP (formally the ‘Carbon
Disclosure Platform’) score improved
in 2025 to ‘A–’ (from ‘B’ in 2024)
Savills Greenhouse Gas emissions
Scope 1 and 2 target of a 72%
reduction by 2030 remains on track
with a reduction as at the end of 2025
of 37.4% against the 2019 baseline
Emissions from Savills IM Assets
under Discretionary Management
reduced to 75,960 tCO
e in 2025 from
88,676 tCO
e in 2024, a 14% decrease
Progress on obtaining certified
renewable energy tariffs has been made
within 2025. For the UK, renewable
electricity tariffs account for 88%, and
in CEME 88% of electricity consumed
in offices now has a green tariff. In
North America, the Chicago office has
an energy tariff in place. The Savills
IM business has green tariffs covering
74% of electricity consumption. Green
tariffs have increased in Asia Pacific,
which now has 24% of the electricity
consumption in the offices
Increased use of efficient LED
lighting; for example, Savills UK
now has 66% of office space with
LED coverage (a 57% improvement
since 2024), North America has 72%
coverage (a 16% improvement from
the prior year) while Savills CEME has
85% coverage (an 8% improvement
since 2024)
110 Green Building certifications
are now held at Savills office
locations worldwide
Savills engaged with over 42% of
corporate suppliers (by spend),
equating to 140 companies engaged
via a third-party portal to share
detail of their decarbonisation
plans and programmes
Savills UK advised clients on the
planting over 2.1 million trees.
2025 HIGHLIGHTS
42
Some of the key actions to reduce our
Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions within
our Net Zero plan include transitioning
to renewable energy, investing in
energy audits and efficiency such as
LED lights, transitioning Savills owned
and leased cars from petrol and diesel
over to electric vehicles (EVs) and
green leases.
READ MORE ABOUT SUMMARY OF PROGRESS
MADE ON THESE ACTIONS HERE:
PDF.SAVILLS.COM/49935+SAVILLS+AR25_
CASE+STUDIES_NET+ZERO+PROGRESS.PDF
For Scope 3 reductions, key actions
within our Net Zero plan are to
engage with our corporate suppliers,
and work with our people to enable
the knowledge and skills needed
to move towards decarbonisation
collectively. We also use environmental
management systems such as ISO14001
and Green Building Certifications to
help support our journey.
READ MORE ABOUT OUR PROGRESS ENGAGE
WITH OUR CORPORATE SUPPLIERS HERE:
PDF.SAVILLS.COM/49935+SAVILLS+AR25_
CASE+STUDIES_SUSTAINABILITY.PDF
Our strategy in action
The Board is responsible overall for
managing Sustainability and climate-
related risks and realising opportunities,
as detailed in the Governance section of
the TCFD disclosures on page 55.
Net Zero action
READ MORE ABOUT SUSTAINABILITY
STRATEGY AND POLICY SUMMARY HERE:
WWW.SAVILLS.COM/WHY-SAVILLS/
SUSTAINABILITY.ASPX
Savills maintained its focus on delivering
its commitment to achieving Net Zero
for its operations (Scope 1 and 2) in
2030 and for its value chain (Scope 3)
greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions by
2040. Separately Savills worked with the
Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi)
to validate near-term decarbonisation
targets; with as part of this, Savills being
recognised by the ‘Race to Zero’ and
‘Business Ambition for 1.5°C’ campaigns.
Savills near-term SBTi targets are:
Savills commits to reduce absolute
Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions 72% by
2030 from a 2019 base year
Savills also commits to reduce Scope
3 GHG emissions from purchased
goods and services 51.6% per million
GBP of value added by 2030 from a
2022 base year
Savills further commits to reduce
Scope 3 GHG emissions from client
assets managed in a discretionary
basis by Savills IM to 51.6% per square
meter within the same timeframe.
We were pleased to receive SBTi
validation for our near-term Net Zero
targets in 2024. Against these targets,
Savills greenhouse gas (GHG) Scope 1
and 2 target of 72% reduction is on track
to meet our 2030 goals with a decrease
achieved during the year, so that at the
end of 2025 GHG emissions had reduced
by 37.4% against the 2019 baseline.
Despite this, there remains much to do
and we remain focused on progressing
our decarbonisation journey.
READ MORE ABOUT SAVILLS GROUP NET ZERO
TRANSITION PLAN HERE: PDF.SAVILLS.COM/
DOCUMENTS/GROUP-NET-ZERO-TRANSITION-
PLAN-2024.PDF
43
651,500
MWh of renewable energy was
procured for clients
16
new
sustainability
service lines
launched
117
pieces of sustainability
focused PR coverage across
63 different publications
101
Net Zero
carbon advisory
projects or
pathways
42
biodiversity
advisory
projects
148
on-going client
advisory and
27
public reporting
roles
44
climate risk
assessments
and
48
water
strategies
Savills Earth and wider
Sustainability
Savills Earth is a cohesive, client-focused collection of services that brings together
our global sustainability expertise, insights and technical capabilities. The team offer
streamlined access to a wide range of energy and sustainability consultancy services
and support our clients with making better decisions; whether that’s reducing carbon,
boosting biodiversity, enhancing social value, building resilience, or improving
operational sustainability and governance.
READ MORE ABOUT SAVILLS EARTH HERE:
WWW.SAVILLS.CO.UK/SECTORS/ENERGY--SUSTAINABILITY-AND-SOCIAL-VALUE.ASPX
94
Fitwel or WELL
Certifications
and
75
LEED
assessments
44
60
ESG due
diligence
projects
2.1
trees our
forestry teams
advised clients
on planting
205
BREEAM in Use
Certifications and
36
BREEAM
Assessments
69
CRREM
52
sustainable
design projects
125
social value
consultancy
projects
Savills Energy teams
supported on over
19.5GW of renewable
energy or energy
storage projects
Natural Capital team
provided advice to
clients supporting
enhanced biodiversity
or nature-based
solutions for land
covering over
30,000 hectares
67
speaking
engagements
24
webinars
and
advisory board
positions
45
2025 HIGHLIGHTS
Community
Over 12,700 voluntary hours including
468 pro-bono hours given during the
year across Savills
The equivalent of £1.5million donated
by the Group and combined Regional
Businesses to charities
Over 580 charitable causes
supported globally
Savills Sustainability activities were
recognised by over 51 different award
events globally, of these, 10 were
awarded for community-related
activities on page 41
Savills Hong Kong raised over
£195,000 for victims affected by the
tragedy at the Tai Po residential block
At UK Property Week ESG Edge
Awards, Savills Social Value Director
won ‘ESG Leader of the year’ and our
client Salford City Council, supported
by Savills Earth won the community
Engagement Regeneration Award.
Savills Earth and client Salford
City Council were also highly
commended for ‘Excellence in Real
Estate & Planning’ and ‘Creating
Capability’ categories.
People are at the heart of our business.
We aim to create a lasting positive social
impact on the local communities which we
impact through the way we engage with
them, the work we do and the charitable
initiatives we undertake to support them.
46
Each year, a range of social and
community-focused initiatives are
undertaken by Savills worldwide.
Every employee is encouraged
to provide social value through
volunteering, fundraising or pro-
bono activity. For example in 2025:
READ MORE ABOUT INITIATIVES SAVILLS HAVE BEEN PART
OF IN 2025 HERE: PDF.SAVILLS.COM/49935+SAVILLS+AR25_
CASE+STUDIES_SUSTAINABILITY.PDF
In Sweden and Czech
Republic, pro-bono work
provided valuation advisory
for a rehabilitation charity,
and job simulations for
students from socially
disadvantaged backgrounds.
800 employees also supported
wider volunteering initiatives
across Savills CEME.
Savills was also recognised at
the BESA 2025 Awards for its
work within the prison system,
where it developed a learning and
development programme focused
on rehabilitation and workforce
readiness. The initiative provides
meaningful skills training,
development pathways, and
hands-on experience, supporting
personal growth and long-
term reintegration. It stands
as a powerful example of how
the built environment sector
can contribute to lasting
social change.
Savills Hong
Kong provided
over 100 pro-
bono hours
of advice
and oversaw
the progress
of the Hong
Kong Water
Sports Council
Kai Tak Centre
Development
project.
Savills North America supported
Breakthrough T1D Real Estate
Games. Breakthrough T1D is
the leading global organisation
funding type 1 diabetes
(T1D) research.
Savills Investment Management’s
Hamburg office helped local
pupils from financially challenged
families by helping to ensure they
were equipped for the start of
the school year.
47
Culture
145 Diversity & Inclusion events were
held across our global office network,
up from 78 in previous year
Savills hosted 137 mental health
events, up from 86 in previous year
Savills Sustainability activities were
recognised by over 51 different award
events globally, of these 16 were
awarded for culture-related activities
on page 41
Savills UK retained 2nd ranking for
RateMyPlacement awards and 12th on
Inclusive Top 50 UK Employers List
Savills UK retained its position in
the Top 50 of the Social Mobility
Employer Index 2025, demonstrating
continued commitment to improving
inclusive growth and accessibility in
the property sector
Savills North America recognised
through 8 awards including: the
Women’s Leadership award by
the Los Angeles Business Journal;
Women of Influence award by
GlobeSt; Canadian Women in Real
Estate awarded by Connect CRE; New
Generation award by Connect CRE;
Power 100 award by the Commercial
Observer; Top Young Professionals
award by the Commercial Observer;
Influencers in CRE technology by
GlobeSt; and the Power Leaders in
real estate award by the South Florida
Business Journal.
READ MORE ABOUT INITIATIVES SAVILLS
HAVE BEEN PART OF IN 2025 HERE:
workplace, aiming to attract diverse
talent regardless of their background,
develop and support our people, and
always lead by example.
48
Our people
Helping our people to be the best by
providing an environment in which our
people can be their whole selves and can
flourish and thrive by:
Always looking to attract the best
talent, selecting new colleagues who
share our Company values
Encouraging an open, inclusive and
supportive culture in which every
individual is respected
Helping our people to excel through
appropriate learning and development
Sharing success and
rewarding achievement
Recognising that our people’s diverse
strengths combined with good
teamwork produce the best results
Believing that a rewarding workplace
inspires and motivates
Engaging with our people to
communicate our vision and
strategy through well-established
internal channels.
We showcase our employee offer to
attract professionals who will offer
exceptional service to our clients and
support business performance and
growth. We use a range of media and
channels to communicate with potential
candidates, talking about our culture,
values and opportunities.
We believe that in order to deliver our
strategy, it is essential that our people are
fully engaged and motivated.
Our employees’ wellbeing is fundamental
to this and, we continue to build on our
wellbeing programmes and activities
globally. We listen to and support the
needs of our people, ensuring honest,
open lines of communication to
enable our employees to stay positive,
connected and productive, while feeling
valued and supported.
We use multiple channels to
communicate and engage with
employees, including regular ‘Town Halls’
and roadshows, all-employee newsletters
and advisories, our intranet, and through
our digital platform which allows direct
employee communication (in local
languages) with Non-Executive Directors
(including the Chair) to allow employee
feedback to flow to the Board direct. We
also have an independently facilitated
‘Speak-up’, hotline to allow colleagues to
raise any concerns about our business
in confidence.
We believe in developing the capabilities
of all individuals to ensure that we attract,
retain and support a diverse range of
talent to ensure they reach their full
potential and grow their careers at Savills.
By investing in our people’s development
we provide all talent with the necessary
skills to perform and encourage everyone
to pursue opportunities for growth. In
doing so we support our employees to
develop and grow their careers.
The wellbeing of our people is
fundamental to our high-performing
and supportive culture. We have
established wellbeing programmes,
and provide a range of benefits,
services and support while
encouraging everyone to take a
proactive role in their own wellbeing.
We want our workplaces to have
a culture of openness and help
eradicate the stigma of mental health
through educational events, skill
building and awareness raising. In
2025, Savills continued to focus on
initiatives to raise awareness around
mental health and wellbeing.
READ MORE ABOUT OUR 2025 ACTIVITY HERE:
WELLBEING AT WORK
WWW.SAVILLS.CO.UK/CONTACT-US/
CAREERS/WHY-JOIN-US/WELLBEING-AT-
WORK.ASPX
MENTAL WELLBEING
WWW.SAVILLS.CO.UK/CONTACT-US/
CAREERS/WHY-JOIN-US/WELLBEING-AT-
WORK.ASPX
PHYSICAL WELLBEING
WORK.ASPX
FINANCIAL WELLBEING
WORK.ASPX
MENTAL HEALTH GLOBAL SUMMARY
CASE+STUDIES_MENTALHEALTH.PDF
By understanding the skills and
capabilities needed for growth and
to meet our business objectives, our
learning programmes are designed to
respond to specific development needs.
We deliver learning programmes to
reinforce and support the development of
our values and behaviours; for example,
in relation to ESG, financial crime risk,
Our Code of Conduct and data security
and data management. We continue to
provide learning and development in all
core areas: management and leadership,
client and business development,
personal effectiveness and professional
and technical capabilities.
Wellbeing and mental health
CHARITY RUN, HONG KONG
49
Our D&I objectives continue to focus on creating an inclusive culture where everyone feels valued, respected, and empowered to thrive at the
heart of our business. This work is underpinned by six key diversity and inclusion pillars covering: gender, social mobility, ethnicity, LGBTQ+,
disability and intergeneration. Some examples of 2025 activities relating to Savills Diversity & Inclusion pillars are below:
Our six diversity and inclusion pillars
DISABILITY
In 2025 Savills UK’s Disability Group hosted an
event to launch our partnership with the Sunflower
Charity, focusing on non-visible disabilities
Savills Germany supported the German youth
disabled sports association and national
paralympic committee
Savills Italy held two sessions working with Cascina
Biblioteca, a social cooperative group, focused
on engaging disabled people in society, as well as
PizzAut, a social enterprise supporting people with
autism in employment
Savills UK hold a certification as a Disability
Confident Committed Employer (Level 2) and aim
to achieve level 3 during 2026.
SOCIO ECONOMIC
Savills IM held a social mobility panel in partnership
with Real Estate Balance which included panel
members from The Good Economy, Better Society
Capital and Savills IM Sustainability Team. The
panel focused on how placemaking can deliver
social mobility
In the UK Savills engage with veterans, offering work
experience and mentoring and were recognised as
38th of 50 employers of Veterans
The UK are working with ‘Making the
Leap’ to support initiatives on social
mobility. Savills UK were also ranked
in the top 50 of organisations on the
Social Mobility Employers Index.
ETHNICITY
Savills globally supports Black History Month with
educational programmes highlighting key black
role models
In the UK, the Ethnicity group held an event alongside
clients and Savills IM, which featured spoken word,
authentic food and celebration of the Black culture.
It also launched its ‘Let’s Talk About Race’ module
North America’s Black Excellence United (BeU) group
hosted three inspirational workshops
In CEME, Germany celebrated Zero Discrimination
Day and German Diversity Day, as part of
commitments under the diversity charter.
LGBTQ+
Savills UK hosted a significant Pride celebration in
London in 2025 alongside a number of key clients as
part of Savills membership with Pride in Property
As part of LGBTQ+ History Month Savills UK
highlighted one inspirational person each week
Savills North America hosted a Pride Month panel
titled ‘The Evolution of Our Industry,’ featuring three
top innovators at Savills
The UK’s Property Management team LGBTQ+
History Month Conversation: ‘Being LGBTQ+ in 2025’,
looked at what’s come before, what’s inspired us and
continuing to provide a safe space.
GENDER
Around International Women’s Day (IWD), Savills
teams across APAC celebrated with a series of
engaging events. Savills India organised activities
focusing on gender equality, including a leadership
talk, a Women Industry Panel Discussion, a ‘She
for she’ leadership connect session, a ‘Women in
Focus’ session and a Women Appreciation Day
Savills Italy began undertaking steps towards a
Gender Equality Certification
In honour of Women’s History Month, North America
also held a panel on how to support women in the
workplace. Women Inclusion Network (WIN) also
held a company-wide ‘Together in Pink’ Day for
Breast Cancer Awareness.
INTERGENERATION
As part of 145 D&I events held within our global
offices, Savills UK hosted an event to mark
Intergenerational Week, supported by Savills UK’s
Age Group
Savills UK Menopause network continues to support
those going through menopause in our business
The UK Intergeneration
group held coffee roulette
events, linking those from
all ages and stages of their
career together to share
best practice.
50
Diversity and inclusion
Savills will strive to be a truly inclusive
employer by having the right inclusive
policies, learning and development,
leadership and recruitment principles in
place to ensure all employees and clients
are treated fairly and are able to be
their true, whole selves.
We aim to do this by working to:
attract the most diverse talent at
all stages of their careers from all
backgrounds
develop our diverse talent, ensuring
clear career paths
lead by example with our most senior
leaders setting an inclusive culture.
Our strategy is to embrace diversity and
provide a platform and a supportive
environment in which all our employees
can be the best they can be. Diversity
and inclusion remains a key priority
for the Board. With oversight from the
Board, we have continued to implement
our Diversity & Inclusion strategy.
We look to nurture an inclusive culture
in which difference is accepted and
valued. We believe that diversity of
thought, experience and background
at all levels gives us a competitive
advantage and underpins the success of
our business by giving us the ability to
select people of the highest quality from
the widest available pool of talent; this
makes Savills a better business.
We are committed to recruiting, developing
and retaining diverse talent which reflects
the communities in which we live and
work. We work together to bring out the
best in each other and to sustain the
strong working relationship ethic that
has nurtured our ‘can do’ attitude.
Our D&I objectives continue to focus
on creating an inclusive culture where
everyone feels valued, respected, and
empowered to thrive at the heart of
our business. This work is underpinned
by six key diversity and inclusion
pillars covering: gender, social mobility,
ethnicity, LGBTQ+, disability and
intergeneration. Some examples of 2025
activities relating to Savills Diversity &
Inclusion D pillars are on page 50.
In accordance with Companies Act
2006, as at 31 December 2025 our total
global workforce of 40,181 colleagues
comprised 21,572 males (54%) and
18,609 females (46%). Of these,
2,037 were senior executives (75%)
males, 663 (25%) females) comprising
members of the Group Executive
Board and Board members of the
corporate entities whose financial
information is incorporated in the
Group’s 2025 consolidated accounts
in this Annual Report, noting that the
business principally operates through
executive committees and teams with
the result that the boards of directors
of statutory entities across the Group
are not reflective of the management
or senior executive group.
During the year, the Company’s Board
of Directors comprised 10 members –
6 males and 4 female.
In accordance with the Equality Act
2010, Savills UK, as an employer
with 250 or more UK employees
publishes an annual gender pay
report (calculated in accordance with
the published requirements) on the
Savills UK’s website. Savills UK also
voluntarily publishes an ethnicity pay
report (and has done since 2019).
Gender balance
SAVILLS UK TAKE PART IN
MANCHESTER PRIDE PARADE
51
Our governance
Our reputation has been built on
our people and we believe that
employees whose behaviours reflect
our business philosophy deliver the
excellent client service that we strive
to provide. Our business philosophy
also captures our commitment to
ethical, professional and responsible
conduct and our entrepreneurial, value-
enhancing approach.
Our Code of Conduct sets out our
commitment to operate responsibly
wherever we work in the world, to
work professionally and with integrity
and to engage with our stakeholders
to manage the social, environmental
and ethical impact of our activities
in the different markets in which we
operate. We empower and support our
employees to always make the right
decisions consistent with this policy.
Our corporate conduct is based on our
commitment to act responsibly at all
times. We will uphold laws relevant to
countering bribery and corruption in all
the jurisdictions in which we operate.
To facilitate the Savills Board’s
assessment and monitoring of culture,
the Board adopted KPIs, set out on page
84 of the Governance Report.
Our approach to human rights
Savills is committed to conducting its
business ethically and in line with all
relevant legislation including human
rights laws. We fully support the
principles of UN Global Compact, the
UN Declaration of Human Rights and
the International Labour Organization’s
(‘ILO’) Core Conventions. Any breaches
of our Code of Conduct may be reported
in accordance with the Group’s Speak-
up procedure.
Modern slavery
We believe the risk of slavery or
human trafficking in the recruitment
and engagement of our employees
and supply chain is low. To ensure it
remains low, we have provided training
on modern slavery and taken steps to
make sure our staff and supply chain
partners are aware of the Act and
its requirements.
Speak-up
Savills Group is committed to
maintaining the highest ethical standards
and a culture of openness, integrity
and accountability in all its business
dealings and practices. Savills treats any
malpractice (i.e. fraud, bribery, illegal or
unethical conduct or wrongdoing) with
the upmost seriousness. Our people are
encouraged to raise any concerns they
may have about the conduct of others
in the business or the way the business
is run at an early stage and in an
appropriate way. Our Speak-up policy,
supported by third-party-managed
confidential reporting facilities in all
markets, enables employees to raise
any matters of concern, anonymously if
they so wish, and is embedded into our
business; it applies to employees and
supply chain partners of the Group’s
businesses worldwide.
READ MORE ABOUT MODERN SLAVERY AND
HUMAN TRAFFICKING STATEMENT HERE:
WWW.SAVILLS.COM/FOOTER/SLAVERY-AND-
HUMAN-TRAFFICKING-STATEMENT.ASPX
52
Our clients
Putting clients at the heart of
our approach
We provide best-in-class advice and
insights, exceptional client care and offer
long-term partnerships to every client
we serve.
This year we have strengthened the
foundations of our client strategy,
deepening relationships, enhancing
collaboration across geographies and
service lines, and embedding more
powerful insight-led tools to ensure we
remain trusted advisors.
Our focus has been on refining how we
care for clients, how we listen to them
and how we collaborate across Savills
to deliver the breadth and depth of
expertise they expect.
Client care excellence
In 2025, we further evolved our Client
Relationship Management programme to
ensure our clients benefit from a joined
up, personal and proactive experience.
Across our regions, client advocates
continue to maintain regular dialogue
with key accounts, ensuring we
understand their strategies, pressures,
and aspirations. These insights enable us
to bring forward the right specialists at
the right time, strengthening our role as
Client’s strategic partners.
This year’s evolution of our Key Client
Programme has introduced Cluster
Leads, creating senior leadership
stewardship across groups of
strategically important clients. This
has enhanced consistency, future
focused planning and opportunity
identification across regions.
Turning insight into action
In 2025 we continued to invest
in a multi layered client listening
programme designed to provide
meaningful intelligence and improve
client experience.
Our listening activities include:
In-depth business reviews with
senior leadership involvement
Post instruction and post
bid feedback, ensuring
immediate learnings
Mystery shopping, for consumer
facing teams
Independent third party feedback
sessions ensuring transparency
and rigour.
These diverse touchpoints give us a
richer understanding of client needs,
service expectations and emerging
challenges allowing us to act with speed
and precision. The integration of our
client insights tools this year has further
sharpened our ability to identify risk,
and spot growth opportunities early.
Client insights – powering
smarter decisions
Our clients across the UK, EMEA and
beyond increasingly seek integrated,
strategic advice. Through clusters,
insights, and global collaboration,
we’ve strengthened our ability to
deliver holistic solutions across
portfolio, sector and lifecycle which is
underpinned by our integrated client
insights platform. This technology
now supports not just strategic key
accounts but increasingly our wider
client base, ensuring no opportunity
is missed and client intelligence is
shared across the business.
Our ambition remains ambitious
yet simple: to be our clients’
trusted advisor – working in
partnership, listening deeply,
and delivering seamlessly.
The evolution of our client care
programme, the maturation of
our listening strategy, and the
expansion of our collaborative client
cluster model ensure we are better
positioned than ever to help clients
navigate market complexity and
make smarter property decisions.
Looking ahead
53
Reporting requirement
Relevant Policies and standards
Read more about our impact, including the principal risks relating to these matters
Page
Environmental matters
Environmental Policy
GHG emissions
TCFD reporting
Principal and emerging risks and uncertainties facing the business
64 to 68
55 to 63
31 to 39
Employees
Health and Safety Policy
Equality and Diversity Policy
Code of Conduct
Whistleblowing Policy
Group Chief Executive review – People
Business model
‘People’ section of Responsible business
‘Culture’ section of Responsible business
‘People and culture’ principal risk in the Principal and emerging
risks and uncertainties
s.172 (1) Companies Act statement – People
Corporate Governance Report
Directors’ Remuneration Report
9
24
49
48 to 53
35
89
70 to 113
114 to 140
Human rights
Code of Conduct
Modern Slavery Statement
‘Culture’ section of Responsible business
48 to 53
Social matters
Modern Slavery Statement
Tax Strategy
Responsible business
40 to 52
Financial crime (anti-money laundering,
anti-bribery and corruption and compliance
with financial sanctions)
Whistleblowing Policy
Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy
Corporate Governance Report
48 to 53
70 to 113
Outcome of non-financial policies
and standards
Carbon emissions reporting
Gender Diversity reporting in accordance
with the Corporate Governance Code 2018
40 to 52
70 to 113
Principal risks
Principal and emerging risks and uncertainties facing the business
31 to 39
Business model
‘Our business model’ section of the Strategic Report
24
Due diligence processes in place in
pursuance of promoting non-financial
policies and standards
All employees required to read and adhere
to the Code of Conduct
Whistleblowing reports reviewed by the Board
Anti-corruption, anti-bribery and anti-financial
sanctions training and monitoring
52
Non-financial and sustainability information statement 2025
The table below sets out where stakeholders can find information in our Strategic Report that relates to non-financial matters detailed under section 414CB of the Companies Act 2006.
DISCLOSURE STATEMENTS
54
Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) 2025
Real estate and associated infrastructure
is responsible for over 40% of global
carbon dioxide emissions and global
building stock is expected to grow by
241 billion sq m, from 2020 to 2060,
with energy demand from the building
sector forecast to grow by 50% by 2050.
Savills is focused on climate-related risks
and working with its clients, suppliers
and the local communities on which its
operations impact, to deliver a more
sustainable future. Savills recognises the
need for urgent action by real estate
owners and occupiers to address the
climate crisis and rapidly transition
to a greener more resilient economy.
This TCFD Disclosure outlines the
climate-related risks and opportunities
that Savills has identified and the
associated actions and budgets in place
to, respectively, mitigate and position
the Group to realise these.
In this report we provide climate-
related financial disclosures consistent
with the UK Climate-related Financial
Disclosure Regulations. We have referred
to associated non-binding guidance
and also to the guidance issued by
the Task Force on Climate-related
Financial Disclosures.
Governance
The Board is responsible overall for
managing climate-related risks and
realising opportunities, as detailed in
the Governance section on page 52.
The Board is supported in this respect
by the Group Executive Board (GEB),
which is responsible for implementing
climate-related risk management plans,
addressing climate-related threats to
Savills business model and for identifying
and realising opportunities. In addition,
the Group Risk Committee and Group
Environmental Social & Governance
(ESG) Committee, supported by the
Savills TCFD Working Group, are
responsible for overseeing climate risk
assessment and other aspects of Savills
corporate sustainability and ESG agenda
and reporting into the GEB. The Board
and GEB both meet at least quarterly.
The Group ESG Committee meets at least
bi-annually and the Savills TCFD Working
Group meets at least annually.
The Board is updated on progress
against goals and targets regularly, and
at least annually considers the progress
made against our goals.
The Board and Board committees
are informed about climate-related
issues, including both climate risks and
opportunities, via written reports, formal
presentations and oral updates from
the Group Legal Director & Company
Secretary and the Group Sustainability
Director. Both the Group Legal Director
& Company Secretary and the Group
Sustainability Director have climate-
related actions within their KPIs, as
do GEB members and the Executive
Directors, including the Group CEO.
Climate-related issues, including
associated risks and opportunities,
are also considered when the Board
is reviewing strategy, budgets, major
plans of action, proposed investments,
capital expenditure and acquisitions.
An example of how this is embedded in
decision-making at an operational level
is that all new office leases or extensions
require sign-off from a Sustainability
perspective, as well as financial
perspective. Sustainability, specifically
climate risks and opportunities, are also
discussed within Board meetings and,
by the Group Risk Committee, as part of
the wider risk review process.
A copy of our Group Risk Policy
can be seen here:
pdf.savills.com/
Group+Risk+Management+Policy+2025.
. Examples of items discussed include
timely delivery of the Group’s Net Zero
targets and forthcoming regulation, for
example, Savills Australia within APAC are
reviewing forthcoming (ASRS) regulation
locally to understand the applicability.
As above, the Savills TCFD Working
Group and Group ESG Committee report
into the GEB and through it to the Board
and, as part of this reporting, highlight
climate-related items and associated
actions on page 31. The process by
which the Group ESG Committee and
Group Management are informed
about climate-related issues is through
the ESG Committees in each Principal
Business, which have TCFD as a key
agenda item regular ESG working group
sessions. ESG Groups in the Group’s
Principal Businesses (being Savills UK,
Savills CEME, Savills Asia Pacific, Savills
North America and Savills Investment
Management (‘Savills IM’)) develop
and manage programmes in those
businesses within the Group’s overall
TCFD framework.
55
The process adopted by each Principal
Business to manage physical and
transition risk is typically for the
management teams within the relevant
business to oversee any corresponding
action or agenda points made within
the relevant ESG Committee or via
designated TCFD action trackers. Key
climate-related actions and risks are
monitored and managed through these
ESG Committees which respectively
report to the Group ESG Committee
and the Savills TCFD Working Group,
with key messages then further
disseminated to management across
the Group as appropriate. The Heads
of the Principal Businesses have overall
climate-related responsibilities for their
businesses; with progress by Principal
Business against agreed targets
monitored and overseen by the Group
ESG Committee, which reports via
the Group Legal Director & Company
Secretary, to the GEB and the Board.
In September 2025 the Savills TCFD
Working Group session took place,
at this meeting it was confirmed that
the risks and opportunities identified
during the 2024 workshop, supported
by Willis Towers Watson (‘WTW’), had
not changed and that these remained
consistent for 2025.
Strategy and risk management
Interface between climate-
related risks and overall
risk management
Savills Group processes for managing
climate-related risks are outlined in
the Governance section above, and
are also captured in Savills wider risk
management approach and enterprise
risk management system (‘ERM’) on
page 31. For more information on the
Group’s material existing and emerging
risks see Principal and emerging risks
section on page 33.
The materiality assessment for TCFD
is based on an integrated view of the
impact and likelihood of occurrence
for each risk and opportunity.
Climate-related risks continue to be
evaluated as part of the Group’s risk
identification, review and assessment
process for principal and emerging
risks which is undertaken biannually
by the Group Risk Committee on
page 31. The TCFD materiality process
is also integrated within the Group’s
wider risk management processes; the
Group’s Risk Register has high-level
summary risks covering ‘Environment
and Sustainability’ and ‘Corporate ESG
including Diversity & Inclusion’ with
further details on climate-related issues
managed within specific TCFD and ESG
risk documentation and through the Risk
Registers of the Principal Businesses.
Climate-related risks and opportunities
are integrated into current decision-
making and strategy formulation, for
example, in creating and reviewing
strategies for lower carbon, more energy
efficient operations. The Chief Financial
Officers within each Principal Business
review annually the materiality of the
risks and opportunities locally and
provide forecast costs totals for relevant
risk mitigation, these figures can be
seen within TCFD risk mitigation and
adaptation budgets section below. The
Savills TCFD Working Group, responsible
for overseeing the climate scenario risk
assessment, includes the Group Risk
Director and the Group Sustainability
Director within its membership. The
climate risk assessment adopts other
elements used in the broader Savills
risk assessment categories including:
description of the risk and time
horizon (identification);
impact-likelihood rating (the
evaluation enabling prioritisation);
mitigating actions and controls
(mitigation); and
future action plans and risk owner
(monitoring).
As part of this process, each risk is
given an inherent and residual risk score
and a ‘go-forward mitigation plan’ is
developed, which is then cascaded
down and managed accordingly by the
relevant business or teams. The results
are integrated into ERM reporting and
ongoing identification, assessment
and management of climate-related
risks. The TCFD materiality process is
integrated within the Group’s wider Risk
Management process and methodology.
The Group’s Risk Register has a high-
level summary risk covering items
within TCFD called ‘Environment and
Sustainability’ on page 31. Existing and
emerging regulatory requirements
related to climate change as well as
other relevant factors are considered
as part of this process.
During workshops in 2024, physical
risk assessments drew on modelling
using WTW’s Climate Diagnostic tool,
whereas transition risk elicited risk
ratings from internal subject experts,
including representatives from the
Principal Business and members of the
Savills TCFD Working Group through
the following process:
1.
Research and review of
assumptions for the scenarios
2.
Research and update of risk
articulation to incorporate
developments from last assessment
3.
Workshop, involving cross-function
set of internal subject experts
to agree on impact, likelihood,
timeframes and mitigations for risks
and opportunities.
DISCLOSURE STATEMENTS
56
The intention is for a full review, similar
to this, to be undertaken every three
years. In the intervening period the
risks and opportunities identified
are considered each year by the
Savills TCFD Working Group, with
any required updates included in the
latest annual TCFD report. Following
the TCFD review workshop in 2024,
the Savills TCFD Working Group
confirmed the overarching Group risks
and opportunities, as outlined below
in Summary of risks and opportunities
identified section. These risks and
opportunities were confirmed to have
remained the same for 2025 during
the September 2025 TCFD Working
Group session.
Scenario analysis
In order to explore the business risks and
opportunities, Savills, with the support
of WTW, undertook climate scenario
analysis against two scenarios for climate
risk. The two scenarios have average
temperature rises of 1.5⁰C and 4⁰C
respectively and are designed to identify
physical and transition risks together
with the time horizon in which they are
most likely to occur and the potential
financial impact on Savills strategy.
Physical risks stem from changes in the
natural environment, such as heat stress
or windstorms. In contrast, transition
risks, which can also bring opportunities,
emerge because of the shift towards a
low-carbon economy.
These transition risks can be further
classified into policy and legal,
technology, market and reputational
risks. Short, medium and long-term
time horizons of 2030, 2040 and 2050
were selected, respectively. These were
chosen based on strategic planning
horizons for the Group, as well as the
timelines over which climate risks
are currently expected to manifest.
Transition risks were not assessed
past 2040 due to a lack of credible
assumptions on which to base analysis.
Similarly, physical risk was only assessed
on short and long-term time horizons
reflecting the availability of supporting
data to differentiate these time horizons
from a medium-term time horizon. Group
materiality incorporates a combined
view of the considered impacts across
the Principal Businesses.
For this assessment climate scenario
analysis was utilised, these climate
scenarios are based on the IPCC’s
Representative Concentration Pathways
(RCP) from their Fifth Assessment
Report (AR5), mapped to the latest IPCC
AR6 report’s Shared Socioeconomic
Pathways (SSPs). There is a high degree
of certainty that some combination of
climate risks will materialise, however
the exact outcomes are uncertain and
dependent on short-term actions by
the global community. Scenario analysis
provides a flexible ‘what if’ framework
for exploring risks, allowing for economic
outcomes and financial risks under a
range of different future pathways.
1.5°C scenario
Emissions follow the IPCC SSP1 –
RCP1.9/2.6 scenario, which is associated
with 1.5°C temperature rise from pre-
industrial times by the end of the
century. The scenario assumes stringent
carbon taxation, stricter building codes
and public and private investment in
low-emission technologies. The scenario
outlines high transition risk in the
short term associated with aggressive
mitigation actions to reduce emissions.
As a result of the transition, physical
risks are less severe and somewhat
similar to the current climate.
> 4°C scenario
In this high-emissions pathway,
emissions follow the IPCC SSP5 – RCP8.5
scenario, which is associated with +4°C
temperature rise from pre-industrial
times by the end of the century. The
Scenario assumes low transition risk in
the short and long term as the world
fails to transition to a low-carbon
economy, while physical risks become
increasingly frequent and severe in
the long term.
Summary of risks and
opportunities identified
Materiality scoring for Savills TCFD risks
and opportunities adopted the below
scoring criteria:
Event will probably occur in most
circumstances, >70% – ‘Likely’
Event should occur at some time, 20 –
70% – ‘Possible’
Event could occur at some time, but
exceptional, 0 – 20% – ‘Unlikely’
The following financial scales have
been used to determine the materiality
of the identified climate risks and
opportunities, which are in line with
our ERM process. Potential to impact %
proportion of Group underlying profit
before tax:
‘Very Low’: <2%
‘Low’: 2 – 5%
‘Medium’: 5 – 10%
‘Severe’: >10%
When the risks and opportunities were
identified by each Principal Business, we
found commonalities between them all.
Group materiality therefore incorporates
a consolidated view of the considered
impacts across the Group.
57
Risk type
Risk
Risk description
Impact assessment
Risk score
Physical risk assessment
Timeframe most material
Short
Long
Acute
Increased frequency and
severity of extreme weather
events, such as cyclones,
hurricanes, heat waves,
wildfires and floods
The financial impact
associated to contents
damage and business
interruption for
acute hazards.
Due to the leasehold tenure of Savills offices, it is anticipated
that there will be minimal financial impact to Savills in terms of
losses arising out of property damage caused by physical climate
risk. However, there may be some increase in costs caused
by acute perils leading to damage to contents, equipment, or
utilities in offices, possible business interruption if employees are
temporarily unable to work from impacted offices and increased
physical risk insurance costs and/or risk retentions due to the
potential non-availability of ‘ground-up’ insurance.
Low
Low
Chronic
Longer-term shifts in weather
patterns, which may cause
increasing frequency of heavy
rain and windstorms, rising
sea levels and heat stress
The impact of operational
disruption, including
possible downtime, due
to chronic hazards.
Low
Low
Transition risk assessment
Timeframe most material
Short
Medium
Policy
Pricing of greenhouse
gas emissions
Higher costs as a result of
new policies e.g. carbon
taxation. The risk explores
regulatorily enforced carbon
tax and policy tariffs.
The costs associated with this risk relate to carbon pricing
through carbon taxes and other policy tariffs.
Very low
Very low
Enhanced climate-related
disclosure requirements and
reporting obligations
Increased compliance costs
in response to enhanced
regulator and investor
climate-related disclosure
and reporting requirements.
Savills global presence may expose the business to the cost of
meeting new environmental reporting obligations. The financial
impact of increased climate-related disclosures is not expected
to exceed a ‘low’ level, as Savills has established processes in
place to track and meet regulatory reporting requirements.
Low
Changes in building efficiency
standards (Real Estate)
Disruption to Savills operations
and services, as well as higher
compliance costs, due
to stricter building
efficiency standards.
Savills offices are leased, although Savills may incur additional
costs when renting new spaces or increased costs from landlords
transitioning to new standards. The impact is anticipated to be
minor for both short and medium-term horizons.
In relation to assets held in funds managed by Savills IM, ensuring
that fund assets meet future minimum standards may result in
additional asset management costs at fund level, however, this
cost is burdened by investors in the given funds, so the overall
risk to Savills is deemed to be ‘very low’.
Very low
Very low
58
Risk type
Risk
Risk description
Impact assessment
Risk score
Transition risk assessment
Short
Medium
Reputation
Investment risk
Increased stakeholder
concern or negative
stakeholder feedback.
Current investor sentiment suggests a continuing increasing
focus on ESG considerations. In Savills terms, the risk is assessed
as ‘low’, reflecting the mitigation plans that Savills has in place,
moving to ‘very low’ for the medium term.
Very low
Employee risk
Impact of Savills approach
to sustainability on ability
to attract and retain the
best talent.
Employees may increasingly consider Savills approach to
sustainability and climate change as a significant factor in
accepting offers of employment and/or deciding to remain
with Savills (in terms of for example job satisfaction). As a result,
higher turnover of employees could occur from 2030 if Savills
does not meet its 2030 sustainability targets. Reflecting the
plans and mitigations in place, this risk is deemed to be ‘low’
in the short and long terms.
Market
Loss of clients
Failure to adapt to clients
sustainability concerns
and values resulting in loss
of business.
As more of Savills clients commit to becoming Net Zero by 2030
or 2050, they will increasingly demand sustainability expertise to
help them achieve these goals. If Savills fails to respond to these
developments in client focus it could see reduced income and
lose market share. Mitigation is in place for this risk.
Specialist skills shortage
Demand for green skilled
workers outpacing availability.
As the global economy shifts to a more sustainability focused
landscape, there is a risk that there will be a shortage of
appropriately skilled workers, as a result of the rapid increase
in demand for ‘green’ skills outpacing the supply of workers
with the necessary expertise. As Savills already has a strong
sustainability offering and continues to invest in expanding its
sustainability teams and through training across its business,
this risk is assessed as being ‘low’ in the short term and ‘very
low’ in the medium term.
59
Risk Type
Risk
Risk Description
Impact Assessment
Risk Score
Short
Long
Technology
Substitution of existing
technologies for lower
emission options
Increased capital expenditure
requirements in order to
transition to new lower
emissions technology to
satisfy market expectations
and facilitate the meeting of
Savills decarbonisation targets.
Risk relates to the scale and cost of investment associated with
decarbonisation, for example the cost of phasing out inefficient
systems (e.g. lighting, HVAC systems, gas heating and other
appliances or equipment). Costs are also associated with
adoption of smart building solutions, renewable energy tariffs
and electric vehicles. In a Savills context the costs associated
with this risk are deemed to be ‘low’ in the short term and
‘very low’ in the longer term reflecting the leased nature of
Savills office portfolio and for example the already established
requirement that Savills offices take advantage of ‘green’
energy solutions (e.g. ‘green electricity tariffs’).
Opportunity assessment
Short
Medium
Market
Access to new markets
and Development and/or
expansion of low-emission
goods and services
Opportunity for increased
revenue and market share
due to greater client and
regulatory demand for
sustainable buildings
and services.
Increasing client and regulatory demand for sustainable
buildings and services could enable Savills to increase market
shares, building on its well established ESG service provision.
Savills has an opportunity to become a leading provider of
real estate sustainability and wider climate transition-related
consultancy services. This opportunity is deemed to have
‘medium’ impact in the long term.
Medium
60
Evaluation of resilience
1.5 Degrees – risks and
opportunities
Under the 1.5°C scenario, Savills strategy
is assessed as being resilient to the
impacts of both physical and transition
risks of a low-carbon economy, with
most risks assessed as ‘very low’ or ‘low’.
Savills assessed that the opportunity
presented was ‘Medium’ in the longer
term in terms of new revenue streams
that could be generated, for example,
from greater client and regulatory
demand for sustainable buildings and the
expansion of sustainability consultancy
services. The most material transition
risks under this scenario are assessed on
average as being ‘low’ in 2030 and ‘low’
or ‘very low’ in 2040 and are as follows:
1.
Reputation:
there is a risk of brand/
reputational damage and stakeholder
concern/negative feedback if
sustainability expectations are not met;
2.
Market:
there is a risk of revenue
loss if Savills is unable to meet
client requirements for real estate
services incorporating sustainability
considerations and if service
providers should not have the
necessary expertise;
3.
Technology:
there is a risk of
existing products and services being
substituted with lower-emissions
options with a consequent reduction
in revenues if Savills is unable to
meet evolving client requirements;
In terms of the below 1.5°C scenario for
physical risks, there was modelled to
be a ‘low’ risk, for which mitigation is
in place.
4 Degrees – risks and
opportunities
Only physical risks were assessed under
the high emission (>4°C) scenario. The
increase in frequency and severity of the
physical perils assessed increases under
this scenario. Savills risk for some perils
remains the same whilst others increased
slightly, however overall both acute and
chronic risks were considered to be ‘low’
in terms of the analysis undertaken. In
relation to Savills IM, assets held on behalf
of investors in its discretionary managed
funds have some exposure to high flood
risk and heat stress, as well as moderate
storm risk, and these risks are projected
to increase in the long term. To build
in resilience, Savills IM is undertaking
detailed assessments of higher-risk assets
currently held within its discretionary
managed funds. These assessments
include EU Taxonomy aligned adaptation
plans. Savills IM has also published its
‘Approach to Climate Resilience’, using
the Better Buildings Partnership climate
resilience guidance; this includes the
development of a toolkit to ensure
adaptations to individual assets support
city level resilience measures. Where
adaptation measures are not able to be
implemented, Savills IM will consider
divesting from these assets, however, this
is considered a last resort option.
Savills has identified that it will further
reduce its exposure to these risks and
look to realise potential opportunities
through the following actions:
remaining committed to Group goals
of Net Zero for our Scope 1 and 2
carbon emissions by 2030 and for
our Scope 3 emissions by 2040.
Separately Savills has Science-Based
Targets (SBTi) validated near-term
decarbonisation targets, with the aim
of being consistent with a no greater
than 1.5°C temperature increase;
Savills will continue to invest
further in the development of the
Group’s client sustainability offering
across its Regional Businesses
in particular by building out the
‘Savills Earth’ offering, and our
energy and sustainability combined
services. This will be complemented
by appropriate learning and
development programmes to ensure
that knowledge of climate-related
risks is embedded in all relevant teams
to allow Savills teams to meet client
requirements; and
Savills will continue to invest in
technology solutions and strategic
partnerships with, or acquisitions
of firms offering climate-change-
related services and solutions both
to better serve its clients changing
demands and to reduce its own
carbon footprint.
TCFD risk mitigation and
adaptation budgets
The Savills TCFD Working Group used
the findings summarised above to
analyse the resilience of Savills business
model and strategy to climate change,
taking into consideration different
climate-related scenarios. In addition,
consolidating the estimates provided
by the ESG Groups in the Principal
Businesses, the TCFD Working Group
developed financial costing in relation
to risk mitigation for TCFD, which is
outlined below (for the avoidance of
doubt excluding costs in relation to
assets managed by Savills IM under the
terms of its discretionary investment
management appointments). The
assumptions applied in developing
these cost estimates are in particular
highly sensitive to changes in regulation,
energy costs and offset costs.
TCFD is integrated into Savills wider
financial planning processes. Any factors
underpinning the risks or opportunities
which are interdependent and could
impact on Savills ability to create
value over time and deliver its growth
plans are considered and addressed
accordingly, following the processes
outlined in the TCFD Governance section
above. During 2025, actions relating to
TCFD have been undertaken within each
of the Principal Businesses; for example,
actions relating to the implementation
and delivery of Net Zero plans and ESG
learning and development programmes
for employees.
61
The below figures represent an estimated forecast costing of risk mitigation and adaptation plans included within financial and business plans, set against estimated total
Savills cost projections, over the ‘medium term’ (i.e. the period from 1 January 2026 to 31 December 2029). As the mitigation and adaptation actions include both physical and
transition risk the costs are based on a combined view considering both scenarios outlined above.
I.
For comparison purposes, a total Group forecast cost base was estimated covering a 4 year period based on business plans.
II. Underlying budget figures were rounded and are estimated for a 4 year period and are therefore subject to change over time.
III.
A shadow internal price on carbon is under consideration by the Group; in the interim, for the purposes of this report the assumed cost of carbon off-sets at 2030 was £150 per tonne of CO
e.
Estimates have also been developed for potential value of the climate-related opportunity which was identified over the ‘short’ and ‘medium’ terms. The financial figures
relating to the climate market changes and associated opportunities are subject to continuous review and are in particular highly sensitive to market developments and are
commercially sensitive and, therefore, have not been reported in detail. However, these provide significant additional revenue opportunity, with the value of the opportunity
estimated to significantly outweigh the total costs of mitigating climate change-related risks.
Regional area / Business
TCFD-related costs for risk
mitigation covering period from
start of 2026 up to end 2029.
Presented as % of total cost
base over the ‘short term’
TCFD-related costs for risk
mitigation covering period from
start of 2025 up to end 2029.
Presented as % of total cost
base over the ‘short term’
Explanation of TCFD mitigation and adaptation budgets
UK
0.06
0.07
Example actions budgeted for include:
Annual increase in insurance premiums, attributed to climate change
Increased M&E to ensure climate control within offices
Actions relating to Regional Net Zero plans, to minimise carbon offsetting
ESG training for employees
Transitioning company cars to EVs
Regional monitoring of emerging regulation
Implementation of Internal and external communication strategies
Support for individual office initiatives
Development of in-house talent
APAC
0.05
0.02
0.04
0.03
CEME
0.33
0.31
Savills IM
0.24
0.26
Group Total
0.1
II
0.1
Total estimated cost is rounded and inclusive of estimated off-set costs.
III
62
Metrics and targets
The methodology for target setting and progress tracking, including the metrics which are outlined below, is that targets are proposed and then progress considered within
both the Group ESG Committee and the TCFD Working Group, with the outcomes from these reviews being recommended to the GEB and Board for adoption, and then
managed, as appropriate. As outlined above, the process to manage physical and transition risk is typically for the teams within each Principal Business to project manage any
corresponding actions agreed by the relevant ESG Committees or highlighted through designated TCFD action trackers. Metrics used by Savills to assess climate-related risks
and opportunities in line with Group strategy and the Group risk management process include:
Performance on material climate-related issues are linked into remuneration considerations, forming part of the KPIs which are reviewed at annual employee appraisals and,
therefore, linked to bonus allocation. This covers key staff responsible for climate-related issues, including, but not limited to, the Group Chief Executive Officer, Group Chief
Financial Officer, Group Legal Director & Company Secretary and the Group Sustainability Director.
Risk type
Target
2025 Progress
Further information
Policy & Legal
Reduce absolute Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions
72% by 2030 from a 2019 base year.
This target is on track with a current reduction
of 37.4% against the 2019 baseline.
GHG metrics are summarised within the GHG reporting
section of this report on page 64. This metric is monitored
to check exposure to GHG emissions and, therefore, future
carbon prices along with link to success against Savills Net
Zero targets.
Reduce Scope 3 GHG emissions from purchased
goods and services 51.6% per million GBP of value
added by 2030 from a 2022 base year; and reduce
Scope 3 GHG emissions from investments 51.6%
per square meter within the same timeframe.
Savills have made progress against their
validated near-term SBTi targets and disclosed
their performance.
SBTi target progress is summarised within the GHG
reporting section of this report on page 68.
Aim to achieve 100% electricity purchasing
from renewable sources by 2030 for our offices,
where available.
The proportion of total electricity purchased at
Savills global office locations from renewable
sources in 2024 was 48%, in 2025 this changed
to 57%.
Savills continues to work to increase the number of
renewable tariffs utilised, where they are available globally.
Read more on this here:
pdf.savills.com/49935+SAVILLS+AR25_Case+Studies_
Net+Zero+Progress.pdf
Market
Expenditure and investment deployed toward
climate-related risks and opportunities (£).
These figures are subject to an annual review.
Budgets for mitigation costs from 2026 up to end 2029 for
risks identified are outlined within the table on page 62.
Reputation
Savills operations with a Net Zero Transition
pathway in place: to maintain 100% coverage.
100% coverage.
Savills is implementing a Group Net Zero Transition Plan
which covers the global operations. Read more on this here:
pdf.savills.com/documents/Group-Net-Zero-Transition-
Plan-2024.pdf
. In addition each Principal Business has its
own Net Zero roadmaps against which progress is formally
reviewed by management twice a year.
63
Our disclosures
Greenhouse gas emissions
Our greenhouse gas (‘GHG’) emissions
statement includes all emission sources
required under the Companies Act
2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’
Reports) Regulations 2013 and
the Companies (Directors’ Report)
Regulations 2018 for the financial year
to 31 December 2025.
Reporting methodology
We report our GHG emissions using
the revised edition of the GHG Protocol
Corporate Accounting and Reporting
Standard, the GHG Protocol Scope 2
Guidance, the GHG Protocol Corporate
Value Chain (Scope 3) Standard
and the UK Government Guidance
on Streamlined Energy and Carbon
Reporting (‘SECR’). Our reporting
boundary is based on an operational
control approach and includes emissions
from Savills plc and Group subsidiaries
with a majority shareholding. Savills’
Basis of Reporting 2025 document
sets out the full details of our reporting
methodology including coverage,
boundaries and emissions factors.
The details can be found here:
www.savills.com/why-savills/Basis-of-
Reporting-2025.pdf
Scope 1 and 2 emissions
Reported Scope 1 emissions include
emissions from fuel consumption by
the Group’s owned and leased vehicles,
refrigerant and the combustion of fuels
within our offices. Scope 2 emissions
are reported using both ‘market-based’
and ‘location-based’ methodologies and
relate to the consumption of purchased
electricity, heat, steam and cooling in
offices where Savills has operational
control. Savills has a network of 284
Savills offices and over 400 offices
managed by our representatives and
associates globally. Out of the total
700 locations, the 284 Savills “own”
offices fall under the reporting Scope
as Savills has operational control, being
the ability to introduce and implement
Savills operating policies. The majority of
other offices, over 400, are associates,
rather than Group companies which are
consolidated into the Group accounts,
and are accordingly outside the
organisational boundary. Some remaining
offices are serviced offices and therefore
also outside of the operational boundary.
In addition to absolute GHG emissions
metrics, we report two standardised
intensity metrics that enable comparisons
of our regional performance and year-
on-year results. These are Scope 1 and 2
‘market-based’ emissions per £ million
of revenue and Scope 1 and 2 ‘location-
based’ emissions intensity of our offices
per square metre floor area.
The floor area GHG intensity ratio
excludes emissions from fuel
consumption of our business owned
and leased vehicles to enable direct
comparison of operational energy
efficiency of our premises.
Scope 3 emissions
Reported Scope 3 upstream emissions
include purchased goods and services
(including water consumption), capital
goods, waste generated in operations,
business travel in vehicles not owned,
leased or controlled by the Group,
employee commuting and fuel and
energy-related emissions that are not
captured in Scopes 1 and 2.
In 2025 we have undertaken significant
work with our Principal Businesses to
refine our Scope 3 analysis by improving
data collection processes across our
global operations. In particular, we are
improving the coverage of activity
data for business travel and have
been working with global finance
teams to improve the consistency and
comparability of procurement and
supplier data used for assessing the
greenhouse gases through the supply
chain. We will be refining this further
throughout the coming year in order to
improve the efficiency of data collection
processes and reducing the need for
extrapolation where possible.
During 2025 we undertook a project to
investigate alternative sets of emissions
factors for assessing our procurement
and capital investment emissions.
Up until this year we used the Exiobase
dataset which is scientifically robust
but not provided with support and
regular updates. After a review we
have moved to the SWC dataset of
emission factors which has greater detail
in the categories of our procurement
spend and has regularly updated and
transparent emissions factors. We
are also working towards developing
methods to incorporate supplier-specific
emissions data into our assessments
so that we can track savings generated
through engagement with suppliers.
This process resulted in the need to
rebaseline and restate our procurement,
capital assets and total Scope 3
emissions but has not affected our
SBTi targets or progress towards them.
The rebaselining exercise has resulted
in a 5% decrease of our 2022 Scope 3
greenhouse gas emissions.
Reported Scope 3 downstream
emissions relate to Savills IM’s real estate
Assets under Discretionary Management
(‘AUM’) and cover all core and core plus
equity discretionary funds and mandates
excluding those that are scheduled to
wind-down by 2030 or those held for
less than 2 years from first close at the
point of reporting. While Savills IM has
discretionary control, it is important
to note that a significant number of
the asset leases are of a ‘full repairing
and insuring’ nature, which presents
a challenge when it comes to data
collection and opportunities for energy
reduction interventions.
64
1.
Data is derived from and is made available under
the terms of our agreement with Small World
Consulting Ltd. SWC_MRIO v3.0 Emissions
Factors, released 20.01.26.
2.
Discretionary mandates apply to situations
where Savills IM is granted discretion by the
third party to make investment decisions
(such as which assets to buy and sell, in
addition to asset management activities such
as development, fit-out, refurbishment and
leasehold transactions) without seeking prior
approval from that third party.
3.
This scope excludes debt funds, alternate
strategies such as value-add, and non-property
alternate asset classes. It also excludes advisory
mandates, where investment decisions are made
by a third party. The 2-year exclusion extends to
mergers and acquisitions to existing funds.
Savills IM emissions for 2025 included
77% of estimated data using the Deepki
ESG Index. The prior year data has
been restated using actual energy
consumption collected data where this
could be obtained, with 25% estimation.
During the year, Savills IM revised the
discretionary AUM relating to the Group
science-based target. Moving forward
the definition excludes any funds that will
no longer be under the management of
Savills IM in the target year, 2030. This
adjustment ensures that funds currently
in liquidation, or scheduled to wind-down
over the next five years, do not distort
progress toward the target, as they will
naturally fall out of scope by 2030. Savills
IM remains focused on its commitment to
decarbonise new and existing funds by
feasible means, with particular emphasis
on its active discretionary funds where it
has most influence.
Performance and trends
In 2025, our absolute Scope 1 and 2
‘market-based’ emissions totalled 5,088
tonnes CO
e, which is a 13.3% (781
tonnes CO
e) reduction against our 2024
emissions. This reduction is attributed to
a 36% decrease in natural gas and onsite
diesel usage and an increase in the
uptake of green tariffs. The Group used
25,408 MWh of energy, a 2% increase
on last year, comprising a 2% decrease
in fuel consumption and a 4% increase
in electricity usage. Although energy
consumption rose slightly this reflects
business growth and was accompanied
by a similar increase in numbers of
offices and floorspace. Actions taken
include the removal of a diesel generator
in Spain, switching more company cars
to EVs, particularly in the Asia Pacific
region and much wider uptake of
Renewable Energy Certificates across
Savills CEME and Savills Asia Pacific.
On an intensity basis, our Scope 1 and
2 ‘location-based’ GHG emissions per
office floor space reduced 5% since
2024 and 29% from our 2019 baseline.
Our GHG financial intensity metric,
expressed as GHG emissions per £
million revenue, has seen a reduction of
18% from 2024 and 53% from the 2019
baseline. These metrics reflect continual
improvement in managing our energy
consumption and associated carbon
emissions. Key measures implemented
and underway to reduce our Scope 1 and
2 GHG emissions include: LED lighting
replacements, energy audits, promoting
behavioural changes to eliminate energy
wastage, procurement of renewable
electricity and replacement of our
owned and leased vehicles with zero
or low-emission alternatives. To read a
summary of progress made on these
actions over the year go here:
pdf.savills.com/49935+SAVILLS+AR25_
Case+Studies_Net+Zero+Progress.pdf
Savills Net Zero Transition plan
(
pdf.savills.com/documents/Group-
Net-Zero-Transition-Plan-2024.pdf
)
details our strategy towards long-
term decarbonisation and SBTi GHG
reduction targets.
We are currently on track to deliver the
targeted 72% reduction in Scope 1 and 2
emissions by 2030 target with a current
reduction of 37.4% against our 2019
baseline. In 2025, actual or estimated
Scope 1 and 2 emissions data was
reported for all offices where we have
operational control. Reported energy and
GHG emissions data includes estimates
where actual data was unavailable. Due to
a significant effort this year to engage
with landlords to collect actual data,
the proportion of estimated data has
decreased by 11% points when compared
to 2022; it remains a key priority to
strive for improved data accuracy.
The 2025 Scope 3 emissions totalled
224,328 tonnes CO
e, including our
upstream emissions from business
operations and the downstream
Discretionary AUM emissions. These
Discretionary AUM emissions were
75,960 tonnes CO
e reflecting a decrease
of 14.3% from 2024 levels. To drive energy
savings, Savills IM has implemented a
number of initiatives on selected assets;
the key initiative which has delivered
the widest-spread success has been
cloud-based optimisation software for
HVAC systems, which enable Building
Management Systems to receive optimal
setpoints in real time. Emissions in three
of Savills IM’s key investment regions: UK,
Italy and Germany, also saw a reduction
related to updated emissions factors.
This reduction was primarily driven by
the increased renewable energy capacity
within national grids, which has lowered
reliance on fossil fuels.
Our upstream Scope 3 emissions
totalled 148,368 tonnes CO
e,
an increase of 10.5% since 2022.
Most emission categories are fairly
consistent with, to the prior year, as
a large proportion of these emissions
are associated with emissions from
procurement and employee commuting
patterns. Both of these areas remain
challenging to address, however, during
2025 we made significant efforts to
engage with our top spend suppliers
and encourage decarbonisation
of our supply chain. Page 6 of
pdf.savills.com/49935+SAVILLS+AR25_
Case+Studies_Sustainability.pdf
Measures taken to address employee
commuting include an EV salary sacrifice
scheme offering free charging point
installation and a cycle to work scheme.
65
Corporate GHG emissions,
tonnes CO
e
2021
2020
2019
change vs 2019
Scope 1 (Direct)
1,864^
2,170*
1,921
1,691
1,869
1,794
1,775
5%
Scope 2 (Indirect, market-based)
3,224^
3,700*
4,240
4,989
4,783
5,386
6,358
-49.3%
Total Scope 1 and 2
5,088^
5,869*
6,160
6,679
6,652
7,180
8,133
-37.4%
Scope 2 (Indirect, location-based)
5,126^
5,055*
5,772
5,462
5,280
5,847
6,719
-23.7%
GHG financial intensity ratio
(tonnes CO
e / £ million revenue)
1.99
2.44
2.75
2.91
3.10
4.13
4.25
-53.1%
GHG intensity ratio of our offices
(tonnes CO
e / m
)
0.034
0.036
0.036
0.039
0.040
0.042
0.048
-29%
2021
2020
2019
change vs 2022
Scope 3 upstream, estimate
3
148,368
140,515*
140,558*
134,282*
Nr
nr
nr
10.5%
Scope 3 downstream, estimate
75,960
88,676*
91,746*
86,854*
Nr
nr
nr
-12.5%
Total Scope 3
224,328
229,191
232,304
221,136
Nr
nr
1.4%
Grand Total
229,416
235,060
238,464
227,815
Nr
0.7%
Corporate energy use, kWh
2021
2020
2019
change vs 2019
Total energy use
25,408,245^
24,906,957
24,639,864
24,006,442
22,864,166
24,568,470
25,938,309
-2%
Data coverage
(offices reporting data
284
(100%)
265
(100%)
281
(100%)
276
(100%)
279
(100%)
285
282
(92%)
1.
Total Scope 1 and 2 emissions and GHG financial intensity ratio are calculated using the market-based Scope 2 emissions.
2.
GHG intensity ratio of our offices is calculated using the location-based Scope 2 emissions.
3.
This disclosure is partial; as we continue to work to improve our understanding of our Scope 3, our final figures are expected to be higher. With the exception of Savills IM AUM, downstream emissions covering carbon
relating to client services are excluded.
4.
Previously reported 2021 Scope 3 data has been excluded from this report. This was prior to our baseline and not comparable to our current methodology.
^
We engaged Bureau Veritas to provide independent limited assurance over selected data highlighted in the above table with a ^ symbol using the assurance standard ISAE 3410. Bureau Veritas has issued an unqualified
opinion over the selected data and the full assurance report can be found on our website here (www.savills.com/why-savills/bureau-veritas-limited-assurance-report-2025.pdf).
*
A number of restatements have been made in our previous greenhouse gas results as highlighted in the above table and described in more detail in our Basis of Reporting 2025 document (www.savills.com/why-savills/
bureau-veritas-limited-assurance-report-2025.pdf). Scope 1 and 2 2024 emissions have been restated as we incorporated actual data to replace estimates collected last year. Scope 3 upstream emissions have been
rebaselined and restated due to the use of new emissions factors. Scope 3 downstream emission have been rebaselined and restated as Savills IM revised the AUM captured within discretionary assets relating to the
Group science-based target.
66
Scope 3 2025 performance by category
5
GHG emissions category
tonnes CO
e
Category 1: Purchased goods and services
84,023
37%
Category 2: Capital goods
15,642
7%
Category 3: Fuel and energy related activities (not included in scope 1 & 2)
2,226
1%
Category 5: Waste generated in operations
198
0%
Category 6: Business travel
11,392
5%
Category 7: Employee commuting
34,887
16%
Category 15: Savills IM Assets Under Discretionary Management
75,960
34%
Total
224,328
5
100%
5.
This disclosure is partial, as we continue to work to improve our understanding of our Scope 3, our final figures are expected to be higher. With exception of Savills IM Discretionary AUM, downstream emissions covering
carbon relating to client services are excluded.
6.
Data is derived from and is made available under the terms of our agreement with Small World Consulting Ltd. SWC_MRIO v3.0 Emissions Factors, released 20.01.26.
2025 performance by region
Energy use
GHG emissions Scope 1 and 2
GHG emissions Scope 3
Region
kWh
Intensity
ratio, tonnes
CO
e / m
tonnes CO
e
e
4,629,690
18%
0.045
1,744
32%
53,011
24%
Europe, the Middle East & Africa
9,500,681
37%
0.033
1,190
22%
27,467
12%
3,814,653
15%
0.033
1,226
22%
16,115
7%
United Kingdom
6,498,786
26%
0.027
1,183
21%
47,657
21%
Savills IM
964,435
4%
0.030
192
3%
80,078
36%
Total
25,408,245
100%
0.034
5,535
100%
224,328
100%
67
Performance against Science Based Targets Initiative (SBTi) targets
The 2022 and 2024 intensity metrics have been restated for two reasons. Firstly as detailed above the procurement emissions have been recalculated with new emission
factors. There has also been a prior year restatement in the financial data used to calculate the £ million value added. Management identified previous costs of employees
associated with the delivery of some property management contracts had been incorrectly classified as contract costs within other operating expenses. This correction has
now been applied to the historic and current data.
Region
Unit
Baseline
Progress
against
baseline
Scope 1 & 2:
72% reduction against 2019 baseline
Tonnes CO
e
5,088
5,869
8,133
37.4%
reduction
Scope 3 procurement:
51.6% reduction against 2022 baseline
Tonnes
CO
e/£
million value
added
44.28
47.14*
42.63*
3.7%
increase
Scope 3 AUM:
51.6% reduction against 2022 baseline
kg CO
e/m
GIA
26.48
30.62
32.36
18.2%
reduction
*
The 2022 and 2024 intensity metrics have been restated for two reasons. Firstly as detailed above the procurement emissions have been recalculated with new emission factors. There has also been a prior year
restatement in the financial data used to calculate the £ million value added. Management identified previous costs of employees associated with the delivery of some property management contracts had been
incorrectly classified as contract costs within other operating expenses. This correction has now been applied to the historic and current data.
We are currently on track to achieve our absolute 72% reduction in Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2030 target with a current reduction of 37.4% against our 2019 baseline.
We are also making good progress against the Scope 3 Discretionary AUM intensity target, with an 18.2% reduction against the 2022 baseline. The Scope 3 Procurement
target is more challenging to demonstrate progress against at this time as the emissions are embedded in the supply chain. We have currently demonstrated an increase of
3.7% against this intensity metric. However, we made significant efforts throughout 2025 to engage with our top spend suppliers and encourage the further decarbonisation
of our value chain. During 2025 we significantly increased engagement of corporate suppliers in each of our Principal Businesses to submit their company carbon emissions
via our third-party supplier portal. In the coming year we will work on the verification of supplier data so that, where appropriate, we can incorporate it into our procurement
emissions reporting.
68
The longer-term viability of the Group
is assessed for a period longer than
for the going concern analysis. In
accordance with Provision 31 of the
UK Corporate Governance Code, the
Directors have assessed the Group’s
viability taking account of the Group’s
current position and prospects, the
Group’s strategic plan, and the Group’s
principal risks and the management of
those risks, as detailed in the Strategic
Report on pages 4 to 69. The Group’s
emerging risks are also disclosed in
the Strategic Report. This longer-
term assessment supports the Board’s
statements on both viability, as set out
below, and going concern as set out on
page 103.
Period for assessment
The Directors have determined that a
three-year period to 31 December 2028
is an appropriate period over which to
provide the Group’s viability statement,
being consistent with the period covered
by the Group’s strategic plan and the
cyclical nature of property markets. The
strategy and associated principal risks
which underpin the Group’s three-year
plan are reviewed by the Directors
at least annually. The Directors also
satisfied themselves that they have
the evidence necessary to support the
statement in terms of the effectiveness
of the internal control environment in
place to mitigate risk.
Viability assessment and
key assumptions
The Board’s assessment of the Group’s
viability comprised a sensitivity analysis
which was undertaken on the three-year
plan, including financing projections,
to flex the financial forecasts under a
variety of severe downside scenarios,
which involved applying different
assumptions to the underlying forecast
both individually and in aggregate.
These scenarios assess the potential
impact from several macro-economic
risks, including a severe global economic
downturn. The results of this sensitivity
analysis showed that the Group would
maintain significant available facility
and covenant headroom to be able to
withstand the impact of such scenarios
over the period of the financial forecast,
as a result of the resilience and diversity
of the Group, underpinned by a strong
balance sheet.
Performance against the three-year
plan is monitored on an ongoing basis,
including regular Board briefings
provided by the Heads of the Principal
Businesses on the progress made
by those businesses. These reviews
consider both the market opportunity
and the associated risks. These risks
are considered within the Board’s risk
appetite framework.
The principal risks that would have
the most significant impact on the
Group’s business model, future
performance, solvency or liquidity
identified on pages 31 to 39, have been
considered as part of the viability
assessment. The Directors continue
to monitor the principal risks facing
the Group, including those that would
threaten the execution of its strategy,
its business model, future performance,
solvency and liquidity.
Viability statement
The Audit Committee reviews the
output of the viability assessment in
advance of final evaluation by the Board.
Based on the Group’s strong net cash
position and undrawn £360m revolving
credit facility, as described in the Chief
Financial Officer’s review, combined with
the assessment explained above and
in accordance with the UK Corporate
Governance Code, the Directors confirm
that they have a reasonable expectation
that the Group will be able to continue
to operate and meet its liabilities as
they fall due, over the three-year period
ending 31 December 2028.
The Directors also considered it
appropriate to prepare the financial
statements on the going concern basis
as explained in Note 3 to the accounts.
Group CEO
12 March 2026
VIABILITY STATEMENT
69
CHAIR’S INTRODUCTION
I am pleased to present the
Group’s Corporate Governance
Report for the year ended
31 December 2025.”
The Board is committed to maintaining
the highest standards of corporate
governance, which are fundamental to
the discharge of our responsibilities.
Our robust and effective corporate
governance practices enable the
Group to deliver its strategy and create
long-term Shareholder value. Further
information on our strategy and business
model can be found on pages 4 to 69.
Board activities
During the year the Board engaged in the
implementation of senior management
succession and business restructuring
plans and strategic recruitments across
the Group. We also continued to monitor
the progress made on delivering the
Group’s Net Zero carbon targets.
Stacey
Cartwright
Chair
Agreed the appointment of Simon
Shaw as Group Chief Executive
Officer (effective 1 January 2026)
as successor to Mark Ridley
Agreed the appointment of
Nick Sanderson as Group Chief
Financial Officer to join the Board
Reviewed the 2026-2028 Group
Business Strategic Plan, including
capital allocation
Agreed the implementation of
senior level succession plans and
restructuring plans for the Group’s
Principal Businesses
Engaged in an externally facilitated
Board performance evaluation.
2025 Focus areas
70
January
February
March
April
May
Board and
Committee
meetings
Nomination &
Governance
Main Board
Audit Committee
Remuneration Committee
Nomination & Governance Committee
Main Board
Remuneration Committee
Nomination & Governance Committee
AGM
Key
announcements
Results for year ended 31 December
2024 and recommended 2024
final dividend
Annual Report for the year ended 31 December 2024 and
Notice of 2025 AGM
Announcement of appointment of Simon Shaw as Group
CEO with effect from 1 January 2026 and retirement of
Mark Ridley on 31 December 2025
AGM Trading
Statement
Published results
of 2025 AGM
I am pleased to report the findings show
there is clear consensus that the Board is
operating well with effective leadership
and in an environment where open
discussion and input from all members
is encouraged and facilitated. Following
this review, I am satisfied that the Board
continues to perform effectively and in
particular I am confident that the Board
has the right balance of skills, experience
and diversity of personality to continue
to encourage open, transparent debate
and challenge.
Board changes
The Board, together with the Nomination
& Governance Committee, continued to
monitor the composition and skills matrix
of the Board and at senior management
levels across the Group. All of the Non-
Executive Directors are considered by
the Board to be independent, meaning
that at least half of the Board members
throughout the year were Independent
Non-Executive Directors.
As announced in April 2025, Mark Ridley
retired at the end of the year after 29
years with Savills, including seven as
Group Chief Executive.
In November the Board considered and
reconfirmed the Group’s strategy and
growth plans and those of the Principal
Businesses. Further details on the Board’s
activities can be found on page 81 and
the Board’s stakeholder engagement
activities can be found on pages 85 to 87.
In accordance with our three-year cycle,
this year Board evaluation was externally
facilitated by The Board Evaluation LLP.
Board effectiveness and performance
annually through a formal evaluation.
The process, key conclusions and areas of
focus for 2026 are set out on page 100.
On behalf of the Board I would like to
thank Mark Ridley for his significant
contribution, and he will continue
to support the business in a senior
advisory role for a period of up to
18 months.
Simon Shaw succeeded Mark as
Group Chief Executive on 1 January
2026. Simon joined Savills as Group
Chief Financial Officer in 2009 and
will lead the Group’s management
team through the next phase of its
global development.
71
Nick Sanderson joined as Group Chief
Financial Officer on 9 February 2026
and appointed as a Director with effect
from 12 March 2026. I am pleased to
welcome Nick, who brings a wealth of
knowledge and experience to the Board.
Further information on the recruitment
process and induction programme is
on page 101.
UK Corporate Governance
Code 2024
The Company is reporting against
the 2024 UK Corporate Governance
Code (the ‘Code’ which is applicable to
financial years beginning on or after
1 January 2025, apart from Provision 29
which is applicable from 1 January 2026.
The Audit Committee is overseeing a
project to ensure that the Group is ready
to report in accordance further enhance
the Group’s internal controls framework
and processes in readiness for the
2024 Code Provision 29 on internal
controls effectiveness.
Annual General Meeting
The Board is committed to maintaining
an open dialogue with investors, which
is achieved through a programme of
structured engagement. We regularly
engage with our institutional
Shareholders through an active
investor relations programme.
The AGM 2026 will be held on 13 May
2026 at 12pm at 33 Margaret Street,
London, W1G 0JD. We encourage all
Shareholders not attending in person on
the day to vote by proxy in advance of the
meeting on all resolutions put forward.
Stacey Cartwright
Chair
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
Board and
Committee
meetings
Group Executive
Board
Nomination & Governance
Group Executive
Board
strategy review
Remuneration
Committee
Board
Key
announcements
2025 Half-year results & 2025
interim dividend
Announcement of the appointment of
Nick Sanderson as Group CFO in 2026,
with Nick to join the Board in H1, 2026
CHAIR’S INTRODUCTION
72
Compliance with the UK Corporate
Governance Code
The Company is reporting against the
2024 UK Corporate Governance Code
(the ‘Code’) which is applicable to
financial years beginning on or after
1 January 2025, apart from Provision
29 which is applicable from 1 January
2026. Our Governance Report reflects
these requirements as they apply to
Savills and includes cross references to
relevant sections of the Strategic Report,
the Directors’ Remuneration Report
and other related disclosures. A copy of
the Code is available from the Financial
Reporting Council’s website at
www.frc.org.uk
. It is the Board’s
view that for the financial year ended
31 December 2025 Savills was fully
compliant with all of the Principles
and Provisions set out in the Code.
GOVERNANCE OVERVIEW
Applying the principles of the 2024 UK Corporate Governance Code
Provision 29 which is effective from
and applies to financial periods on or
after 1 January 2026 requires a new
declaration on the effectiveness of
material controls. In this regard, the
Board will be required in relation to
relevant financial periods, to provide:
a description of how the Board
has monitored and reviewed the
effectiveness of the risk management
and internal control framework;
a declaration of effectiveness of the
material controls as at the balance
sheet date; and
a description of any material controls
which have not operated effectively
as at the balance sheet date, the
action taken, or proposed, to improve
them and any action taken to address
previously reported issues.
The Company will report against
Provision 29 of the Code in its 2026
Annual Report and Accounts.
Our compliance with the Key Changes to the 2024 Corporate Governance Code is
outlined in the table below:
Key changes to principles & provisions
Board leadership and Company purpose
Principle C:
To focus on board decisions and
the outcomes in the context of the
company’s strategy and objectives.
The Board Activities (page 90) outlines
the key decisions made by the Board
during 2025 and links to the Group’s
strategic objectives.
Provision 2:
The board’s role to not only assess and
monitor company culture but to ensure
the desired culture is embedded.
How the Group’s culture has been
monitored and embedded is detailed on
page 83.
Composition, success and evaluation
Principle J:
To promote diversity, inclusion and
equal opportunity when appointing to
the board.
The Nomination & Governance
Committee report details the role of
diversity when reviewing its composition
and making appointments to the Board
(page 98).
Provision 23:
Companies may have further initiatives
in place alongside their diversity and
inclusion policy.
The Group’s diversity initiatives are
included on pages 50 and 51. Further
information on our diversity and inclusion
initiatives is on page 97.
73
The table below details where key content on the compliance with the Code can be
found in this report.
Page
Board leadership
and Company
purpose
A
Effective Board
76 to 78
B
Purpose, values and culture
83 and 84
C
Board decisions and outcomes
90
D
Stakeholder engagement
85 and 86
E
Workforce policies and practices
52
Section 172 statement
88 and 89
Division of
F
Board roles
93
G
Independence
98
H
External appointments
140
I
Key activities
90
Composition,
succession
and evaluation
J
Appointments to the Board
96 and 97
K
Board skills, experience and knowledge
76 to 78
L
Annual Board evaluation
100
Audit, risk and
internal control
M
Financial reporting
108
Internal and external audit
112
N
Review of 2025 Report & Accounts
111
O
Effective risk management and
internal control
113
Risk management
31 to 39
Remuneration
P
Linking remuneration with our purpose,
values and strategy
114 to 140
Q
Summary of the Remuneration Policy
119
R
Targets
125 to 128
GOVERNANCE OVERVIEW
Audit, risk and internal control
Principle O:
The board to be responsible for
maintaining the effectiveness of risk
management and the internal
control framework.
The Group’s risk management structure
is set out on page 31.
Provision 29:
To describe how the board has
monitored and reviewed the
effectiveness of the framework.
A declaration of effectiveness of the
material controls as at the balance sheet
date. To describe any material controls
that have not operated effectively as at
the balance sheet date.
The Audit Committee is currently
overseeing a project to ensure the
Group’s readiness to report on the
effectiveness of the Group’s internal
controls framework and processes
in readiness for the 2024 Code
Provision 29 reporting, which applies
to the Company for the financial year
commencing 1 January 2026. The Board
is satisfied that the Group’s enhanced
framework will enable it to make
the required declarations in its 2026
Annual Report and Accounts.
Provision 37:
Director remuneration contracts/
agreements should include Malus and
Clawback provisions.
The inclusion of Malus and Clawback
provisions and when either or both of
these would be applied is detailed in
the Directors Remuneration Report on
pages 114 to 140.
Provision 38:
Describe malus and clawback including
the provisions that have been used in
the last reporting period.
Not used in the last reporting period.
74
Board
gender
*
Male
Female
Composition
Executive
Non-Executive
8
Independent
Directors
0-3 years
3-5 years
5-9 years
ethnicity
White
9
Ethnic minority
nationality
UK
Non-UK
* As at 31 December 2025
As at the date of report:
Male 5, Female 4
* As at 31 December 2025
As at the date of report:
0-3 years 2, 3-5 years 1,
5-9 years 5
White 8, Ethnic minority 1
Executive 1, Non-Executive 8
UK 5, Non-UK 4
Board diversity and tenure
Board attendance in 2025
Attendance at all Board and Committee meetings by Directors is as shown in
the table below:
The Board remains satisfied that it has the
appropriate balance of skills, experience,
independence and knowledge.”
Florence Tondu-Mélique
Dana Roffman
Philip Lee
Richard Orders
Marcus Sperber
John Waters
Andriana Karaboutis
Mark Ridley
1, 2, 3
1, 2, 4
9 Board scheduled
meetings (including
Strategy Day)
9
8
5 Audit Committee
scheduled meetings
4 Nomination &
Governance scheduled
meetings
3 Remuneration Committee
scheduled meetings
1.
The Chair, Group CEO, Group CFO and Andriana Karaboutis attended Audit and/or Remuneration
Committee meetings by invitation.
2. Members of the Group Executive Board.
3. The Group Chief Executive attended two Audit Committee meetings by invitation.
4.
The Group Chief Financial Officer attended five Audit Committee meetings by invitation and one
Remuneration Committee meeting.
5.
Combined Nomination & Governance and Remuneration Committee meeting to agree appointment
terms for Nick Sanderson, incoming Group CFO.
6. Andriana Karaboutis attended 1 Audit Committee meeting as a member and four meetings by invitation.
Key:
Non-Executive Directors
Executive Directors
GOVERNANCE AT A GLANCE
75
Appointment to the Board
Stacey was appointed to the Board as a Non-Executive
Director on 1 October 2018 and became Chair in
January 2024.
Background and relevant experience
Stacey most recently served as Chief Executive and then
Deputy Chairman of Harvey Nichols Group until 2018, and
prior to that was EVP and CFO of Burberry Group plc. She
previously served as CFO of Egg plc and spent her early
career in a number of finance roles at Granada Group PLC.
She was a Non-Executive Director at GlaxoSmithKline
PLC from 2011 to 2016 and the Senior Independent Non-
Executive Director of the English Football Association
from 2018 to 2020. She qualified as a Chartered
Accountant with Price Waterhouse.
Other appointments
Non-Executive Director of AerCap Holdings N.V,
Gymshark and The Magnum Ice Cream Company.
Appointment to the Board
Simon joined Savills as Group Chief Financial Officer in
March 2009. As of 1 January 2026, Simon was appointed
as Group Chief Executive Officer.
Background and relevant experience
Simon is a Chartered Accountant. In addition to CFO
duties he has been responsible to the Board for Savills
Investment Management, Group M&A and is Chair
of Grosvenor Hill Ventures, which evaluates external
technology opportunities and holds the Group’s
‘proptech’ investments. He was formerly Chief Financial
Officer of Gyrus Group PLC, until its 2007 sale to
Olympus Corporation. Prior to that Simon was Chief
Operating Officer of Profile Therapeutics plc for five
years and also worked as a corporate financier, latterly
at Hambros Bank Limited.
Other appointments
None.
Stacey
Chair of
Savills plc
Group Chief
Executive
Officer
N
R
Key:
A
N
R
Chair of Committee
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
N
Florence was appointed to the Board as a Non-Executive
Director on 1 October 2018.
Florence is currently Chief Executive Officer of Visa
Europe FBL, having previously been Chief Executive
Officer of Willis Towers Watson France & Luxembourg,
having joined from Zurich Insurance where she was
Chief Executive Officer France. Florence was previously
Chief Operating Officer of Hiscox Europe, prior to which
she held senior executive roles at AXA Real Estate and
AXA Investment Managers. She spent her early career
at McKinsey & Company.
None.
Florence
Tondu-Mélique
Independent
Non-Executive
Director
A
N
76
Richard was appointed to the Board as a Non-Executive
Director on 1 January 2021.
Richard Orders is currently a Managing Director at Moelis &
Company, a leading global independent investment bank,
heading the Firm’s Hong Kong office having founded its
predecessor firm, Asia Pacific Advisors, in 2009. Prior to
this, Richard was with ABN AMRO (1996-2008), latterly
from 2004-8 as Vice Chairman and Head of Global Clients
Asia, having previously been Executive Chairman and CEO
of ABN AMRO Asia Corporate Finance. Previously, Richard
held various roles in Barings Bank, which he joined in 1976,
latterly as Head of Barings Investment Banking business
in Asia, ex Australia and Japan (1994-96) and Director of
Barings Corporate Finance London (1996).
None.
Philip was appointed to the Board as a Non-Executive
Director on 1 January 2021.
Philip Lee is currently a global Vice Chairman of Corporate
& Institutional Banking, HSBC Bank. Philip was previously
with Deutsche Bank (2013-2018) as Vice Chairman of
South East Asia and Chief Country Officer for the Bank in
Singapore. Prior to 2013, Philip was with JP Morgan (1995-
2013), where he was CEO, South East Asia Investment
Banking and Senior Country Officer, Singapore, after having
worked in senior positions for various other banks in the
region before then. Since 2006, he has also held roles on
various advisory bodies and Statutory Boards established
by the Singapore government.
Non-Executive Director of 65 Equity Partners, an investment
company of Temasek, SPH Media Holdings, the Singapore
media company owned by the Singapore Government,
ST Engineering, a listed company on the Singapore Stock
Exchange and Heliconia Capital Management, an investment
firm owned by Temasek focused on growth-oriented
Singapore companies.
Dana was appointed to the Board as a Non-Executive
Director on 1 November 2019.
Dana was most recently a partner and founding member
of the Real Estate Private Equity group at Angelo Gordon,
a privately held alternative investment firm. During her
25-year tenure, ending in December 2019, she served as a
manager and leader of investment teams across all major
US markets, and served as a Member of the Investment
Committees for the firm’s US Opportunistic, Core Plus and
Value Real Estate Funds. She spent her early career in real
estate valuation and advisory at Arthur Andersen LLP in
Washington, DC.
Independent Director Cohen & Steers Income
Opportunities REIT, Inc (CNSREIT), Advisory Board NYU
Stern Chen Institute of Global Real Estate Finance and
Covercy advisory board, a private fintech company.
A
Richard Orders
Senior
Director
Philip Lee
Director
Dana Roffman
Director
R
A
R
77
Marcus was appointed to the Board as a Non-Executive
Director on 15 December 2022.
Marcus brings over three decades of leadership and
strategic expertise in global real estate investments
and asset management. From 2002 until 2019, he held
senior roles at BlackRock, including as portfolio manager
of Blackrock’s UK property fund, before progressing
to Head of EMEA real estate and ultimately serving as
Global Head of Real Estate.
Prior to joining BlackRock, Marcus gained extensive
experience in property development and investment
through positions held with Ashtenne plc, Enterprise plc
and Roger Tym & Partners, having commenced his career
with the British Rail Property Board.
Founder of NorthCroft Capital (a real estate investment
and advisory business), Non-Executive Director of SEGRO
plc (2024) and Cadillac Fairview Property Trust (2020),
and Chair of Jewish Care a not-for-profit charity.
John was appointed to the Board as a Non-Executive
Director on 13 December 2023.
John was with PwC for 36 years of which 24 were as a
partner. He was largely based in London but had spells
working for the firm in both Hong Kong and Rome. During
his career he served as audit partner to a wide range
of clients including a number of significant property
businesses based both in London and Hong Kong.
Trustee of charity, Queen Mary’s Foundation and Member
of The Mercian Trust.
Andriana was appointed to the Board as a Non-Executive
Director on 14 March 2024.
Andi brings extensive experience as a commercial business
leader and over three decades of technology leadership
across a number of industries. Most recently she was Chief
Information and Digital Officer and an Executive Board
member at National Grid plc (2017-23), having previously
been Executive Vice President, Technology, Business
Solutions and Corporate Affairs at biotech company,
Biogen (2014-17). Prior to this she was Global CIO of Dell
(2011-2014) and from 2004-2010 an Executive Director of
General Motors Company.
Non-Executive Director and Audit Committee member of
AutoLiv Inc (appointed 2024), Aon plc (appointed 2022),
Perrigo Company plc (appointed 2017) and Decogan.ai
advisory board member having previously been a Non-
Executive Director of Aspen Technology, Inc. (2020-22)
and Advance Auto Parts, Inc. (2015-2020).
Andriana
Karaboutis
Director
Marcus
Sperber
John Waters
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Key:
Chair of Committee
78
Executive
Officer
(effective
1 January 2026)
SEE BOARD OF DIRECTORS ON PAGES 76 TO 78
FOR FULL BIOGRAPHY
Appointment to the Group
Executive Board
Alex was appointed to the Group Executive
Board on 1 November 2019.
Alex became Global CEO of Savills
Investment Management on 1 November
2019 and was appointed to Savills Group
Executive Board at that time. Alex was
previously Head of Asia Pacific for M&G
Investments based in Singapore, with
responsibility for the development and
leadership of that company’s business
across all investment sectors in Asia
Pacific. Prior to this, he was Chief
Executive of M&G Real Estate, based
in London. Before that he was Chief
Investment Officer and CEO Europe
of MGPA Limited.
None.
Appointment to the Group
Executive Board
Chris joined Savills in June 2008 and was
appointed to the Group Executive Board
in August 2008. He has responsibility for
legal and compliance issues globally.
He held equivalent roles with Alfred
McAlpine plc, Courts plc and Scholl plc
between 1997 and 2008, prior to which he
was deputy group secretary of Delta plc
from 1990 to 1997.
None.
Alex Jeffrey
Chief Executive
Officer – Savills
Investment
Chris Lee
Group Legal
Director &
Company
Secretary
GROUP EXECUTIVE BOARD
Raymond Lee
Chief Executive
– Hong Kong,
Macau and
Greater China
Raymond was appointed to the Group
Executive Board in January 2011.
He joined Savills in 1989. In 2003,
Raymond became the Managing Director
in Hong Kong and Macau and in 2010
was appointed CEO of Greater China.
Raymond is a Fellow member of the
Hong Kong Institute of Directors and
holds an honorary fellowship at the
Quangxi Academy of Social Science.
Raymond is also an Honorary Doctor of
Management at Lincoln University and
holds a Fellowship at the Asian College
of Knowledge Management (ACKM).
He became a fellow member of the
Royal Institute of Chartered Surveyors
(RICS) in 2016.
79
David Lipson
Officer – Savills
James Sparrow
Officer – UK
& EMEA
Martin Fidden
Officer – Asia
Pacific (ex
Greater China)
James was appointed to the Group
Executive Board on 1 May 2018.
James is a Fellow of the Royal Institution
of Chartered Surveyors. He became
Chief Executive of Savills UK & EMEA in
September 2018, having previously been
Chief Executive of Savills UK since 1 May
2018. Prior to this James held the position
of Head of Professional Services, Savills
UK and was a member of the Savills UK
Executive Board since 2013 when it was
established. Before that James was a
member of the Executive Board of Savills
Commercial, having joined Savills in 1988.
Martin was appointed to the Group
Executive Board on 1 January 2025.
Martin was appointed Chief Executive
of Savills Asia Pacific (excluding Greater
China) on 1 January 2025, following his
tenure as Managing Director of the region
since 1 March 2024. He has been a member
of the Savills Asia Pacific Executive Board
since 2019, during which he also served
as Head of Professional Services for
the region.
Martin joined Savills in 2004 in Sydney,
Australia, where he held senior roles
within the Valuation & Advisory division.
In 2014, he relocated to Singapore, from
where he assumed regional leadership
responsibilities across multiple markets
in Asia Pacific, spanning a broad range of
advisory and transaction service lines.
David was appointed to the Group
Executive Board on 1 January 2024.
David Lipson is CEO of Savills North
America. He previously served as President,
North America from 2021 through 2023.
As CEO, his responsibilities include
oversight of all Savills business lines and
locations in North America, as well as
mergers and acquisitions and strategic
business development pursuits. David has
dedicated more than 36 years of service to
Savills and is one of the firm’s most tenured
and respected leaders. He co-managed the
Mid-Atlantic region for almost 15 years and
served on the firm’s North American board
and executive committee since 2004 and
2014, respectively.
David currently serves as Chairman of
the Board for the British Schools and
Universities Foundation. He is a member
of the Board of Benefactors at Christ
Church, Oxford.
GROUP EXECUTIVE BOARD
80
Governance framework
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT
Engagement with shareholders and other stakeholders
The Company is committed to the highest standards of corporate governance and risk management.
The Board delegates certain matters to its three principal committees
Responsible for assisting the Board in
fulfilling its financial and risk responsibilities,
and in particular for ensuring that the
financial statements are fair, balanced
and understandable
Oversees external financial reporting, internal
control, risk management and reviews the
work of the Internal and External Auditors
Advises the Board on the appointment of
the External Auditors.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE PAGE 102
Responsible for the broad policy governing
employee remuneration
Sets the actual levels of all elements of the
remuneration of the Executive Directors, and Group
Executive Board members.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE PAGE 114
Responsible for size, structure and composition of the Board
Reviews and progresses appointments to the Board
Responsible for succession planning at Board and senior management-level to ensure that (i)
the Board is refreshed progressively such that the balance of skills and experience available
to the Board remains appropriate to the needs of the Company; and (ii) that the Group has
the necessary talent pool to ensure seamless succession at senior management-level
Makes recommendations to the Board on the membership of the principal Committees of
the Board
Monitoring of the Company’s compliance with applicable codes and other requirements
of Corporate Governance.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE PAGES 94 TO 101
The Terms of Reference for each Board Committee are available on the Group’s website at
ir.savills.com/company-information/corporate-governance
Supporting Committees
Principal Business Executive Committees
Lead each Principal Business
Responsible for the day-to-day management of the relevant Principal Business
Oversee the development and implementation of strategy, capital expenditure, and
investment budgets for the ongoing review and control of Group risks, reporting on
these areas to the Group Executive Board and, as necessary, the Board for approval
Implement Group policy
Monitor financial and operational performance of the relevant Principal Business
and other specific matters delegated to them by the Group Executive Board.
Group ESG Committee
Responsible (with the Group Risk
Committee) for overseeing climate
risk assessment and other aspects
of the Group’s ESG agenda
Tracks and monitors the delivery
of the Group-wide ESG targets.
Group Risk Committee
Identifies and evaluates Group-level risks
Reviews and challenges risks reported by subsidiaries
Champions the ongoing Group-wide development of risk management
and the internal controls framework
Monitors Internal Audit and other sources of assurance on the
effectiveness of internal controls
Reviews ESG risk, including but not limited to TCFD-related items and
these are escalated as appropriate.
Key executive management
committee of the Group
Responsible for the day-
to-day management of
the Group
Oversees the development and implementation of strategy, capital
expenditure, and investment budgets, for the ongoing review and control
of Group risks, reporting on these areas to the Board for approval
Implements
Group policy
Monitors financial and operational
performance of the Group and other specific
matters delegated to it by the Board.
Chair: Group Chief Executive
Composition: Group Chief Financial Officer, the Heads of the Principal Businesses and the Group Legal Director & Company Secretary
Has primary responsibility
for providing entrepreneurial
leadership for the Group
Oversees the overall strategic development of the
Group; approves the strategy; considers the progress
made in delivering the Group’s strategic objectives;
and monitors financial and operational performance
Sets the Group’s
values and standards
Ensures effective governance and risk
management and that the Group’s
businesses act ethically and that obligations
to Shareholders are understood and met
Delegates the management of the day-to-day
operation of the business to the Group Chief
Executive, supported by the Group Executive
Board subject to appropriate risk parameters
The Board has adopted a formal schedule of matters specifically reserved to it for decision-making. A full schedule of matters reserved for the Board’s decision along with the Terms of Reference of the Board’s
principal Committees can be found on the Company’s website at
ir.savills.com
The Board
During 2025: Chair, two Executive Directors and seven Non-Executive Directors.
81
Governance arrangements
Our governance arrangements support
the development and delivery of
strategy by:
ensuring accountability and
responsibility; facilitating the sharing
of information to inform decisions;
establishing engagement
programmes with key stakeholders
(see pages 85 to 87);
maintaining a robust system of risk
oversight, management and effective
internal controls (see page 113); and
providing independent insight
and knowledge from the Non-
Executive Directors.
The Board has formally adopted a
Schedule of Matters reserved to it
for decision. These matters include
decisions relating to the Group’s
strategy, financing, any major acquisition
or disposal, the risk appetite of the
Group and the authorisation of capital
expenditure above the delegated
authority limits. The Schedule was
most recently reviewed in March 2026
and is available along with the Terms
of Reference of the Board’s principal
Committees on the Company’s website
at
ir.savills.com
.
Board and Committee meetings are
structured to allow open discussion.
To enable the Board to discharge
its duties, each Director receives
appropriate and timely information.
Board papers are circulated
electronically via a secure portal, giving
Directors sufficient time to consider and
digest their contents. The Chair of the
Board and the Chairs of the Committees
set the agendas for upcoming meetings
with support from the Group Legal
Director & Company Secretary.
The Chair, together with the Group
Legal Director & Company Secretary,
ensures that the Directors receive
management information, including
financial, operating and strategic
reports, in advance of Board meetings.
We aim to ensure that the information
shared with the Board is of sufficient
depth to facilitate debate and to allow
Board members to fully understand the
content. The Board will, as appropriate,
invite the preparer of the report to
attend meetings so the Board can gain
a better understanding and question
management directly. The Heads of
Principal Businesses also periodically
attend Board meetings to discuss
the progress made by the Principal
Businesses against their strategic plans.
In order to fulfil their duties, procedures
are in place for Directors to seek both
independent advice and the advice of
Secretary who is responsible for advising
the Board on all governance matters.
At its meetings during the year, the
Board discharged its responsibilities
and received updates on the
Group’s financial performance, the
implementation of senior management
succession and restructuring plans to be
implemented in 2025 across the Group,
material new projects, financial plans,
and ESG, legal and regulatory updates.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT
82
Our cultural framework
Our purpose
Our vision
To be the real estate advisor of choice in the markets we
serve. The growth of the Group is underpinned by providing
best-in-class insights and advice to help individuals,
businesses and investors make better real estate decisions.
Our values
READ MORE ABOUT OUR VALUES ON PAGE 25
Culture and values
The Board is responsible for embedding a strong
and inclusive culture across the Group; founded
on an entrepreneurial approach, one of integrity
and openness, and one that values diversity and
is responsive to the views of its Shareholders
and wider stakeholders. This is underpinned by
our values and operational and ethical standards.
We have built our brand and reputation on the
quality of our people, relationships, resources
and processes.
The Board is committed to ensuring that the tone
in terms of the Group’s values is set from the top by
both the Board and senior management.
The Savills Code of Conduct helps aid the
understanding and embodiment of behaviours that
align employees with the culture set by the Board,
and underpins our social, ethical and environmental
commitments. A confidential and anonymous
independently hosted ‘Speak-up’ facility is in place
which enables employees, clients and suppliers to
report any concerns related to unethical conduct
in any areas of the business. All disclosures are
investigated promptly, overseen by the Group Legal
Director & Company Secretary and escalated to the
Board as appropriate, with follow-up action being
taken as soon as practicable thereafter.
We
listen
empower
challenge
collaborate
Helping people
thrive
through
places and spaces
83
Internal audit
Action taken
Received and considered updates on the risk and
internal control environments within the Group’s Asia
Pacific, North American, EMEA businesses and Savills
Link to culture
Provides the Board with a direct view to ensure that
behaviours are at the desired standard and provides
details of any the corrective action being taken
Health & safety information
Action taken
The Board receives updates on key health and safety
management issues from across the Group
Link to culture
Enables the Directors to assess the effectiveness
of safety practices and behaviours
Modern slavery
Reviewed and approved the Group’s Modern
Slavery Statement
This provides the Board with a broad understanding of
practices and behaviours across the Group, and how
these align with our values
Provides oversight of steps taken to prevent modern
slavery and human trafficking within the Group and its
supply chain
How the Board assesses Savills culture
Employee matters
The Board receives reports on matters which relate to
employee interests from, in particular, the Group CEO,
but also the Heads of Principal Businesses and the
Group Legal Director & Company Secretary
This provides the Board with direct insights into
behaviours and practices and ensures that the Board
has the opportunity to consider matters relating to
employee interests in its formulation of strategy and
decision-making
Direct management
The Board receives presentations and reports from
the Heads of the Principal Business and from senior
management across the Group
This provides the Board with direct insights into
behaviours and practices, and the practical application
of policies and standards
Whistleblowing
The Board receives reports received via the Group’s
‘Speak-up’ (‘Safe Call’) system and receives the
progress of related investigations
Speak-up reports provide the Board with a view of the
nature of employee concerns and trends in behaviours
Staff turnover, retention and
absenteeism rates
Training & development
(programme overview and outputs)
Whistleblowing, grievance and
‘Speak-up’ data
Promptness of payments
to suppliers
Our people-related KPIs
Employee wellbeing
Exit interviews
Employee surveys
Recruitment, reward and promotion
decisions (overview)
84
Savills is a geographically and culturally diverse business providing services in more
than 70 countries. As a result, it has a global and diverse community of stakeholders,
each with their own interests in, and expectations of the Company.
Our stakeholders include not only clients, our Shareholders and our people, but
also suppliers and the wider communities in which we operate. As noted in the
Company’s statement on Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 set out on
Stakeholder group
Why we engage
How we engaged them in 2025
Further links
Our Clients
Our clients are key to the success of
our business.
We engaged in a variety of feedback activities depending on the business area and client segment.
We continued to invest in our people and systems to ensure they have the right skills,
competencies and tools to effectively nurture and grow client relationships.
Our investment in this programme, our internal collaboration and the introduction of technology
has supported our client relationship management approach, resulting in us being able to better
meet our clients’ expectations and adapt more quickly to evolving market conditions.
The quality of our service performance continues to be regularly assessed by independent
reviewers. This helps us better understand how we are managing relationships and what we
need to change to deliver the service and added value our clients expect. We regularly ask
our clients for feedback on our service offering so we can continue to provide best-in-class
services and advice.
Client engagement
page 53
Our People
Our people are our most valuable
asset. We firmly believe that our
people are key to delivering excellent
service to our clients and achieving
our objectives.
It is vital for our continued success that we maintain an environment where our people feel
valued, motivated, and able to thrive. We have continued to focus on employee engagement
through a number of areas, including supporting the health and wellbeing of our employees and
our Principal Businesses have employee-led groups in place covering areas such as diversity &
inclusion, innovation, and social mobility. Feedback received from these working groups is given
to the ESG Committee, and ultimately the Board.
We gather feedback regularly from our employees to assess their levels of engagement and
during the year we continued to utilise multiple channels to communicate and engage with
employees, including regular town hall and other meetings, all-employee emails and our intranet.
As part of our commitment to helping all our people to understand the Group’s growth strategy
and to raise other questions about the Group, our digital platform allows direct employee
communication (in local languages) with Non-Executive Directors (including the Chair) to allow
employee views to flow to the Board direct.
We regularly review this facility to ensure that this remains an effective mechanism for
facilitating two-way communication directly between employees and Board members.
Employee feedback
page 49
Diversity and
Inclusion page 50
Engaging with our
people page 87
pages 88 and 89, in making their decisions and in discharging their duties to promote
the success of the Company, the Directors must have regard to the interests of its
stakeholders.
We have summarised below why our stakeholders are important to us, what we
believe their principal interests are and how the Board and Company seeks to engage
and respond.
85
Stakeholder group
Why we engage
How we engaged them in 2025
Further links
Our Community
We believe that the community
engagement programmes that we have
developed have a positive impact on
the areas where our people live and
ensure that Savills is firmly engaged
with the communities we serve.
We aim to create a lasting positive social impact on the local communities in which we work
through the way we engage with them, the work we do and the charitable initiatives we run
to support them.
In 2025, over 12,700 voluntary hours including 468 pro-bono hours were given during the year
across Savills and £1.5m donated by the Group, with over 580 charitable causes supported
globally. We encourage every employee to provide social value through volunteering,
fundraising or pro bono activity.
Charity and
community
involvement – case
studies on page 47
Our Environment
We are committed to improving the
impacts our operations have on the
environment, managing climate-
related risks and working together
with our clients, suppliers and local
communities towards delivering a
more sustainable future.
Making a meaningful contribution to a wider society enables us to create stronger communities
and have a positive environmental and social impact. Savills has maintained focus on delivering
its commitment to achieving Net Zero for its operations (Scope 1 and 2) in 2030 and for its
value chain (Scope 3) greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions by 2040. We were pleased to receive
SBTi validation for our near-term Net Zero targets in 2024. Against these targets, Savills GHG
Scope 1 and 2 target of 72% reduction is on track to meet our 2030 goals with a decrease
achieved during the year, so that at the end of 2025 GHG emissions had reduced by 37%
against the 2019 baseline.
Responsible
business, our
ESG strategy
pages 40 to 53
Our Shareholders
We believe that engaging with our
Shareholders, and encouraging an
open, meaningful dialogue between
Shareholders and the Company is vital
to ensuring mutual understanding.
During the year, the Group Chief Executive and Group Chief Financial Officer, who have primary
responsibility for investor relations, led a regular programme of meetings and presentations
with analysts and investors. This included presentations following the publication of the
Company’s full and half-year results. This programme maintains a continuous two-way dialogue
between the Company and Shareholders, and helps to ensure that the Board is aware of
Shareholders’ views on a timely basis. These engagements generated insightful feedback then
shared with other Board members and Committees with due regard being given to these views.
In addition, the Board received feedback twice each year from its corporate brokers on
investors’ and the market’s perceptions of the Company.
The Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’) provides the Board with an opportunity to engage and
communicate with, and answer questions from, private and institutional Shareholders.
All Shareholders were invited to attend the 2025 AGM in person, with access to our website
and the choice to receive electronic communications. The AGM provided an opportunity for the
Directors to engage with Shareholders, answer their questions and to meet them informally.
KPIs page 26
Shareholder
engagement
page 86
Annual General
Meeting page 87
Our Suppliers
The procurement choices we make
can have a significant impact on
people, organisations and the wider
environment. We have an obligation
to ensure that our supply chain
and procurement practices follow
appropriate standards.
During the year our businesses continued to engage with their key suppliers on key
issues to ensure that we can deliver the best service for our clients by building close and
collaborative relationships.
All suppliers are required to operate with high service levels and the ethical standards that are
set out in Savills Code of Conduct and our Modern Slavery and Anti Trafficking Statement.
We regularly monitor the relationship and engagement approach with our third party suppliers
including communications received via our Speak-up policy.
page 52
Speak-up policy
page 52
Modern Slavery
statement page 52
86
AGM
The Board is committed to maintaining an open dialogue with investors which is
achieved through a programme of structured engagement. We regularly engage with
our institutional Shareholders through an active investor relations programme.
The AGM 2025 will be held on 13 May 2026 at 12pm at 33 Margaret Street, London,
W1G 0JD. We encourage all Shareholders not attending in person on the day to vote
by proxy in advance of the meeting on all resolutions put forward as Shareholders will
not be able to vote on the day if they are not attending in person. The Chair of each
of the Committees will be available at the AGM to answer questions. Directors are
available before and during the meeting to answer questions from Shareholders and
to meet with Shareholders following the conclusion of the formal part of the meeting.
Further details are included in the Notice of AGM and documentation accompanying
the proxy form which will be sent out at least 20 working days before the meeting
(at least 15 working days’ notice would be given before other general meetings). In
accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association, electronic and paper proxy
appointments and voting instructions must be received not later than 48 hours before
a general meeting. All votes are taken by a poll and the level and manner of voting of
proxies lodged on each resolution at the AGM is declared at the meeting and published
on the Company’s website. All resolutions were passed at the 2025 meeting in line with
the Board’s recommendations.
The Company has taken advantage of the provisions within the Companies Act 2006
which allow communications with Shareholders to be made electronically, where
Shareholders have not requested hard-copy documentation. Details of the information
available to Shareholders can be found on page 275.
Employee surveys
We gather feedback regularly through various
channels from our employees to assess their levels
of engagement.
Speak-up
We operate independently hosted confidential
and anonymous Speak-up services which enable
employees to report any concerns related to unethical
conduct in any areas of the business. All disclosures
are investigated promptly overseen by the Group
Legal Director & Company Secretary and escalated to
the Board as appropriate, with follow-up action being
taken as soon as practicable thereafter.
Access to Non-Executive Directors
Our digital platform which allows direct employee
communication (in local languages) with Non-
Executive Directors (including the Chair) in areas of
focus (such as strategy, training and development
opportunities; measurement of staff performance and
promotion criteria; diversity; and flexible working).
Employee engagement
Working groups
Our principal businesses have employee-led groups
in place covering areas such as diversity & inclusion,
innovation, and social mobility. Feedback received from
these working groups are given to the ESG Committee,
and ultimately the Board.
Our Diversity & Inclusion groups – page 50.
Social media
A variety of social media channels are utilised to
enhance engagement and the exchange of information
on the Company’s activities to all stakeholders.
These channels include X (formerly Twitter), Instagram
and our intranet. In particular our intranet is used as a
platform for employees to access our policies and to
receive information on wellbeing, health and safety,
and training.
Town hall/employee briefings
We hold town hall meetings within our Principal
Businesses, and other events, in particular focusing
on wellbeing and mental health issues, supported
by webinars provided by external providers.
How the Board factored employee engagement into its decisions
87
Section 172(1) statement
The Board of Directors of Savills plc
consider, both individually and together,
that they have acted in the way they
consider, in good faith, would be most
likely to promote the success of the
Company for the benefit of its members
as a whole. In doing this, the Directors
have had regard to stakeholders, and
amongst other matters, to those set out
in s.172(1) (a-f) of the Companies Act
2006 in the decisions taken during the
year ended 31 December 2025.
The Board oversees and receives
regular updates throughout the year
on engagement activities with our key
stakeholders and engages directly with
stakeholders (receiving presentations
and reports from the Executive Directors
and Group Executive Board (‘GEB’)
members, and in relation to business for
which they have responsibility, senior
management from across the Group),
but there is also significant engagement
at all levels across the Group, particularly
in relation to people, clients and
suppliers, with the Board receiving
regular updates on stakeholder views.
Effective leadership
The Board has a duty to promote the
long-term sustainable success of the
Company for its members as a whole,
and in so doing have regard to (i) the
likely consequences of any decision
in the long-term; (ii) the interests
of the Company’s employees; (iii)
the need to foster the Company’s
business relationships with suppliers,
customers and others; (iv) the impact
of the Company’s operations on the
community and the environment; (v) the
desirability of the Company maintaining
a reputation for high standards of
business conduct; and (vi) the need to
act fairly as between members of the
Company. The Board is responsible for
monitoring the Company’s purpose,
values and strategy and ensuring that
these and the Company’s culture are
aligned. Its role includes the oversight
of succession planning, approval of
major acquisitions, disposals, capital
expenditure and financing arrangements
and of the Group’s systems of
internal control, governance and risk
management. The Board provides and
promotes effective and entrepreneurial
leadership across the business within the
Group’s governance framework.
Having the appropriate mix of
experience, expertise, diversity and
independence is essential for the Savills
Board. Our Board comprises highly
skilled professionals who bring a range
of skills, perspectives and corporate
experience to our Boardroom (see pages
76 to 78). To ensure sufficient time for
discussion, the Board utilises its principal
Committees to effectively manage its
time (see page 81 for our Governance
framework). At each Board meeting,
the agenda ensures sufficient time for
the Committee Chairs to report on the
contents of discussions at Committee
meetings, any recommendations to the
Board which require approval and the
actions taken.
The Board maintains oversight of this
engagement and receives reports
and updates on such engagement
from the Executive Directors and
senior management and is given the
opportunity to challenge these findings
at Board and Committee meetings. This
information is used to inform discussion
and decision-making.
In the context of the Board’s activities
during 2025, the table below sets out
how the Directors have had regard to
the matters set out in Section 172(a-
f) when discharging their Section 172
duties and decision-making.
88
Section 172 disclosure
Page
(d)
impact of the Company’s operations on the community
and the environment
Environment
42 – 45
Community
46 – 47
GHG and energy data
64 – 68
TCFD disclosures
55 – 63
85 – 86
(e)
maintaining a reputation for high standards of
business conduct
Culture
48 – 52
Human rights and modern slavery
52
Speak up
Leadership and Company purpose
83
Risk management and internal controls
113
Audit Committee Report
102 – 113
(f)
acting fairly as between members of the Company
Strategic Report
4 – 69
Engaging with stakeholders
85 – 86
Remuneration Report
114 – 140
The above statement on section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 is incorporated by
reference into the Strategic Report on pages 4 to 69.
Section 172 disclosure
Page
(a)
likely consequences of any decisions in the long term
Strategic Report
4 – 69
Board principal decisions
90
Consideration of stakeholder interests
85 – 87
Risk management
113
(b)
interests of employees
25
People
49
Culture and ethics
48 – 52
Leadership and Company purpose
83
Engaging with our people
87
(c)
fostering the Company’s business relationships with
suppliers, clients and others
25
Client care
53
Speak up
Human rights and modern slavery
83
Board principal decisions
90
89
Monitored the performance and growth of the Group’s Principal Businesses
Held the annual review of Strategy and capital allocation to consider in depth and reconfirm
the Group’s Strategy
Endorsed growth initiatives consistent with the Group’s Strategic Plan
Received and considered investor feedback collated by the Company’s corporate brokers
from investor road-shows, presentations and meetings between investors and the Group
Chief Executive and/or Group Chief Financial Officer
Received regular client feedback from the Group Chief Executive
Purpose, strategy and implementation
Board activities
The Board met 9 times during the year to consider the items noted below.
The Board’s principal actions during 2025 were to consider and reconfirm the Group’s
strategy and growth plans and those of the Principal Businesses (which is linked
to Strategic Objective: Business Diversification); to approve material transactions,
implementation of senior management succession and business restructuring plans
and strategic recruitments across the Group (which is linked to Strategic Objective:
Financial Strength and Geographical Diversification); and to monitor the progress
made on delivering the Group’s Net Zero carbon targets (which is linked to Strategic
Objective: Commitment to Responsible Business).
Details on these key focuses are set out below:
Reviewed the 2026-2028 Group Business Strategic Plan, including capital allocation, and
approved the 2026 Annual Budget & Plan
Reviewed business, profit and cash management performance, and in each case, assessed
performance in these areas against the Group’s strategy, objectives and business plans to
ensure that the financial returns generated by the Group’s businesses were applied to the
creation of additional value, costs were controlled and that resources could be made available
at the appropriate time to realise business opportunities
Considered and approved the 2025 Going concern and Viability statements
Reviewed and approved the Company’s 2026 Tax Strategy
Approved the 2025 Annual and Half-year results and Trading Updates, and accounting
policies so as to ensure in particular that communication with the Group’s Shareholders was
fair, balanced and understandable; and, subject to Shareholder approval, the appointment and
the remuneration of the External Auditor
Financial management
Reviewed the annual Directors’ Conflict of Interests declarations
Considered and approved standing situational, and if they arose, actual conflicts of interest
Undertook an independently facilitated evaluation of Board performance and agreed the
Board’s priority focuses for 2026
Effectiveness
Received updates on regulatory and governance developments
Received regular reports in relation to material legal matters
Reviewed and discussed the evaluation of the performance of the Board, its Committees
and individual Directors to ensure that they continued to be effective in support of Group
strategy, policy and practice
Considered issues raised through the Group’s confidential reporting (‘Speak-up’) channels
and their resolutions
Reviewed and approved the Company’s 2025 Modern Slavery Statement
Reviewed and confirmed the principal existing and emerging risks and uncertainties facing
the Group which are described in detail on pages 31 to 39
Reviewed the Group’s risk register and the effectiveness of the systems of internal control
and risk management
Received updates on the risk and internal control environments within the Group’s Asia
Pacific, North American, CEME and UK businesses and Savills Investment Management
Internal control and risk management
Agreed the appointment of Simon Shaw as Group Chief Executive Officer (effective 1 January
2026) as successor to Mark Ridley
Agreed the appointment of Nick Sanderson as Group Chief Financial Officer to join the Board
12 March 2026
Reviewed the composition and performance of the Board and its Committees
Agreed the implementation of senior level succession plans and restructuring plans for the
Group’s Principal Businesses
Leadership and people
90
Policies and practices
Independence of Non-
Executive Directors
On an annual basis, the Board reviews
the independence of its Non-Executive
Directors. Non-Executive Directors
(‘NEDs’) are expected to exercise
independent judgement and to be free
from any business or other relationship
that could materially interfere with it.
This independence is crucial in bringing
constructive challenge to the Group CEO
and management at Board meetings,
while providing support and guidance
to promote meaningful discussion
and, ultimately, informed and effective
decision-making. Directors are required
to provide sufficient information to
allow the Board to evaluate their
independence prior to and following
their appointment.
The Board considers that all of the Non-
Executive Directors bring considerable
expertise, strong independent oversight
and are Independent Non-Executive
Directors, being independent of
management and having no business
or other relationship which could
interfere materially with the exercise
of their judgement.
Outside interests and conflicts
The Board has adopted guidelines
for dealing with conflicts of interests.
All potential new Directors are asked
to disclose their other significant
commitments. The Nomination &
Governance Committee takes this into
account when considering proposed
appointments to ensure that Directors
can discharge their responsibilities to
the Group effectively. This means not
only attending and preparing for formal
Board and Committee meetings, but also
making time to understand the business,
and to undertake training.
The time commitment is agreed with
each Non-Executive Director on an
individual basis. In addition, all Directors
must seek approval before accepting
any significant new commitment. The
Board is satisfied that the Chair and
each of the Non-Executive Directors
committed sufficient time during the
year to enable them to meet their Board
responsibilities and fulfil their duties as
Directors of the Company.
For the year ended 31 December
2025 and as at the date of publication
of this Annual Report, the Board is
satisfied that none of the Directors is
over-committed and that each of the
Directors allocates sufficient time to his
or her role in order to discharge their
responsibilities effectively.
Indemnification of Directors
In accordance with the Company’s
Articles of Association, and to the extent
permitted by law, the Directors and
Secretary are granted an indemnity,
in respect of any liabilities incurred as
a result of their holding office. Such
indemnities were in force during the
financial year to 31 December 2025
and up to the date of this Report. The
Company also maintains appropriate
insurance cover in respect of legal action
against its Directors and Officers.
Conflicts of interest procedure
The Companies Act 2006 places a duty
on each Director to avoid a situation
in which he or she has or can have a
direct or indirect interest which conflicts
or may conflict with the interests of
the Company. A Director will not be
in breach of that duty if the relevant
matter has been authorised by the
other Directors in accordance with the
Company’s Articles of Association.
Procedures are in place for the
disclosure by Directors of any interest
that conflicts, or possibly may conflict,
with the Company’s interests and for the
appropriate authorisation to be sought
if a conflict arises. The Board, or the
on its behalf, reviews actual and
situational conflicts of interest at least
annually and as necessary if and when
a new potential situational conflict is
identified or a potential conflict situation
materialises. During 2025, the actual
and situational conflicts of interest that
were identified by each Director were
reviewed and authorised by the Board,
subject to appropriate conditions in
accordance with the guiding principles.
The procedures adopted to deal with
conflicts of interest continue to operate
effectively and the Board’s authorisation
powers continue to be exercised
properly in accordance with the
Company’s Articles of Association.
91
Division of responsibilities
In line with the requirements of the Code, the Board comprises a majority of
Independent Non-Executive Directors. The Nomination & Governance Committee
considers the independence of the Non-Executive Directors annually in determining
whether to recommend the Non-Executive for re-election to the Board, having
regard to the independence criteria set out in the Code. As part of this process,
the Board keeps under review the length of tenure of all Directors, which can affect
independence. The Board remains satisfied that it has the appropriate balance of
skills, experience, independence and knowledge to ensure it continues to run the
business effectively and deliver sustainable growth.
Board roles
There is clear division between executive and non-executive responsibilities which
ensure accountability and oversight. The Board comprises Executive and Non-
Executive Directors, such that no one individual or small group of individuals
dominates the Board’s decision-making. The Non-Executive Directors are all deemed
to be independent. To help ensure a proper dialogue with all Directors, the Chair
meets periodically with the Directors individually. The role descriptions of the Chair,
Group CEO and Senior Independent Director are reviewed annually by the Board and
are updated as necessary to reflect changes in legislation or best practice.
92
Chair
The Chair is responsible for:
leading the Board and its overall effectiveness;
demonstrating objective judgement;
promoting a culture of openness and constructive
challenge and debate between all Directors;
facilitating constructive Board relations and
the effective contribution of all Non-Executive
Directors; and
ensuring Directors receive accurate, clear and
timely information.
To help ensure a proper dialogue with all
Directors, the Chair meets periodically with the
Directors individually.
Executive
Officer
Mark Ridley
(until 31 December
2025; Simon Shaw
with effect from
1 January 2026)
The Group Chief Executive has responsibility for all
Group businesses and acts in accordance with the
authority delegated by the Board. There are a number
of areas where the Board has delegated specific
responsibility to management, including responsibility
for the operational management of the Group’s
businesses as well as reviewing strategic issues and
risk matters in advance of these being considered
by the Board and/or its Committees.
Financial
Officer
(until 31 December
2025; Nick
Sanderson will
become a Director
on 12 March 2026)
The Group Chief Financial Officer supports the Group
Chief Executive in developing and implementing the
Group’s strategy and in particular:
leads the global finance function and develops key
finance talent;
ensures effective financial reporting, processes and
controls are in place;
recommends the annual budget and long-term
strategic and financial plan; and
chairs the Group’s Proptech investment ‘fund’,
Grosvenor Hill Ventures.
Senior
Provides a sounding board for the Chair and acts as a
trusted intermediary for the Directors as required; and
is available to respond to Shareholder concerns when
contact through the normal channels is inappropriate.
Directors
Andriana
Karaboutis
Marcus Sperber
Florence Tondu-
Mélique
Monitor and challenge the performance
of management;
assist in approval and review of strategy;
review Group financial information and provide
advice to management;
engage with stakeholders and provide insight as
to their views, including in relation to employees
and the culture of the Group; and
as part of the Nomination & Governance
Committee, review the succession plans for the
Board and key members of senior management.
Group Legal
Director &
Company
Secretary
Chris Lee
The Group Legal Director & Company Secretary,
whose appointment is a matter reserved for the
Board, is responsible for advising and supporting the
Chair and the Board on company law and corporate
governance matters and for ensuring that Board
procedures are followed, as well as ensuring that
there is a smooth flow of information to the Board
to enable effective decision-making.
The Group Legal Director & Company Secretary is
further responsible for ensuring that the Directors
receive regular updates on developments in legal and
regulatory matters. All the Directors have access to
the advice and services of the Group Legal Director
& Company Secretary and through him have access,
if required, to independent professional advice in
respect of their duties at the Company’s expense.
93
Nomination and Governance Committee Report
NOMINATION AND GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE REPORT
Stacey
Board level and in this regard to oversee
the development of a diverse pipeline
for succession and to lead on the
process for Board.
The Committee has continued to
focus on succession planning and its
implementation, and within this further
seeking to facilitate greater diversity and
inclusion at Board and senior levels with
specific focus below this level. In this
regard Board membership is compliant
with the FTSE Women Leaders requiring
that at least 40% of board members
are women and Parker guidelines that
at least one director is from a minority
ethnic background, and the proportion
of women in senior leadership positions
(as defined by FTSE Women Leaders)
as at October 2025 was 35.6%
(2024: 36.8%).
The Committee will continue to ensure
the Board has in place an effective
leadership with the skills, experience
and diversity to match our strategic
aims and ambition.
Chair of the Nomination &
Governance Committee
Dear Shareholder
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to
present the Nomination & Governance
Committee’s Report for the financial
year ended 31 December 2025. The
key objectives of the Committee are to
regularly review the skills and experience
of the Board to ensure that it is the
right size, structure and composition
taking into account the skills, experience,
independence, knowledge and diversity
of Directors and the future strategy of
the Group. It is also the Committee’s role
to consider succession planning for the
Board and senior executives below
Committee members
The Nomination & Governance Committee
(‘Committee’) has a key role to play in ensuring
that the Board and its principal Committees
have the right mix of skills, experience and
diversity to deliver Group strategy and to create
value. The Committee keeps under review and
evaluates the composition of the Board and
its Committees to maintain the appropriate
balance of skills, knowledge and independence
to be able to function effectively.”
Stacey
Andriana
Philip
Lee
Richard
Orders
(Executive Director)
(save in relation to
matters relating to
the appointment
of his successor)*
Dana
Roffman
Marcus
Sperber
Florence
Tondu-Mélique
John
Waters
* until 31 December 2025
94
The primary objectives of the Committee are:
to review the size and composition of the Board and its key Committees
and to plan for the Board’s progressive refreshing, with regard to balance
and structure;
to ensure that robust succession plans are in place at Executive Director level
and the most senior management level below Board; and
to monitor the Company’s compliance with applicable codes and other
requirements of corporate governance including the Code.
Responsible for size, structure and composition of the Board.
Reviewing and progressing appointments to the Board.
Responsible for succession planning at Board and senior management level to
ensure that (i) the Board is refreshed progressively such that the balance of
skills and experience available to the Board remains appropriate to the needs
of the business; and that (ii) the Group has the necessary bench-strength of
talent to ensure seamless succession at senior management level.
Makes recommendations to the Board on the membership of the principal
Committees of the Board.
Monitoring of the Company’s compliance with applicable codes and other
requirements of corporate governance.
More detailed information on the role and responsibilities of the Committee can
be found in the Committee’s Terms of Reference which can be accessed on the
Company’s website at
The Committee has standing items that it considers regularly under its Terms
of Reference; for example, the Committee reviewed its own Terms of Reference
(which are reviewed at least annually or as required, e.g. to reflect changes to
the Code or as a result of changes in regulations or best practice).
Specifically during the year, the Committee:
led the process which resulted in the appointment of Simon Shaw as Group
Chief Executive Officer;
led the process which resulted in the appointment of Nick Sanderson Group
Chief Financial Officer joining the Board with effect from 12 March 2026;
considered and confirmed the implementation of succession plans
at Principal Business ExCo level; and
considered the proposed reappointment of the Non-Executive Directors,
before making a recommendation to the Board that each Non-Executive
Director be proposed to Shareholders for re-election at the 2026 AGM.
Key objectives
Main responsibilities
Principal activities during the year
95
The Committee met 4 times during 2025. Individual attendance by Directors at this meeting is shown in the table on page 75. Members of the Committee also normally attend
the Company’s AGM at which there is an opportunity to meet with Shareholders. Any other Director, the Group Legal Director & Company Secretary or an external advisor
may be invited by the Committee to attend the meetings from time to time, as appropriate.
Changes to the Board and Committees
Mark Ridley retired from the Board on 31 December 2025.
Nick Sanderson, the new Group CFO, who joined the Company on 9 February 2026 will join the Board effective 12 March 2026.
Appointments to the Board
The Nomination & Governance Committee is responsible for leading the process for new Director appointments and has established a formal, rigorous and transparent
procedure for the selection and nomination of candidates to the Board.
Process for Board appointments
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
The Committee engages with
an external appropriate search
agent to assist with the process
The Committee together with
the selected external search
agent prepares an initial longlist
of candidates for consideration
Working from the initial longlist
of candidates the Committee
selects a shortlist for interview
each of the candidates
Committee members interview
those candidates on the shortlist
and considers the output
from the formal candidate
assessment undertaken by the
search agency, including the
results of assessments designed
to predict job performance,
leadership potential and
organisational fit and where a
suitable candidate is identified
makes a recommendation to
the Board for consideration
Following Board approval
the appointment terms are
agreed and the new Director
is announced in line with the
requirements of the FCA and
Listing Rules
NOMINATION AND GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE REPORT
96
Search for a new Group CEO
Following Mark Ridley’s decision to retire
from the Board and his role as Group
Chief Executive Officer, once a suitable
successor was identified the Committee
undertook a rigorous search process for
the appointment of his successor.
A description of the role and
competencies needed was agreed,
with a view to appointing the best
qualified individual for the role. Heidrick
& Struggles was selected to advise
the Committee due to its deep long-
standing experience of recruiting at the
most senior leadership level. Heidrick
& Struggles has no other connection
with the Group and is a signatory to
the Voluntary Code of Conduct of
Executive Search Firms.
As part of the process, a long-list
comprising internal and external
candidates was developed. This was
reduced to a short-list and interviews
with the candidates were led by the
Chair of the Committee followed by final
presentations to and interviews with the
preferred candidates by the Committee.
The Committee was unanimous in its
recommendation to the Board that
Simon Shaw be appointed as Group
CEO with effect from 1 January 2026.
Simon Shaw’s biography
SEE PAGE 76
Search for a new Group CFO
Following the decision to appoint
Simon Shaw as Group CEO with effect
from 1 January 2026, the Committee
commenced the search process for
the appointment of Simon’s successor
as Group CFO. The Committee led
the process which resulted in the
appointment of Nick Sanderson
as Group Chief Financial Officer
with effect from 9 February and as
Executive Director on 12 March 2026.
The Committee assessed the balance
of skills, knowledge, independence,
experience and diversity of the Board
and, in view of this assessment, a
description of the role and competencies
needed was agreed, with a view to
appointing the best qualified individual
for the role. Odgers Berndtson was
selected to advise the Committee due
to its deep long-standing experience of
recruiting financial leaders. Other than
periodically supporting search processes
at Board level, Odgers Berndtson has
no other connection with the Group and
is a signatory to the Voluntary Code of
Conduct of Executive Search Firms.
Having identified a longlist of potential
candidates, first-stage interviews were
led by the Chair of the Committee
and Simon Shaw, following which the
preferred candidate was identified
and interviewed by the Chair of the
Audit Committee. The Committee was
unanimous in its recommendation to the
Board that Nick Sanderson be appointed
as an Executive Director and Group
Financial Officer.
Succession planning
The Board and Committee remain
focused on succession planning, and the
development of a diverse succession
pipeline and Board succession is a key
topic at Committee meetings. Board
and senior management succession
plans, which are based on merit and are
assessed against objective criteria, are
reviewed annually by the Committee.
The Committee continues to keep the
Board’s composition under review and
considers how that composition might
be enhanced to ensure that the Board
continues to best meet the needs of
the Company and its Shareholders.
The biographies of the Board members
appear on pages 76 to 78.
The Committee will continue to
monitor the needs of the Board and
its Committees in the context of the
delivery of the Group’s strategy, with
the aim of ensuring that the Group’s
succession planning policy evolves such
that there is an identifiable supply of
talent and experience available to the
Board and its Committees from which
to select successors.
No Director is involved in decisions
regarding his or her own succession.
The Committee also monitors the
development of the senior executive
team below the Board to ensure that
there is a diverse supply of senior
executives and potential future Board
members with the appropriate skills
and experience.
97
Director reappointment
All Non-Executive Directors undertake
a fixed term of three years subject to
annual re-election by Shareholders.
The fixed term can be extended, and
consistent with best practice, would not
go beyond nine years unless exceptional
circumstances were deemed to exist.
The current length of tenure for the
Chair and each of the Non-Executive
Directors as at 31 December 2025 is set
out on page 75.
The Board reviews Non-Executive
Director independence on an annual
basis and takes into account the
individual’s experience, their behaviour
at Board meetings and their contribution
to unbiased and independent debate.
The Board considers that all of the Non-
Executive Directors bring considerable
management expertise and strong
independent oversight.
In accordance with the Code, all of
the Directors will stand for election/
re-election as appropriate at the 2026
AGM on 13 May 2026. The Chair has
confirmed that the Non-Executive
Directors standing for reappointment
at this year’s AGM continue to perform
effectively, both individually and
collectively as a Board, and that each
Non-Executive Director demonstrates
commitment to their roles and continues
to provide constructive challenge,
strategic guidance and offer specialist
advice, as well as holding management
to account. As can be seen from the
attendance records set out on page 75,
Directors’ attendance levels have been
consistently high throughout the year
ended 31 December 2025.
Diversity
Board and Group diversity
At Board level, the approach to
appointing new Directors reflects the
Committee’s objective of ensuring that
there is always an appropriate balance
of experience and backgrounds on
the Board. Great emphasis is placed
on ensuring that Board membership
embodies diversity in its broadest
sense. For this reason, members of the
Board are drawn from a wide range of
disciplines, industries and cultures.
As an international business, we benefit
from our Non-Executive Directors’
knowledge of and involvement with
other businesses across Asia, Europe
and the UK and North America.
The FCA’s UK Listing Rules sourcebook
has set board diversity targets requiring
that at least 40% of board members
are women, at least one of the roles
of Chair, CEO, CFO and SID is held by
a woman, and at least one director is
from a minority ethnic background.
During the year the Company has met
all of the above targets In respect of
ethnic diversity, the Board’s composition
is also in accordance with the Parker
Review recommendation that at least
one Director is from an ethnic minority
background by 31 December 2025.
The benefits of diversity, in terms
of age, ethnicity, skills, experience
and socio-economic background
are an active consideration in all
recruitment decisions, as well as in
our talent development programme.
The Committee is responsible for
overseeing the development of a
diverse pipeline for succession to
senior management. The Board has a
longstanding commitment to prioritise
diversity and supports the FTSE Women
Leaders Review on gender diversity and
the Parker review on ethnic diversity.
For the purposes of complying with the
requirements of the Code Provision 23,
Senior Management is defined as the
Group Executive Board (‘GEB’). As at
31 December 2025 the GEB members
and their direct reports totalled 105 of
which 37 were female, 68 were male.
Accordingly, our Group Women in
Leadership percentage (determined
in accordance with the FTSE Women
Leaders Review criteria) was 35.6% as
at 31 October 2025. Our previous year
Group Women in Leadership percentage
as reported by the FTSE Women
Leaders Review was 36.7% (as at
30 October 2024).
The Committee supports the initiatives
taking place across the Group’s
businesses to improve diversity,
including work to further strengthen the
pipeline of women through a managed
career path and improved access to
opportunities. More details on the
Group’s diversity and inclusion initiatives
can be found on page 50. Information on
Board and Executive Committee gender
and ethnicity can be found on page 99.
98
UKLR6.6.6R(10) as at the date of the Annual Report
Number of
Board members
Percentage of
the Board
Number of
senior positions
on the Board (Chair,
CEO, CFO and SID)
Number in
executive
management**
Percentage of
executive
Men
56%
2*
7
100%
Women
44%
0
0
Other categories
–
Not specified/prefer not to say
Number of
Board members
the Board
Number of
senior positions
on the Board (Chair,
CEO, CFO and SID)
Number in
executive
management**
executive
White British or other White (including minority-white groups)
89%
86%
Mixed/Multiple ethnic groups
0
0
0
Asian/Asian British
11%
14%
Black/African/Caribbean/Black British
Other ethnic group, including Arab
Not specified/prefer not to say
Simon Shaw (CFO), Richard Orders (SID).
# Stacey Cartwright (Chair).
** Defined as the Group Executive Board.
Board and Committee evaluation
2023 internal
Board evaluation
2025 externally facilitated
Board evaluation
2024 internal
99
The performance and effectiveness of the Board and its Committees is assessed annually through a formal performance evaluation process. In accordance with the Code
requirements, the Board believes that an external independent evaluation of Board effectiveness and performance, and that of its principal Committees, at least every three
years brings further insight into its performance. As well as looking to continually improve the Board’s processes, the evaluation process is used to reflect on areas that the
Board would like to see more focus on.
Board and Committee evaluation
The Board recognises that it continually needs to monitor and improve its
performance. In line with the effective governance requirements of the Code,
the Board reviews its own performance and that of the Directors and of its
Committees annually.
2025 process
This year’s evaluation was externally facilitated by The Board Evaluation LLP
who has no other connection with the Group.
The evaluation carried out this year involved each Board member completing
a questionnaire which was then used as the basis of a confidential interview.
The matters covered by the evaluation included performance, composition,
diversity and how effectively members of the Board work together to achieve
objectives. Individual evaluation covered whether each Director continued to
contribute effectively.
The output of the evaluation was presented to the Board in March 2026 and the
Directors discussed the points raised by the review.
Conclusion from the 2025 evaluation
The conclusion from this year’s independently facilitated evaluation was that the
Board and its Committees continue to operate to a high standard and provide
effective oversight of strategy and its implementation and the management of risks.
Board discussions were considered to be open, constructive and valuable and able
to strike the right balance between challenge and support, with the Board having a
clear understanding of both the macro-economic and competitive threats facing the
Company. There was also a clear understanding of the separation of responsibilities
between the Executive and the Non-Executive Directors.
The Board’s size and composition were considered appropriate for the Company
with the appropriate balance of skills and experience. It was also considered that
the Board worked well as a unit.
The Board Committees were also considered to be operating well, fulfilling their
respective terms of reference, and that their Chairs report clearly and effectively
on the work undertaken and the outcomes achieved.
Areas of focus for 2026
Reflecting the output from the 2025 Board Evaluation, the additional areas for Board
focus, which would be added to the Board’s 2026 workplan, were agreed as follows:
(a)
the Board to continue with its programme of presentations from the Principal
Businesses to allow the Board to confirm the performance and effectiveness
of each area implementing the strategy. Complementing this, the Board to
continue to aim to hold at least one meeting a year at a location other than
the Company’s Head Office in London to maintain the Board’s visibility to the
Business and to facilitate engagement with a wider group of employees.
(b)
the Group’s forward-looking indicators to be reviewed to ensure that these for
example provide sufficient number of key strategic risk indicators.
(c)
the Group’s succession planning and the senior management development
programmes supporting this to be reviewed following CEO succession effective
1 January 2026 and the changes to the Principal Business ExCos through 2024-
25 to ensure that bench-strength and the talent pipeline remained robust.
100
As a result of the evaluation, the Board
considers the performance of each
Director to be effective and concluded
that both the Board and its Committees
continue to provide effective leadership
and exert the required levels of
governance and control. Shareholders
would therefore be recommended to re-
elect Board Members at the AGM in May.
Following this review, we are satisfied
that the Board continues to perform
effectively and in particular are confident
that the Board has the right balance
of skills and experience to continue to
encourage open, transparent debate
and challenge.
Board induction and
development
The Board has established a formal
induction process for all Directors
providing them with a comprehensive
understanding of their role and
responsibilities as Directors. Induction
programmes are facilitated by the
Chair and the Group Legal Director &
Company Secretary and are tailored to
the Director’s individual roles and needs.
The induction process is designed to
develop the Director’s knowledge and
understanding of the Group covering
key areas including the Group’s purpose,
values, culture and strategy, its corporate
governance, risks and internal controls
and the markets in which it operates.
New Directors are also provided with
information on relevant share dealing
policies, Directors’ duties, Company
policies and governance.
The induction also includes one-to-
one briefings from the Heads of the
Principal Businesses and an introduction
to each Group business’s development
strategy with the content of meetings
varying depending on the Director being
inducted and their background and
individual experience.
Our induction programme for new
Directors is delivered through:
meetings with the Chair, wider
Board, Group Legal Director &
Company Secretary and relevant
Committee Chairs;
a structured programme of meetings
with the Group Executive Board
members and senior management
to provide a deeper understanding
of risks and opportunities and
stakeholder interests;
meetings with advisors, including the
External Auditor, to provide a valuable
external perspective; and
training as appropriate on key
policies, statutory duties and legal
and governance requirements.
The Committee reviewed the Company’s
compliance with the Code and was
satisfied that the Company complied
with the Code. The Committee will
continue to receive updates on
corporate governance developments
and will consider the impact of those
developments on the Company.
Chair of the Nomination &
Governance Committee
101
AUDIT, RISKS AND INTERNAL CONTROLS
I am pleased to present the
Audit Committee’s report
for the financial year ended
31 December 2025.”
John
Waters
Chair of
the Audit
Committee
Committee members
(Chair)
Philip
Lee
Florence
Marcus
Sperber
Andriana
Karaboutis*
Annual Report – fair, balanced
and understandable
As part of the Committee’s assessment
as to whether the 2025 Annual
Report and Financial Statements,
taken as a whole are fair, balanced
and understandable, the Committee
has oversight of and reviews the
effectiveness of key processes
implemented by management. The
Committee also undertook a review
to determine if the entire Annual
Report is representative of the Group’s
performance for the year and challenges
management on the overall balance
of the Report and Accounts prior to
recommending approval of the Annual
Report to the Board. This includes
the financial reporting responsibilities
of the Directors under Section 172 of
the Companies Act 2006.
This report provides an overview of
the significant issues that the Audit
Committee assessed and details the
Committee’s major considerations and
activities during the year.
Key activities
During the year, the Committee
continued to play a key role in assisting
the Board in its oversight of financial
reporting and auditing matters, including
reviewing and monitoring the Group’s
systems of internal control and risk
management, the internal and external
audit processes and the Group’s
financial reporting.
The key matters are set out on pages
106 and 107. The Committee met five
times during the year and the detail of
attendance is found on page 105.
* member until 30 April 2025
102
Viability and going concern
The Committee also considered the
viability and going concern statements
and their underlying assumptions.
Following consideration, the Committee
agreed with management’s proposal
that the Company’s long-term Viability
statement should continue to cover a
three-year period (see page 69), that
management had conducted robust
viability and going concern assessments
and recommended the approval
of the Viability and Going concern
statements to the Board. The Committee
will continue to monitor changes in
regulation and focus on the audit,
assurance and risk processes within
the Principal Businesses.
Minimum standard
In accordance with the 2024 Code, the
Committee considers that it has met
the requirements of the FRC’s Audit
Committees and the External Audit:
Minimum Standard (Minimum Standard)
in 2025. These requirements are more
fully reported on page 112.
Committee effectiveness
In accordance with our three-
year Board and Board Committee
performance evaluation cycle, during the
year, the Board carried out an externally
facilitated evaluation of its performance
and that of its Committees. The
Board is satisfied that the Committee
members possess relevant experience
and appropriate levels of independence
and that its members have the depth
of financial and commercial experience
across various industries which are
essential for the effective working of
the Committee.
UK Corporate Governance
Code 2024
The Company reported against the
2024 UK Corporate Governance Code
(the ‘Code’ which is applicable to
1 January 2025, apart from Provision
29 (which is applicable from 1 January
2026) and which will require companies
to report on the effectiveness of material
financial, operational, reporting, and
compliance controls 2026.
The Committee is overseeing a project to
ensure that the Group is ready to report
in accordance with Code Provision 29
on internal controls effectiveness, which
applies to the Company for the financial
year commencing 1 January 2026.
Management provided the Committee
with activity updates during the year
and we will formally report in the 2026
Annual Report & Accounts.
Chair of the Audit Committee
103
How the Committee operates
Membership
The Committee is a fundamental element of the Company’s governance framework.
The Committee is chaired by John Waters. John Waters, Andriana (Andi) Karaboutis,
Philip Lee, Marcus Sperber and Florence Tondu-Mélique, all of whom are Independent
Non-Executive Directors, were members of the Committee during the year. Andriana
Karaboutis stepped down as a member of the Committee on 30 April 2025. Members
of the Committee are appointed by the Board following recommendations by the
Nomination & Governance Committee and membership is reviewed annually by the
Nomination & Governance Committee as part of the annual Board performance
evaluation. As at 31 December 2025 and up to the date of this report, the Committee
comprised entirely of Independent Non-Executive Directors. The members of the Audit
Committee have been selected to provide the wide range of financial and commercial
experience needed to undertake its duties and each member of the Audit Committee
brings an appropriate balance of financial and commercial experience, combined with
a sound understanding of the Company’s business, and is therefore considered by the
Board to be competent in the Company’s sector. The expertise and experience of the
members of the Audit Committee are summarised on pages 76 to 78.
The Board considers that each member of the Committee is independent within the
definition set out in the Code and is capable of assessing the work of management
and the assurances provided by the Internal and External Audit functions. The Board
also considers that John Waters, as Chair of the Committee, possesses significant,
recent and relevant financial experience and that all Committee members have
relevant financial experience as required by the Code.
All members of the Committee receive an appropriate induction, which includes an
overview of the business, its financial dynamics and risks, and meetings with senior
management. Committee members are expected to have an understanding of the
principles of, and recent developments in, financial reporting, including the applicable
accounting standards and statements of recommended practice, key aspects of the
Company’s policies, financing, internal control mechanisms, and matters that require
the use of judgement in the presentation of accounts and key figures as well as the
role of Internal Audit and the External Auditor.
Objective
The objective of the Committee is the provision of effective governance over the
appropriateness of financial reporting of the Group, including the adequacy of
related disclosures, the performance of both the Internal Audit function and the
External Auditor and oversight of the Group’s systems of internal control, business
risks and related compliance activities.
Responsibility for assisting the Board in fulfilling its financial and
risk responsibilities.
Overseeing external financial reporting, internal controls, risk management and
reviewing the work of the Internal and External Auditors.
Advising the Board on the appointment of the External Auditor.
Considering significant judgements, assumptions and estimates made by
management in the financial statements.
Advising the Board on various statements made in the Annual Report including
those on viability, going concern, risks and controls and in particular for
ensuring that the financial statements, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced
and understandable.
The Committee’s key role is to assist the Board in discharging its duties and
responsibilities for financial reporting, internal control, the effectiveness of the
risk management process and in making recommendations to the Board on the
appointment of the External Auditor.
The Committee is responsible for the scope and results of the external audit work,
the related fees and cost effectiveness and for ensuring the independence and
objectivity of the External Auditor including the approval of the level of provision
of non-audit services.
The remuneration of the members of the Committee and the policy for the
remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors are set out on pages 114 to 140.
The Committee is authorised to investigate any matter within its Terms of
Reference (a copy of which can be found in the governance section of the
Company’s website at
and which are reviewed at least annually or
as required).
The Committee has access to the services of the Group Legal Director & Company
Secretary and, where necessary, the authority to obtain external legal or other
independent professional advice to fulfil its duties.
Main responsibilities
Role of Committee
AUDIT, RISKS AND INTERNAL CONTROLS
104
Meetings held
The Committee meets at least five times per year and has an agenda planner
linked to events in the Company’s financial calendar and other matters that arise
throughout the year, which fall for consideration by the Committee under its remit.
The Committee Chair agrees the timings and agendas for each meeting.
There were five scheduled Committee meetings held during the year (with two of
these meetings focused on matters relating to the half-year and full-year reporting).
The Committee reports to the Board after each Committee meeting. Attendance at
meetings during 2025 is shown in the table below:
Committee member
Member since
Meetings
attended
January 2024
5/5
Andriana Karaboutis * **
March 2024
5/5
January 2021
5/5
December 2022
5/5
Florence Tondu-Mélique
October 2018
5/5
Member to 30 April 2025.
** Andriana Karaboutis attended 1 meeting as a Member of the Committee and 4 meetings by invitation.
How the Committee keeps up to date
The Committee is kept up to date with changes to Accounting Standards and
relevant developments in financial reporting, company law and the various regulatory
frameworks through presentations from the Group’s External Auditor, Group Chief
Financial Officer, and Group Legal Director & Company Secretary. The Committee
may also receive tailored briefings from management and the Group’s External
Auditor from time to time. The Terms of Reference of the Audit Committee include
all the matters required under the Code and are reviewed at least annually by the
Committee. The Chair of the Committee meets informally and is in regular contact
with key individuals involved with the Company’s governance, including the Group
Chief Financial Officer, Group Director of Risk & Assurance and the Group Legal
Director & Company Secretary and prior to each Committee meeting, meets with
each of them and senior members of the external audit team.
In addition to its members, a standing invitation has been extended by the
Committee to the Chair and Group Chief Executive Officer to attend the Committee’s
meetings. The Group Chief Financial Officer, Group Finance Director, the Group
Director of Risk & Assurance, Group Legal Director & Company Secretary and the
External Auditor attend each of the Committee’s meetings. Other senior executives
from the Group are invited periodically to present reports to assist the Committee
in discharging its duties.
At least once a year, the Committee meets with (a) the Group Director of Risk &
Assurance and (b) senior members of the External Auditors without management
being present. The Chair of the Committee also normally attends the AGM to respond
to any Shareholder questions on its activities.
Activities of the Committee during the year
The Committee has a substantial agenda of established items to discharge its
responsibilities, while maintaining sufficient time for discussion of ad hoc matters
that arise throughout the year. The Committee relies on information and support
from management, receiving reports and presentations from business management,
the Heads of Key Group functions, Internal Audit and the External Auditor, which
it challenges as appropriate. Following each meeting, the Chair of the Committee
reports on the main discussion points and any actions arising from these to
the Board.
The Committee provides advice to the Board on the form and basis of conclusions
underlying the Viability statement as set out on page 69 and the going
concern assessment.
105
What the Committee did during the financial year ended 31 December 2025:
How the Committee discharged its responsibilities
Mar
June
Aug
Oct
Dec
Financial
Reporting
Reviewed and discussed the key accounting considerations and estimates and judgements reflected in the Group’s
results for the half year
■
Reviewed and discussed the key accounting considerations and estimates and judgements reflected in the
Group’s annual results
■
Reviewed the assessment supporting the going concern basis of accounting
■
■
Reviewed the Viability statement and considered the processes supporting the assessment of longer-term solvency and
liquidity of the Group
■
External Audit
Agreed the External Audit strategy and scope
Considered and, where appropriate, approved the instruction of the Group’s External Auditor’s provision of
non-audit services
Reviewed and considered the External Auditor’s report, including the External Auditor’s observations on the Group’s
internal control environment
Discussed the performance of Ernst & Young (‘EY’) who were the relevant External Auditor for the 2025 year-end audit,
assessed according to the Code
Met with the External Auditor without management present to discuss their remit and any concerns
Discussed and agreed the External Auditor remuneration in respect of audit services provided
Assessed the External Auditor’s independence, including non-audit services
Internal Audit
Considered and approved the remit of the Group Internal Audit function and the Internal Audit plan
Received and considered reports from the Group’s Internal Audit team covering various aspects of the Group’s operations,
controls and processes and monitored the progress made by management in addressing recommendations arising out
of these reports
Monitored and reviewed the effectiveness of the Group’s Internal Audit function in the context of the Group’s overall
risk management arrangements
Met with the Group Director of Risk & Assurance privately to discuss their remit and any concerns
106
How the Committee discharged its responsibilities
Mar
June
Aug
Oct
Dec
Internal
Controls
and Risk
Systems
Reviewed the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management system and internal controls in place to manage the
Group’s material existing and emerging risks
Reviewed and considered the Group’s risk register
Reviewed the risk management environment for each of the Group’s businesses by receiving presentations from the Chief
Operating/Financial Officers of the Principal Businesses
Reviewed the Committee’s own performance, composition and Terms of Reference, and recommended any changes the
Committee considers necessary for Board approval
Reviewed the reports provided by the Group’s Legal Director & Company Secretary on significant legal matters
Provision 29 readiness activities
The Committee is overseeing a project to ensure that the Group is ready to report in
accordance with Code Provision 29 on internal controls effectiveness, which applies
to the Company for the financial year commencing 1 January 2026. Management
provided the Committee with activity updates during the year.
Provision 29 will require a new declaration on the effectiveness of material controls,
which is effective from 1 January 2026. The Board will be required to provide:
a description of how the Board has monitored and reviewed the effectiveness
of the risk management and internal control framework;
a declaration of effectiveness of the material controls as at the balance sheet
date; and
a description of any material controls which have not operated effectively as at
the balance sheet date, the action taken, or proposed, to improve them and any
action taken to address previously reported issues.
107
During the year, in addition to its established review processes, the Committee
considered and reviewed a number of other areas. These included updates on the risk
and internal control environments within the Group’s North American, Asia Pacific,
Investment Management and EMEA businesses. In addition, the Committee examined
IT systems strategy including in particular the Group’s approach to cyber security.
The Committee specifically considered the processes and assessment of the Group’s
prospects and viability made by management to support the Viability statement
which can be found on page 69. The Committee’s review included consideration of
the time period adopted, the processes supporting the assessment of the Group’s
longer-term solvency and liquidity and the related assumptions. In addition, the
Committee considered key changes to legislation and regulation impacting the
Committee’s responsibilities including the Code and the new corporate fraud offence
under the Economic Crime & Corporate Transparency Act 2023 (ECCTA and changes
in processes and ongoing employee training to respond to these key changes).
The Committee considered and provided input into the determination of which of
the Group’s principal risks might have an impact on the Group’s longer-term solvency
and liquidity. It also reviewed the results of management’s scenario modelling,
including severe downside modelling, and the stress testing of those financial
models supporting the Viability statement and challenged management on the
appropriateness of the assumptions made.
Following discussions with management and the External Auditor, the Committee
approved the disclosures of these accounting policies and practices which are set
out in Note 2 to the financial statements on page 165.
Financial reporting
The Committee’s primary responsibility in relation to the Group’s financial reporting
is to review, with management and the External Auditor, the appropriateness of the
half-year and annual financial statements.
The Committee focuses on:
the quality and acceptability of accounting policies and practices;
material areas in which significant judgements have been applied or where
significant issues have been discussed with the External Auditor;
an assessment of whether the Annual Report & Accounts, taken as a whole, are
fair, balanced and understandable;
the clarity of the disclosures and compliance with financial reporting standards
and relevant financial and governance reporting requirements;
providing advice to the Board on the form and basis underlying the Viability
statement; and
any correspondence from regulators in relation to the Group’s financial reporting.
108
Significant financial reporting judgements
As part of its monitoring of the integrity of the financial statements, the Committee considers the appropriateness of the accounting policies proposed for adoption and
whether management has made appropriate estimates and judgements. To support its decision-making, the Committee seeks support and the views of the External Auditor
in these areas.
In accordance with Code provision 25, the following sets out the significant issues reviewed by the Committee throughout the year, being those requiring management to
exercise the highest level of judgement or estimation. The Committee assesses these judgements to determine if they are reasonable and appropriate.
Matter considered
Action
Revenue recognition
The Committee considered the presumed risk of fraud and management override defined by the International Accounting Standards.
The Committee discussed and actively challenged management’s conclusions in respect of revenue recognition policies, satisfying itself that
the approach applied to determine revenue recognised in FY25 was appropriate, consistent across the Group and in line with the Group’s
accounting policies.
The Committee also received and discussed the External Auditor reports setting out its work, testing and conclusions on this area. The Committee,
having actively challenged and considered both management’s judgements and the External Auditor’s conclusions, agreed that there were no
material issues in this area and that the approach taken was appropriate.
Goodwill impairment
The Committee considered management’s approach in relation to the carrying value of the Group’s businesses, including goodwill. The Committee
reviewed and considered the detailed analysis of the key inputs to forecast future cash flows and the process by which they were drawn up.
The Committee considered the appropriateness of the assumptions used and reviewed the impact of sensitivity analysis.
The Committee also considered if there were any reasonably possible changes in assumptions that would result in a material impairment and
therefore require further disclosure in the financial statements.
The Committee also considered a report from the External Auditor setting out its analysis and conclusions in this area.
The Committee was satisfied with the assumptions and judgements applied by Management.
The Committee also considered if there were any reasonably possible changes in assumptions that would result in a material impairment of the Group’s goodwill and therefore
require further disclosure in the financial statements. These are set out in Note 17 to the financial statements.
The Committee also considered a report from the External auditor setting out its analysis and conclusions in this area.
Overall, the Committee was satisfied with the assumptions made and judgements applied by management, as well as the disclosures made.
109
External auditor
The Committee advises the Board on the appointment of the External Auditor,
negotiates and agrees its remuneration for audit and non-audit work, reviews its
effectiveness, independence and objectivity and discusses the nature, scope and
results of the audit with the External Auditor.
External Auditor appointment
Ernst & Young LLP (‘EY’) in 2019
Last tender
Financial Year 2019
Transition year
Year ending 31 December 2020
First shareholder approval of
current auditor
May 2021
First audited Annual Report
Year ending 31 December 2021
Lead audit engagement partner
Christabel Cowling from year ending
31 December 2022
Reappointment
Approved at the 2025 AGM
Next audit tender required
by regulations
For the year ending 31 December 2029
Effectiveness
The Committee assesses the effectiveness of the External Auditor continuously
throughout the year and also considers the appropriateness of the audit plan on
an annual basis, in addition to the level of the External Auditor’s fees. The review
covered a broad range of matters including amongst other matters, the quality of
staff, its expertise, resources and the independence of the audit.
The Committee holds private meetings with the External Auditor at the March
and August Committee meetings to provide additional opportunity for open
conversations and allows the Committee to assess whether the External Auditor
has appropriately challenged management’s analysis and feedback to/from the
Committee and the External Auditor without management being present. The Chair
of the Committee also meets with the Lead audit engagement partner and other
senior members of the External Audit team outside the formal Committee process
throughout the year.
The Committee considered the External Audit plan for the year and assessed how
the External Auditor had performed including consideration of the robustness of
their challenge and findings on areas which required judgement, the strength and
depth of the lead partners and feedback from the Group’s management.
The Committee considers that the External Auditor relationship is appropriate and
the Committee is satisfied with EY’s overall effectiveness.
Independence
An important aspect of managing the External Auditor relationship, and of the annual
effectiveness review, is ensuring that there are adequate safeguards to protect auditor
objectivity and independence. The Committee regards independence of the External
Auditor as absolutely crucial in safeguarding the integrity of the audit process and
takes responsibility for ensuring the three-way relationship between the Committee,
the External Auditor and management remains appropriate. In conducting its
annual assessment, the Committee reviews the External Auditor’s own policies and
procedures for safeguarding its objectivity and independence. As one of the ways in
which it seeks to protect the independence and objectivity of the External Auditor,
the Committee has a policy governing the engagement of the External Auditor to
provide non-audit services and its assessment of EY’s independence is underpinned
by this policy. In accordance with the FRC’s Ethical Standard and the Group’s policy
in place to 31 December 2025, the Committee approved only those non-audit
services which were permissible under the FRC’s Ethical Standard.
110
As part of the Committee’s assessment as to whether the 2025 Annual Report
and Financial Statements, taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable,
the Committee has oversight of and reviews the effectiveness of key processes
implemented by management.
In doing so, the Committee considers whether management’s disclosures
reflect the supporting detail, or challenge management to explain and justify
their interpretation and, if necessary, re-present the information. The External
Auditor supports this process in the course of its statutory audit by auditing
the Group’s accounting records against agreed accounting practices, relevant
laws and regulation. The External Auditor’s report can be found on pages 147 to
158. Following this review and challenge process, the Committee was pleased to
advise the Board that the 2025 Annual Report and Accounts is fair, balanced and
understandable and that the Directors have provided the necessary information
for Shareholders to assess the Group’s position, prospects, business model
and strategy.
In addition to the above, the Committee also undertakes a review to determine if
the entire financial statements are representative of the Group’s performance in
the year and challenges management on the overall balance of the Annual Report
and Accounts prior to recommending approval of the financial statements to the
Board. This includes the financial reporting responsibilities of the Directors under
Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006.
The Audit Committee’s role in ensuring the financial statements
taken as a whole are fair, balanced and understandable
Audit and non-audit fees
To further safeguard the independence of the Company’s External Auditor and the
integrity of the audit process, recruitment of senior employees from the External
Auditor is not allowed for an appropriate period after they cease to provide services
to the Company.
The Committee is satisfied that the Company was compliant during the year with
both the UK Corporate Governance Code and the FRC’s Ethical and Auditing
Standards for the scope and permitted level of fees incurred for non-audit
services provided.
Details of the fees paid to the External Auditor can be found in Note 10.1 to the
financial statements on page 178. The Company maintains a policy governing
the provision of non-audit services to the Group. During the financial year ended
31 December 2025 contracts for non-audit services in excess of £0.1m required
Committee approval and the Chair of the Audit Committee approved new
instructions for non-audit services below this level.
£m
£m
£m
Audit fees
4.6
4.4
4.2
Non audit fees
0.4
0.4
0.4
The Committee was satisfied that in view of their knowledge and experience of the
Company, that when EY was used, it was best placed to provide such non-audit
services and that their objectivity and independence had not been impaired by
reason of this further work. In line with the Company’s policy on the provision of
non-audit work, the Committee reviewed the provision of non-audit work provided
by the External Auditor for the financial year ended 31 December 2025 on a case-by-
case basis.
The Directors confirm that, insofar as they are each aware, there is no relevant audit
information of which EY is unaware and each Director has taken the steps that ought
to have been taken as a Director to be aware of any relevant audit information and to
establish that EY is aware of that information.
Regulatory reporting
The Financial Reporting Council (‘FRC’) publishes thematic reviews and other
guidance to help companies improve the quality of corporate reporting through
the provision of guidance and reviews of the quality of reporting across public
companies. The Group routinely reviews these FRC publications.
111
Audit Committees and the external audit:
Minimum standard
The Committee confirms that for the year ended 31 December 2025, it has complied
with the Audit Committees and the External Audit: Minimum Standard (the Standard).
The current External Auditor, EY was appointed following an audit tender process in
2019, and approval at the Company’s 2021 AGM. EY’s reappointment was approved at
the 2025 AGM. Christabel Cowling is the lead audit partner and has held the role since
2022. The Committee disclosed the criteria used to make its selection and the process
followed on page 77 of the 2019 Annual Report and Accounts.
The Committee has outlined in the table below the activities it has undertaken to
meet the requirements of the Standard.
Reporting Area
Our activities
Significant issues that the
Committee considered relating to
the financial statements
See page 109
Application of the entity’s
accounting policies
See page 165
Shareholder request for certain
matters to be covered in an audit
N/a as at 31 December 2025 we
have not received any requests from
shareholders that certain matters be
covered in an audit
Assessment of the independence
and effectiveness of the external
audit process
See page 110
External audit tender and appointment
See page 110
An explanation of how auditor
independence and objectivity has
been safeguarded if non-audit
services are provided
Details of the findings of a regulatory
inspection of the quality of the
company’s audit
N/A
Internal control and risk management
Internal Audit
The Committee has the primary responsibility for the oversight of the Group’s
system of internal control, including the risk management framework, the compliance
framework, and the work of the Group’s Internal Audit functions.
The Internal Audit function provides independent and objective assurance as to the
adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls and risk management
systems. During 2025, Internal Audit services were delivered by the Group’s Director
of Risk and Assurance with delivery support from two audit firms – RSM LLP (‘RSM’)
and Grant Thornton LLP. Savills IM has its own Head of Internal Audit who has
responsibility for Internal Audit planning and delivery within Savills IM with support
from RSM, and who reports to the Group Risk Committee and the Audit Committee
on findings and actions arising from Internal Audit within Savills IM. The Group Risk
Committee and Audit Committee approve the SIM annual Internal Audit Plan.
The Board’s responsibility for internal control and risk is detailed on page 81 and is
incorporated into this report by reference.
The Group’s Director of Risk and Assurance attended all scheduled Audit Committee
meetings, and the SIM Head of Internal Audit attended by invitation two meetings and
provided a range of presentations and papers to the Committee, through which the
Committee monitored the effectiveness of all of the Group’s material internal controls,
including financial, operational and compliance controls on behalf of the Board.
The Committee reviews and approves the Internal Audit plan and SIM Internal Audit
plan annually which is aligned to the review by management and the Group’s risk
management framework. During the year the Committee received progress against
those plans, while the effectiveness, workload of the Internal Audit functions and the
adequacy of available resources were monitored throughout the year. The Committee
ensures that Internal Audit was appropriately resourced with the skills and experience
relevant to the operations of the Group and that information was made available to it
to enable it to fulfil its mandate to the appropriate professional standards.
The Committee reviews Internal Audit reports from both Group and SIM on a
regular basis and monitors the status of all Internal Audit recommendations and
management’s responsiveness to their implementation, and challenges both Internal
Audit and management where appropriate to provide assurance that the control
environment is robust and effective. Management is responsible for ensuring that
issues raised by Internal Audit are addressed within an agreed timetable, and the
Committee reviews their timely completion.
112
In assessing the performance of Internal Audit, the Committee considered and
monitored its effectiveness in the context of the Company’s risk management
system and took into account management’s assessment of and responsiveness to
the Internal Auditor’s findings and recommendations and reports from the External
Auditor on issues identified during the course of their work.
Assessment of Group’s system of internal control, including the
risk management framework
The Board is responsible for monitoring and reviewing the Company’s risk
management and internal control systems. The Committee, on behalf of the Board,
keeps under review the adequacy and effectiveness of these systems and, at least
annually undertakes a robust review of the effectiveness of the system of risk
management and internal control.
During 2025, in performing its review of effectiveness, the Committee reviewed and
assessed the following reports and activities:
Internal Audit reports on the review of the controls across the Group and its
monitoring of management actions arising from these reviews;
management’s own assessment of risk and the performance of the system of risk
management and internal control during 2025;
reports from the Group Director of Risk & Assurance including reports on Group-
wide risk assessment activity and annual self-assessment findings;
reports from the SIM Head of Risk & Compliance and the SIM Head of Internal
Audit; and
reports from the External Auditor on any issues identified during the course of
their work.
The Committee and the Board considered that the information received was
sufficient to enable a review of the effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls
in accordance with the FRC’s Guidance on Risk Management, Internal Control and
Related Financial and Business Reporting.
Review of the effectiveness of the risk management and internal
control systems
The principal existing and emerging risks and uncertainties faced by the Group and
the associated mitigating actions for these are set out on pages 31 to 39.
The Board, assisted by the Audit Committee, is responsible for reviewing the
operation and effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls. The internal control
system is designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve
business objectives and can provide only reasonable and not absolute assurance
against material misstatement or loss.
The Board is also responsible for ensuring that appropriate systems are in place to
enable it to identify, assess and manage key risks. This responsibility includes the
determination of the nature and extent of the principal risks the Board is willing
to take to achieve its strategic objectives and for ensuring that an appropriate
culture has been embedded throughout the organisation. The Board’s attitude and
appetite to risk is communicated to the Group’s businesses through the strategy
planning processes.
The Board is supported by the Audit Committee in discharging its oversight
duties with regard to internal control and risk management. During the year, the
Audit Committee on behalf of the Board, reviewed the effectiveness of the risk
management systems and internal control systems, including financial, operational
and compliance controls. The Board did not identify any significant failings or
weaknesses in the year. Taking into account the principal existing and emerging
risks and uncertainties set out on pages 31 to 39, and the ongoing work of the Audit
Committee in monitoring the risk management and internal control systems on
behalf of the Board, the Board remains satisfied that the review of internal controls
did not reveal any significant weaknesses and they continue to operate effectively.
113
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
As Chair of the Committee, I would like
to thank those Shareholders who took
part in the engagement process during
the development of our Policy, along
with those who supported the Policy
at our 2025 AGM. The Committee was
pleased with the strong support from
Shareholders which demonstrates the
continued support for both the Policy
and our wider remuneration philosophy.
Board changes
In April the Board announced that Mark
Ridley would be retiring from his role as
Group Chief Executive on 31 December
2025. Details of his retirement terms
are set out later in this report. The
Committee would like to thank Mark for
his significant contribution to Savills over
his 29 year career at Savills, including the
last seven years as Group Chief Executive.
Under Mark’s leadership, the business has
delivered meaningful growth during one
of the most challenging periods in Savills
history. This included navigating the
impact of Brexit and its aftermath, the
COVID-19 pandemic, and more recently
continued global geopolitical uncertainty.
The Board was pleased to announce
that Mark would be succeeded as Group
Chief Executive by the Group Chief
Financial Officer, Simon Shaw, effective
1 January 2026.
Dear Shareholder
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased
to introduce our 2025 Directors’
Remuneration Report (the ‘Report’).
Included within this Report are details
of how we implemented our Directors’
Remuneration Policy (the ‘Policy’) in
2025, how we intend to operate the
Policy in 2026, along with a summary
of the Policy which was approved by
Shareholders at our 2025 AGM.
This Report has been prepared on behalf of
the Board by the Remuneration Committee
(the ‘Committee’) in accordance with
the requirements of the Companies Act
2006 and the Large and Medium-sized
Companies and Groups (Accounts and
Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2008
(as amended) (‘Regulations’) and the
auditable disclosures referred to in the
External Auditor’s report on pages 147 to
158 as specified by the UK Listing Authority
and the Regulations.
Richard
Orders
Andriana
(with effect from
1 June 2025)
Dana
Roffman
Richard
Orders
Chair of the
Committee
Annual statement
114
Following an extensive search process,
Simon will be succeeded by Nick
Sanderson who was previously Chief
Financial Officer and previously
Operating Officer at Great Portland
Estates PLC. Nick joined the business
from 9 February 2026, and joins the
Board from 12 March 2026. As part of
his joining arrangement Nick received
a buyout award in line with the terms
of our Shareholder approved Policy.
Further details are set out later in
this report.
Our remuneration philosophy
As set out in previous reports, our
long-standing focus and business
philosophy is founded on the premise
that staff in our sector are motivated
through performance-based incentives
(variable remuneration) consistent
with our partnership culture. We firmly
believe that this approach best aligns
Shareholders’ and management’s
interests and incentivises superior
performance and the creation of
long-term Shareholder value. This
approach also ensures that our reward
arrangements are consistent with, and
sensitive to, the cyclical nature of real
estate markets.
Our Policy is designed to deliver
these objectives and to provide
the reward potential necessary for
the Company to attract, retain and
motivate the high-calibre individuals
on whom its continued growth and
development depend.
Reflecting this philosophy, the salaries
for the Executive Directors, Group
Executive Board members and senior
fee-earners are set significantly
below market medians for similar
businesses, with a greater emphasis
on the performance-related elements
of profit share and/or, outside the UK,
commission in the total reward package.
The Committee is mindful of its
responsibility to reward appropriately,
but not excessively. As such, it places
great emphasis on the calibration of
Executive Director remuneration and
structure against internal relativities
and wider market conditions, while
also rigorously assessing external
competitive positioning in setting
remuneration. Finally, it determines
targets to ensure that reward properly
reflects performance, that it supports
the delivery of our strategic and
operational objectives and that it is fair
to management and Shareholders alike.
Overall, allowing for our growth and the
shape of our business, our target staff
employment costs over the cycle are in
the range of 65%–75% of revenues which
the Committee regards as a key metric
from a Shareholder’s perspective.
The Committee is comfortable that
our remuneration philosophy remains
appropriate and continues to align to
the best interests of our stakeholders.
This alignment was demonstrated by the
strong level of Shareholder support for
our Policy at our 2025 AGM.
2025 performance and
remuneration outcomes
Overall, global commercial property
investment rose by 10% in 2025, driven
in large part by the US, the world’s
largest market, which recorded an
18% increase year-on-year. Elsewhere,
market conditions were less favourable,
with macroeconomic headwinds and
geopolitical uncertainty, in particular
resulting from continuing changes in US
tariff policy, which weighed on investor
and occupier sentiment. By the end of
Q3, the US was still the only market to
record year-on-year transaction volume
growth. However, recovery in EMEA and
parts of Asia Pacific resulted in a marked
increase in investment volumes during
the fourth quarter.
Against this challenging backdrop,
Group revenue increased by 6% to
£2.6bn (2024: £2.4bn), representing
growth of 8% on a constant currency
basis. The Group’s Transactional
businesses delivered revenue growth
of 4% year-on-year, despite market
headwinds, particularly in Q2 and Q3,
driven by heightened geopolitical and
economic uncertainty. During this
period, transaction pipelines continued
to build globally as many investors and
occupiers deferred completion decisions
while maintaining work in progress. As
market sentiment improved, the Group
delivered a strong close to the year
in Q4. The Group’s Less Transactional
businesses of Consultancy, Property and
Facilities Management and Investment
Management grew revenue by 7.5% in
aggregate, with Consultancy delivering
particularly strong growth of 11%.
The Group’s underlying profit increased
by 11% to £145.3m (2024: £130.4m), with
the margin increasing by 30bps to 5.7%
(2024: 5.4%).
Underlying profit in the Transactional
businesses increased by 13%, reflecting
inherent operational gearing and the
benefits of restructuring undertaken in
prior periods in certain markets.
The Group’s strength across its Less
Transactional service lines continued
to provide a resilient earnings stream,
delivering a 15% increase in underlying
profit. The strong revenue performance
of our Consultancy business flowed
through to the bottom line with a 19%
increase in underlying profit.
The Group delivered increased revenues
and underlying profit across all three
regions, EMEA, Asia Pacific and North
America, with the Continental Europe
and Middle Eastern business, which
has been the focus of significant
management action, delivering a marked
improvement for the second consecutive
year, reporting a break-even position in
2025 (2024: £7.4m underlying loss).
Savills Investment Management business
delivered revenues of £94.8m (2024:
£94.0m), with underlying profit increasing
by 38% to £13.9m (2024: £10.1m), largely
as a result of the benefit of cost savings
from initiatives implemented in 2024.
115
Assets Under Management (‘AUM’),
including undrawn commitments,
increased to £22.9bn (2024: £21.7bn),
with the business raising £2.3bn of
capital in 2025.
Given the further market challenges faced
during the year, the Group implemented
additional restructuring initiatives,
particularly within the German business
and in Mainland China, where market
transaction volumes declined by more
than 20% for the third consecutive year.
The Group recognised restructuring costs
of £30.4m during the year (2024: £17.2m).
The Group continued to maintain a
strong balance sheet with net cash (cash
and cash equivalents net of borrowings
and overdrafts) of £167.7m at year-end
(2024: £176.3m).
Annual performance-related
profit share
The Committee carefully considered the
approach to the setting of targets for
the annual performance-related profit
share. Considering the ongoing market
uncertainty, the Committee considered
it appropriate to continue to set a broad
range of financial targets. However, a key
input into the target setting process was
the fact that the maximum opportunity
increased for 2025 under our revised
Policy and as a result the Committee took
this into account when setting the targets
which were set at a significant premium
at each performance point (threshold,
target and maximum) versus the
targets set in 2024.
The final range of targets set ensured
that, overall, we struck the right balance
between setting stretching performance
targets to drive performance, whilst also
setting realistic targets which would
incentivise management.
Profit performance was £145.3m, which
was marginally ahead of the stretching
target performance goal set but well
below the maximum. This represented
circa 63% of the maximum under the
performance-related profit element.
With regard to performance against
non-financial targets, the Committee
considered that the Executive Directors
delivered strongly during the year
against the key strategic and operational
objectives that were set, in particular
in the execution of the Group’s agreed
leadership succession plan.
Overall, the formulaic outcome was circa
70% for the Group CEO and circa 72%
for the Group CFO of the maximum. The
Committee considered the formulaic
outcome against the wider financial and
non-financial performance of the Group,
along with the stakeholder experience.
The Committee, noting the below
performance highlights deemed the
formulaic outcome to be appropriate and
therefore no adjustments were made.
Revenue up 6% to £2.6bn
(2024: £2.4bn)
Group underlying profit up 11% to
£145.3m (2024: £130.4m)
Revenue in the Group’s Less
Transactional businesses of
Consultancy and Property and
Facilities Management grew by 11%
and 6% respectively
Underlying basic EPS up 18% to 78.0p
Strong liquidity position maintained
with net cash (cash and cash
equivalents net of borrowings and
overdrafts in the notional pooling
arrangements) of £167.7m at year-end
(2024: £176.3m)
Full details of the annual performance-
related profit share awards approved
by the Committee for the Executive
Directors are included along with the
other elements of remuneration in the
total remuneration table on page 123
of this Report.
Performance Share Plan
The awards granted in 2023 were set
with reference to challenging EPS,
ROCE and relative TSR performance
targets. As a result of a combination
of challenging market conditions and
geopolitical factors during the three year
period ending 31 December 2025, the
threshold targets were not met for any
of the three measures and as a result
there is no vesting for the 2023 LTIP.
Further details regarding performance
targets are set out on page 119 of
this Report.
With regards to our 2025 PSP awards,
as a result of extended close periods
throughout 2025 that were caused by
The KPIs are calculated as the change in
the KPI over the period 31 December 2020–
31 December 2025. The COVID-19 pandemic
resulted in greater market volatility during
the period (i.e. the pandemic impacted
both the volume and timing of transactions
across this period).
**
The dividend cost for 2025 comprises the
cost of the final dividend recommended by
the Board (amounting to £21.8m) alongside
the supplemental interim dividend (amounting
to £14.8m), payment of which is subject to
Shareholder approval at the Company’s Annual
General Meeting (‘AGM’) scheduled to be held
on 13 May 2026 and payable to Shareholders
on the Register of Members as at 10 April 2026
and the interim dividend (£10.1m) paid on
29 September 2025.
***
Executive Director remuneration reflects
the change in the total (‘Single Figure’)
remuneration paid to the Group Chief Executive
Officer and Group Chief Financial Officer
role holders over the period 1 January 2021–
31 December 2025.
+50
Underlying Profit
+23
Total Shareholder Return
+96
Dividend Payments to Shareholders**
+132
Executive Director Remuneration***
2021–2025 Overview*
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
116
a combination of leadership changes
and corporate activity, we were not
able to grant awards during the year.
The Committee is in the process of
reviewing the implications of this as
part of considering awards for 2026.
Workforce and governance
developments
During the year, the Committee received
updates on the approach to workforce
remuneration and the latest trends within
the market. Whilst inflation has generally
subsided from the highs seen in 2022 and
2023, the Committee remains cognisant
that employees in some markets continue
to face cost-of-living pressures. Sensitive
to this we continued to expand our
employee benefit and financial wellbeing
programmes. In the UK we continued to
partner with Royal London and Howden
SPF Private Clients, maintaining a year-
long programme of financial wellbeing
communications which were bespoke
to specific employee demographics. We
also launched a Royal London Stocks
and Shares ISA for employees with
an exceptionally competitive annual
management charge. In Savills CEME
business, for example in Portugal, personal
finance workshops were conducted,
whilst employees in the Middle East, a no
cost employee mortgage arrangement
service was established with Howden SPF
Private Clients, mirroring the long-standing
arrangements in the UK. Equally in the US,
a LegalEase insurance plan was made
available to enrolled members connecting
employees with an attorney to assist in
financial matters, estate planning and more.
With regard to engagement with
employees on pay, this continues to be
facilitated through the Savills workforce
engagement programme, including
our digital portal facility, which allows
the Non-Executive Directors to receive
feedback on any topic, including how
executive remuneration aligns with wider
employee remuneration and supports
the Group’s strategy.
2026 remuneration
Simon Shaw was appointed Group CEO
on 1 January 2026 on a base salary of
£400,000. Whilst the salary is an increase
on the former Group CEO (£311,000), it
has been set in the context of both our
unique remuneration philosophy and
also to maintain appropriate internal
relativities as the executive leadership
team has evolved. For comparison, while
Savills consistently ranks within the top-
half of the FTSE 250 Index in terms of
size, the salary is well below the lower
quartile benchmark for the CEOs within
the Index (£569,000). With regards to
Nick Sanderson, appointed 9 February
2026, his salary was set at £280,000 from
appointment. His salary has again been set
in the context of our unique remuneration
philosophy and well below the lower
quartile benchmark for the CFOs within
the FTSE 250 Index (£400,000).
The salary budget for the UK workforce
for 2026 is 3%.
The pension contributions for both
Executive Directors of 8% of salary
continue to align with the rate available
to the UK workforce.
Consistent with the terms of our 2025
Directors’ Remuneration Policy, the Group
CEO’s annual performance-related profit
share limit for 2026 will be £3.93m (i.e. the
2025 limit increased by 2025 CPI at 3.4%).
With regards to the newly appointed
Group CFO, whilst the 2026 profit
share limit for the role under the 2025
Directors’ Remuneration Policy will be
£3m (i.e. the 2025 limit increased by
2025 CPI), the Committee is to apply a
lower limit to the role at £2.6m. This lower
limit versus the Policy is in recognition
of several factors that include the Group
CFO being new in role and the breadth
of the current responsibilities of the
role being refined relative to the role
undertaken by Simon Shaw as Group
CFO. Any bonus earned will also be pro-
rated for the period of employment of
the new Group CFO during the year. The
Committee will review the positioning
of the Group CFO’s profit share versus
the limit as part of determining an
appropriate level for 2027.
Awards will continue to be based on Group
underlying profit performance (75%) and
on the achievement of pre-set personal
strategic and operational objectives
(25%). The underlying profit performance
targets are commercially sensitive and will
therefore be fully disclosed retrospectively
in next year’s report.
Subject to the conclusions of the
Committee’s review of the impact of the
Company being unable to grant 2025
PSP awards during the year, the current
expectation is that the 2026 PSP will
remain consistent with the approach
taken in previous years.
This will include an award of performance
shares with a value of 200% of base salary
for the Group CEO and the incoming
Group CFO. The performance metrics
will also remain unchanged from the
2024 award, being EPS growth, relative
total Shareholder return and ROCE with
an equal weighting applying to each
metric. Should the Committee conclude
that a different approach is warranted in
relation to 2026 PSP awards as a result
of being unable to grant awards in 2025,
appropriate engagement would take place
with the Company’s major shareholders.
In line with Policy, any vested or unvested
PSP award shares where performance
conditions have been met at the
conclusion of the performance period will
be subject to a further two-year holding
period. Further details regarding the
performance measures and associated
targets can be found on page 119.
Conclusion
Overall, the Committee is satisfied
the Policy operated as intended for
2025 and that outcomes reflect the
financial and non-financial performance
delivered during the period.
I would again like to thank those
Shareholders who supported our
Policy during the year, and I hope
you will support this Report at our
AGM on 13 May 2026. I welcome any
comments or feedback you may have
on the Committee’s activities in 2025,
or our proposals for 2026.
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
117
Remuneration Policy
The Policy was approved by Shareholders at our AGM on 14 May 2025 and is
intended to apply for a period of up to three years from this date. The full Policy is
available in the 2024 Annual Report, which can be accessed at
www.savills.com
.
The Group’s remuneration arrangements for the Executive Directors, Group Executive
Board members and senior fee-earners are structured to provide a competitive mix
of variable performance-related (i.e. annual performance profit share and longer-term
incentives) and fixed remuneration (principally base salary) to reflect individual and
corporate performance. The objective is to set targets which provide an appropriate
balance between being achievable and stretching.
In determining the remuneration of the Executive Directors and reviewing that of the
Group Executive Board members, the Committee reviews the role and responsibilities
of the individual, their performance, the arrangements applying across the wider
workforce and internal pay relativities. It also considers sector and broader market
practice in the context of the prevailing economic conditions and corporate
performance on environmental, social and governance issues.
Provision 40 of the UK Corporate Governance Code
The Committee has ensured that the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and practices
are consistent with the six factors set out in Provision 40 of the UK Corporate
Governance Code:
Clarity –
Our Directors’ Remuneration Policy is well understood by our senior
executive team and has been clearly articulated to our Shareholders and
representative bodies (both on an ongoing basis and during consultation
when changes are being made).
Simplicity –
The Committee is mindful of the need to avoid overly complex
remuneration structures which can be misunderstood and deliver unintended
outcomes. Therefore, a key objective of the Committee is to ensure that
our Directors’ Remuneration Policy and practices are straightforward to
communicate and operate.
Risk –
Our Directors’ Remuneration Policy has been designed to ensure that
inappropriate risk-taking is discouraged and will not be rewarded via (i) the
balanced use of both annual incentives and long-term incentives which employ a
blend of financial, non-financial and Shareholder return targets, (ii) the significant
role played by shares in our incentive plans including the deferral under the
annual performance-related profit share (together with in-employment and post-
cessation shareholding guidelines) and (iii) malus/clawback provisions within all
our incentive plans.
Predictability –
Our incentive plans are subject to individual caps, with our share
plans also subject to market standard dilution limits. The use of shares within
our incentive plans means that actual pay outcomes are highly aligned to the
experience of our Shareholders.
Proportionality –
There is a clear link between individual awards, delivery of
strategy and our long-term performance. In addition, the significant role played
by incentive/‘at-risk’ pay, together with the structure of the Executive Directors’
service contracts, ensures that poor performance is not rewarded.
Alignment to culture –
Our executive pay policies are fully aligned to the
Company’s culture through the use of metrics in both the Annual performance-
related profit share and PSP that measure how we perform against key aspects of
our strategy, which has the objective of delivering sustainable growth in profit and
ROCE. A similar structure operates across the Group.
Non-Executive Director fees are set consistent with the median for the FTSE 250
and are subject to annual review with the established approach being to limit any
increases to the level awarded to the wider UK workforce and flexibility retained to
make more significant adjustments based on any material increases to the size of
the Company and/or time commitment of the role. No increases applied in 2025.
Additional fees, again, are set consistent with the median for the FTSE 250 and are
payable to the Senior Independent Director and Committee Chairs to recognise their
additional responsibilities. The Chair’s fee, again, is set at levels consistent with the
median for the FTSE 250 and is subject to annual review, generally capped at CPI. As
with the Non-Executive Directors, no increase to the Chair fee was applied for 2025.
118
Overview of the Policy
A summary of the Policy for Executive Directors and how it will be applied for
2026 is set out below.
Element
Summary of approach
Application of Policy for 2026
Base salary
Base salaries are set significantly
below market median levels, in
line with the Group’s philosophy
of placing the emphasis
on variable, performance-
related remuneration.
Salaries from appointment will be
as follows:
Group Chief Executive Officer:
£400,000
Group Chief Financial Officer:
£280,000
Pension
Pension benefits are provided
through a Group personal
pension plan, as a non-
pensionable salary supplement
or as a contribution to a
personal pension arrangement.
Pension contributions are in line
with the UK workforce standard
contribution rate of 8% of salary.
Pension contributions/salary supplements
to be aligned with the UK workforce
contribution rate of 8% of salary.
Benefits
Benefits include:
Medical insurance benefits;
Annual car/car allowance
(currently up to £9,000 p.a.);
Permanent health insurance;
Life insurance; and
Relocation expenses.
Benefits in line with Policy.
Element
Summary of approach
Application of Policy for 2026
Annual
performance-
related profit
share
Reflects the Group’s annual
profit performance and
personal performance against
pre-set objectives and
overall contribution.
In line with the Group’s
philosophy that there is greater
emphasis (than is the norm for
listed companies) on variable
performance-related pay.
Consequently, 50% of any award
payable above an amount equal
to base salary is deferred into
shares for three years.
Malus and clawback
provisions apply.
Policy maximum profit share limits
for 2026:
CEO: £3.93m
CFO: £3.00m
Actual profit share limits to apply
for 2026:
CEO: £3.93m
CFO: £2.60m
(prorated for service)
Performance
Share Plan
(PSP)
Awards of shares are made
subject to a three-year
performance period. Any
awards which satisfy the three-
year performance conditions
attaching to them will then be
subject to an additional two-year
holding period before vesting.
The maximum award potential
remains at 200% of base salary,
subject to an overall annual
maximum of shares with a value
of £1m on award per participant.
Malus and clawback
provisions apply.
Subject to the conclusions of the
Committee’s review of the impact of
the Company being unable to grant
2025 PSP awards during the year, the
current expectation is that the awards
for 2026 will be up to 200% of base
salary. The current expectation is that the
performance targets for the 2026 awards
(three-year performance period ending
31 December 2028) will be:
one-third of the award will vest subject
to Earnings Per Share performance;
one-third will vest subject to relative
TSR performance against the FTSE
Mid 250 Index (excluding investment
trusts); and
one-third will vest subject to
ROCE performance
Share
ownership
guidelines
Achieved through share
purchase and/or retention of
any after-tax shares which vest
pursuant to the Group’s share
plans until the guideline is met.
700% of base salary for the Group
Chief Executive Officer and Group
Chief Financial Officer while in post.
250% of salary applying for two years
post-cessation.
119
Minimum
Target
Maximum
£6m
£
£1m
£2m
£3m
£4m
£5m
75%
16%
£2,078,616
£3,753,616
£3,473,616
Minimum
Target
Maximum
£6m
£
£1m
£2m
£3m
£4m
£5m
14%
9%
15%
9%
78%
79%
76%
15%
7%
7%
£3,099,610
£5,573,060
£5,173,060
£443,860
£313,616
Illustrations of application of the Policy
The charts below illustrate how much the current Executive Directors could earn under four different performance scenarios for 2026: ‘Minimum’, ‘On-target performance’,
‘Maximum’ and ‘Maximum with share price growth’, based on the assumptions below.
Group Chief Executive Officer
Group Chief Financial Officer
Element in the chart above
Component
Minimum
Target
Maximum
Fixed pay
Base salary
2026 base salaries
Pension
8% of salary
Benefits
2025 ‘single figure’ amounts
Annual award
Annual performance-related
profit share
0% of
maximum award
62.5% of
maximum award
CEO – £3.93m
CFO – £2.6m
Long-term award
PSP
0% of
25% of
CEO – 200% of salary
CFO – 200% of salary
Other assumptions
‘Maximum with share price growth’ is as ‘Maximum’ including assumed 50% share price growth.
Excludes additional shares representing the value of dividends declared during the vesting period which may attach to the deferred
element of any annual performance-related profit share award or PSP award at vesting.
Assumes that no awards are made under tax advantaged all-employee share plans.
The proposed new policy does not include an ‘on-target’ level for the annual performance-related profit share so 62.5% of maximum
award has been used for illustrative purposes.
Fixed pay
Annual award
Long-term award
50% share price growth on long-term award
120
Annual Report on Remuneration
Role of the Committee
The principal role of the Committee is to support the Group to achieve its strategic
objectives by designing a Remuneration Policy consistent with the Group’s business
model and values, such that we have the ability to attract, recruit, retain and motivate
the high-calibre individuals needed to deliver the Group’s strategy and promote
the long-term interests of the Company. The Committee also considers the broader
implications of the Policy in the context of environmental, social and governance
(‘ESG’) considerations and how the Policy best supports the Group’s delivery of
its objectives in these areas. The Committee is responsible for the broad policy
governing senior employee remuneration. It sets the actual levels of all elements
of the remuneration of the Executive Directors, the Chair of the Company and the
GEB members. The Committee also considers workforce remuneration and related
policies and the alignment of incentives and rewards with culture, risk management
and the Group’s ESG objectives and when setting the policy for Executive Director
remuneration takes those matters into account. The Policy remains under periodic
review to ensure that it remains consistent with the Company’s scale and scope of
operations, supports its business strategy, its environmental, social and governance
strategy and its growth plans and helps drive the creation of Shareholder value.
The Committee also oversees the operation of Savills employee share schemes.
Committee members and attendees
As shown in the table below, during the year the Committee comprised the
following Independent Non-Executive Directors, with the following attendees:
Committee member
Position
Status
Chair of the Committee
Member of the Committee
Andriana Karaboutis
Member of the Committee
Committee attendee
Position
Status
Group Chief Executive
Officer until
31 December 2025
Attended by invitation (except
when his own remuneration
was discussed)
Chris Lee
Group Legal Director &
Company Secretary
Provided advice and support
(except when his own
remuneration was discussed)
as well as acting as Secretary
to the Committee
Korn Ferry
External advisor
Provided independent advice
and kept the Committee up
to date on market and best
practice developments
Simon Shaw, the former Group Chief Financial Officer, now Group Chief Executive
Officer, was invited to attend meetings to provide an overview of market conditions
and the Group’s financial performance.
2025 attendance
Meetings
attended
Meetings
eligible to
attend
As at 31 December 2025 and up to the date of this Report, the Committee wholly
comprised Independent Non-Executive Directors. Biographies of each of the
Committee members can be found on pages 76 to 79.
121
The Committee met three times during 2025. The principal agenda items considered
by the Committee during the year were as follows:
reviewing 2025 AGM voting outcomes and associated investor feedback in
relation to the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and 2024 Remuneration Report;
determining 2024 performance-based profit share and 2022 LTIP outcomes;
developments in workforce remuneration;
agreeing performance targets for both the 2025 annual performance-related profit
share and Performance Share Plan awards (not granted as a result of extended
close periods through the year), mindful of uncertain market conditions;
preparing an Annual Directors’ Remuneration Report consistent with the
legislation relating to executive remuneration;
agreeing the remuneration arrangements in relation to Executive Director
changes; and
agreeing the remuneration packages of the Executive Directors and
GEB members.
Advisors to the Committee
The Committee receives independent external advice on executive remuneration
from Korn Ferry which was appointed as Remuneration Advisor in 2021. Korn Ferry’s
fees for advising the Remuneration Committee during 2025 were £57,898.
The Committee is satisfied that the advice received from Korn Ferry during the year
was entirely objective and independent. The Committee will continue to keep these
arrangements under review to ensure that they remain appropriate to the needs
of the Committee in developing remuneration policy to support the delivery of
Group strategy.
The Committee is also advised by the Group Legal Director & Company Secretary
(save in relation to matters concerning his own remuneration).
Given the fundamental role that remuneration plays in the success of the Group, in
terms of the recruitment, incentivisation and retention of high-quality employees,
the Group Chief Executive Officer attends meetings by invitation and is consulted
on the remuneration package of the Group Chief Financial Officer and other Group
Executive Board members.
Terms of Reference
The Committee’s Terms of Reference, which are reviewed annually, or by exception
to take account of regulatory changes or best practice, are available from the
Group Legal Director & Company Secretary upon request or can be viewed on the
Company’s website (
www.savills.com
).
122
Total remuneration for 2025 (audited)
Set out below are details of Executive Director remuneration for 2025.
Executive Directors’ ‘single figure’ for the financial year ended 31 December 2025 and as a comparison for the financial year ended 31 December 2024.
£
£
£
Salary paid
311,000
311,000
238,000
238,000
Benefits
11,860
11,670
11,216
17,866
Pension
22,454
24,880
19,040
19,040
Total fixed remuneration
345,314
347,554
268,256
274,906
Annual profit share – cash
1,479,000
1,326,500
1,165,500
1,019,500
Annual profit share – deferred shares
1,168,000
1,015,500
927,500
781,500
Gain on long-term share-based awards
Performance Share Plan – performance element (notional)
Performance Share Plan – share appreciation element (notional)
Long-term share-based reward (non-cash – notional)
Total variable remuneration
2,647,000
2,342,000
2,093,000
1,801,000
Total i.e. ‘single figure’ (part notional)
2,992,314
2,689,554
2,361,256
2,075,906
Notes:
Benefits comprise private medical insurance and car allowance. For Simon Shaw in 2024 this also includes £6,650 being the cash equivalent of additional holiday entitlement accruing under the Company’s loyalty
holiday reward scheme (and reflecting Simon Shaw’s 15th year of service).
2.
Mark Ridley retired from the Board on 31 December 2025 and was succeeded by as Chief Executive Officer by Simon Shaw, formerly Chief Financial Officer.
123
Performance-related remuneration for 2025 (audited)
Annual performance-related profit share
The following short-term performance measures applied to the 2025 annual performance-related profit share arrangements.
75% of the award was based on profit performance, defined as underlying profit performance. The target range and Savills performance were as follows:
Minimum (25% of element)
Target
(62.5% of element)
% Maximum target
(100% of element)
Savills underlying
profit performance
Bonus award
(% of element)
£115m
£145m
£175m
£145.3m
63
There was straight-line vesting between performance points.
The Committee approved awards of 63% of maximum in respect of the underlying profit performance-related element (2024: 66%).
The remaining 25% of annual performance-related profit share awards were based on individual performance against key strategic and operational objectives. The Group
CEO and Group CFO outcome, based on performance against the targets set at the start of the year, was respectively assessed at 90% and 100% out of this 25%.
The Committee set strategic and operational objectives for the Executive Directors consistent with the Group’s strategic growth focus and with ensuring that the Group
remained its strong financial position through the period, core bench-strength and client service levels were maintained, and which were aligned with longer-term value
creation for Savills.
124
The following tables set out the strategic and operational targets set for the Executive Directors and their actual performance against the targets (amended for commercial
sensitive information as appropriate):
Mark Ridley:
Achievement
Successfully implement agreed succession plans, in particular:
(i)
Work with the Board to ensure smooth transition to ‘Group CEO
Designate’, including supporting the development of key client and
stakeholder relationships
The Board appointment of Simon Shaw, as successor to Mark Ridley as Group
CEO, announced on 29 April 2025. This was followed by a broad and in-depth
client introduction programme to ensure a smooth transition to Simon Shaw as
Group CEO effective 1 January 2026.
(ii)
Support the operation of the new EMEA ExCom established in July 2024
and the refreshing of the membership of the Asia Pacific ExCom, drawing in
the next generation talent
The EMEA ExCom established in July 2024 delivered a significant performance
improvement year-on-year by Savills CEME.
Changes to the membership of the Asia Pacific ExCom were agreed in 2025 and
implemented effective Q1, 2026.
(iii) Support senior Asia Pacific appointments, including the new Head of Japan,
New Head of Global Occupier Services (‘GOS’) (Asia Pacific) and new Head of
Global Capital Markets (Asia Pacific)
New Head of Japan appointed April 2025.
New Head of Global Capital Markets Asia Pacific appointed November 2025.
The search for a new Head of GOS Asia Pacific is ongoing.
(iv) In relation to Greater China ensure that the appointment of the new MD/
COO (Hong Kong) is fully supported and consider and execute strategy for
succession within Mainland China
New MD/COO Hong Kong & Macau appointed effective May 2025.
China ExCom reset effective September 2025, with the China business reshaped
as a national platform (as opposed to regional) to drive growth and ensure
operational efficiency.
(v)
Support CEO Asia Pacific ex-Greater China on development of Australia
wide strategy for growth, with new CEO Australia to be appointed
New CEO Australia appointed, along with a new Head of Australia Capital Markets,
with both joining Savills Australia in July 2025.
Maintain direct support and closely monitor progress on performance
improvement plans across North America and CEME, in particular to ensure
newly formed Management Boards are effective and focused on priorities
Significant performance improvements delivered year-on-year in both Savills CEME
and Savills North America, with:
(i)
Savills CEME eliminating its prior year loss (FY24 loss: £7.4m) and returning to
profit (FY25 UPBT: £0.2m); and
(ii) Savills North America delivering UPBT of £5.9m, against FY24 UPBT of £3.3m.
125
Achievement
3.
Drive further development of the Global Occupier Services (‘GOS’) platform,
including assessment of all appropriate M&A opportunities in primary markets,
together with continued organic growth across Savills EMEA and Savills
Asia Pacific
Growth delivered above targeted levels with Savills GOS revenues increased year-
on-year organically by 13%.
4.
Support platform growth of our Global Residential network, including leadership
transition, appointment of a new Global Head of Residential Development Sales
and selective acquisitions within primary markets including Paris, Portugal,
Madrid, Australia and Singapore
Growth delivered above targeted levels with Savills Global Residential revenue
increased by 9% year-on-year to £293.6m. Acquisition growth opportunities
continue to be assessed.
Transition of Global Residential leadership successfully completed
1 September 2025.
5.
Evaluate the platform development of our Property Management business in key
CEE markets (in particular Germany and France), as well as Asia Pacific (India,
Singapore and Australia), accelerate succession planning and leadership to
finalise Global leadership of this service line
Succession to Global PM leadership agreed in 2025, and to be effective by
H2, 2026.
In CEE, German PM platform reviewed and right-shaped to position it for growth
and French platform strengthened.
6.
Continue to accelerate growth of our Consultancy services, including M&A
Consultancy and IFM, including where necessary, bolt-on acquisitions
Growth of consultancy ahead of targets set, in particular through the acquisition
in December 2025 of an initial 70% interest in Alpina Holdings Limited in Singapore
to allow the Group to build an integrated facilities management offering in
that market.
Mark Ridley:
126
Simon Shaw:
Develop the Group’s EMEA focused real estate investment banking offering
Offering expanded beyond targets set and now active in Australia and S E Asia.
Our developing EMEA-based Real Estate Investment Banking business, Savills
Capital Advisors, also performed strongly during the year, completing a number
of significant financing transactions.
Evaluate the Group Investor Relations programme, and the merits of appointing a
head of investor relations to support a refreshed IR programme from 2026
New Director of Investor Relations appointed October 2025 to support a refreshed
IR programme from 2026.
Ensure focus on margin improvement is maintained across all Principal Businesses,
and identify and sponsor cost and operating efficiency improvements, including
through the adoption of new technologies
Group margin improved above targets set by 0.3%pts to 5.7% (FY24: 5.4%) as the
benefits of operational leverage flowed from improved Transactional markets in
Q1 and then in Q4, after the stabilisation of markets following the imposition of
US tariffs in Q2 2025.
The Group continued to review its cost base during the year with, in particular,
German Property Management and our mainland China business reshaped during
the year to enhance operational efficiencies and margin.
4.
Maintain focus on improving the performance of Savills Investment Management
(Savills IM), and in particular support the Savills IM CEO in:
Savills IM delivered a 37% profit improvement year-on-year to deliver FY25 UPBT
of £13.8m (FY24: £10.1m).
(i)
embedding the new Savills IM senior management team, with a new CIO
and CFO in place for 2025
New leadership team embedded, and senior management further strengthened.
(ii)
further developing the relationship with Samsung Life
The relationship with Samsung Life continues with good engagement.
127
5.
Support Group CIO and sponsor the delivery of the Group’s multi-year technology
initiatives, in particular including:
(i)
the progressive roll-out of the Group’s Valuation digitalisation programme;
The Group’s Valuation digitalisation continued successfully with further phases of
the Valuation Workflow System launched to further improve efficiency and client
service in this service line.
(ii)
the extension of the Group’s Athena property database and development
of valued applications;
Athena usage continues to grow, increasing 12% year-on-year, as the system
continues to be developed and new functionality introduced.
(iii) the ongoing progressive harmonisation of accounting systems across the
Group, based on AX Dynamics implementations; and
Harmonisation of the accounting systems onto Dynamics F&O (formerly AX) has
continued during the year with additional markets going live.
(iv)
to the extent possible the continued mitigation of cyber security risks.
The Group Cyber Security Committee continue to oversee the development of
the Group’s cyber security protections in the light of evolving threats. In parallel,
the programme of Information Security training across the Group (through the
‘Tech Talks’ programme) was rolled out with a specific focus on the secure use
of ‘AI’ tools.
6.
Manage the performance of Grosvenor Hill Ventures investments, and identify
and evaluate further additional investment opportunities and co-ordinate these
with the investment in the Group’s own data/AI projects
Realised the Group’s majority interest in Cureoscity Limited, which was sold to
SwiftConnect in February 2025 to support the further growth and development
of Cureoscity.
Based on a testing of the objectives set for each Executive Director at the start of the year, as detailed above, Simon Shaw met all his objectives, with Mark Ridley meeting
90%, with the succession to Global PM leadership expected to become effective and a new Head of GOS, Asia Pacific expected to be appointed during 2026.
As described in the Chair’s introduction earlier in this report, the Committee considered the formulaic outcome of circa 70% for the Group CEO and circa 72% for the Group
CFO of maximum (combined for financial and strategic performance) and deemed it to be appropriate and that it reflected the financial and non-financial performance of
the business and the experience of stakeholders. In reaching this conclusion, the Committee had regard to the year-on-year growth underlying profit of 11% and the very
well executed enactment of the Group’s agreed leadership succession plan. In light of this, the Committee was comfortable that the outturn was aligned with underlying
performance and the broader stakeholder experience. Accordingly, the bonuses earned were as follows:
Group Chief Executive Officer – £2,647,000
Group Chief Financial Officer – £2,093,000
In line with the Policy, 50% of the overall awards, above an amount equal to their respective base salaries, will be deferred for a further three-year period in the form of shares.
Simon Shaw:
128
Long-term incentives (audited)
The PSP award granted in 2023 was subject to performance in the three years to 31 December 2025. Following an assessment of Savills performance against targets set at
grant, threshold was not achieved for the three measures. As a result, there was no vesting under the 2023 LTIP grant.
The targets and Savills performance were as follows:
Weighting
Threshold target
(25% vesting)
Maximum target
(100% vesting)
Savills
performance
Vesting (% of
maximum)
Relative TSR versus FTSE 250 index (excluding investment trusts)
1/3
Equal to index
Outperform index by 8% p.a.
Below threshold
% EPS growth
1/3
4% p.a. compounded
10% p.a. compounded
Below threshold
Return on capital employed
1/3
12%
22%
There was no PSP award granted during 2025 as a result of the Company being in an extended close period as a result of a combination of leadership changes and corporate
activity. The Committee is reviewing its options in relation to the 2025 award.
Non-Executive Directors fees (audited)
The Non-Executive Director fees for 2025 were as follows:
(Chair)
Florence Tondu-
Mélique
Basic fee
£240,000
£57,650
£57,650
£57,650
£57,650
£57,650
Additional fees:
Senior Independent Director
£8,000
Remuneration Committee Chair
£10,000
Audit Committee Chair
£15,000
2025 Total
£240,000
£75,650
£72,650
2024 Total
£240,000
£46,212
£75,650
£72,650
Notes:
Andriana Karaboutis joined the Board effective 14 March 2024.
The fees payable to the Non-Executive Directors are determined by the Non-Executive Chair and the Executive Directors after considering external market data and individual
roles and responsibilities. The fee for the Board Chair is determined by the Remuneration Committee.
The base fee for the Non-Executive Directors for 2025 was £57,650 p.a., with additional fees payable to the Senior Independent Director (£8,000 p.a.), the Audit Committee
Chair (£15,000 p.a.) and the Remuneration Committee Chair (£10,000 p.a.).
The Chair fee for 2025 was £240,000 p.a.
The Non-Executive Directors do not participate in incentive arrangements or share schemes.
129
Operation of Policy in 2026
The base salaries of the Executive Directors, as explained in the Chair’s Annual
statement, were set as follows:
Simon Shaw, Group Chief Executive Officer: £400,000 p.a.; and
Nick Sanderson, Group Chief Financial Officer: £280,000 p.a.
In line with our Policy, the base salaries for the Executive Directors continue to be
positioned significantly below market median against the FTSE 250 Index.
Variable remuneration
Annual performance-related profit share
The maximum annual performance-related profit share opportunity for 2026 will be:
£3.93m for the Group Chief Executive Officer; and
£2.60m for the Group Chief Financial Officer (pro-rata for his period
of employment).
For the 2026 performance-related profit share, 75% of award potential will reflect
the Group’s underlying profit performance and 25% of award potential will reflect
delivery against a mix of personal, strategic and operational objectives.
The Committee considers prospective disclosure of individual objectives to be
commercially sensitive, and disclosure will therefore be on a retrospective basis.
The targets are similarly challenging to those set in 2025 having had regard to
current internal plans, external expectations for our future performance and
current market conditions.
The Committee retains a general discretion to adjust the formulaic outcome to
reflect exceptional events over the performance period.
Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’)
The Policy is for maximum awards of 200% of base salary. Subject to the conclusions
of the Committee’s review of the impact of the Company being unable to grant 2025
PSP awards during the year, the current expectation is that the PSP awards for 2026
will be 200% of base salary for both Executive Directors and subject the performance
conditions set out below.
Awards are expected to vest subject to the satisfaction of absolute EPS growth
targets for one-third of the award, TSR performance for one-third of the award and
Return on Capital Employed for the remaining one-third of the award.
The Committee is still in the process of reviewing the 2026 PSP award terms given
the Committee was unable to grant awards during 2025 and in light of current
macroeconomic and geopolitical conditions. As a result, the Committee expects
to include details of the performance targets in the RNS announcement issued
immediately after the 2026 PSP award is granted. To the extent there are any
material changes in the approach taken in relation to the 2026 PSP awards
vis-à-vis prior year awards, the Committee will engage in appropriate dialogue
with the Company’s major shareholders.
The awards made to Executive Directors will also be subject to a holding period so
that any PSP awards for which the performance vesting conditions are satisfied will
not normally be released for a further two years from the third anniversary of the
original award date. Dividend accrual for PSP awards will continue until the end of
the holding period.
As detailed in the Chair’s introductory statement, the Committee is in the process of
finalising the specific targets to apply to the 2026 PSP awards given current market
conditions and will include the targets in the market announcement of the awards.
130
Dec
15
Dec
16
Dec
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
25
300
50
100
150
200
250
Savills
FTSE 250 (excluding investment trusts)
FTSE 350 Super Sector Real Estate
Relative spend on pay
To provide context and outline how remuneration for Executive Directors compares
with other disbursements, such as dividends and general employment costs, the
table below illustrates general employment costs, Executive Director reward, tax
charges and dividend payments to Shareholders in 2025 and 2024.
£m
£m
Movement
Employment costs
1,803.0
1,691.6
+7
Underlying profit before tax
145.3
130.4
+11
Dividend payment to Shareholders
46.7
41.2
+13
Executive Director remuneration
5.4
4.8
+12
Tax
179.5
167.1
+7
Employment costs (excluding arrangements for Executive Directors) comprise
basic salaries, profit share and commissions, social security costs, other pension
costs and share-based payments.
Tax comprises corporation tax, employers’ social security and business rates and
equivalent payments.
The dividend cost for 2025 comprises the cost of the final dividend recommended
by the Board (amounting to £21.8m) alongside the supplemental interim dividend
(amounting to £14.8m), payment of which is subject to Shareholder approval
at the Company’s AGM scheduled to be held on 13 May 2026 (payable to
Shareholders on the Register of Members as at 10 April 2026) and the interim
dividend (£10.1m) paid on 29 September 2025.
Executive Director remuneration is the remuneration paid to the Group Chief
Executive Officer and Group Chief Financial Officer role holders and comprises
basic salaries, profit share, social security costs, pension costs and share-
based payments.
Total Shareholder return and Group Chief Executive
Officer remuneration
The Total Shareholder Return delivered by the Company over the last ten years is
shown in the chart below.
The Board believes that the FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment trusts) remains
the most appropriate index against which to compare TSR over the medium term as
it is an index of companies of similar size to Savills. Savills TSR relative to that of the
FTSE 350 Super Sector Real Estate Index is also shown, as this index better reflects
conditions in real estate markets over recent years.
Total Shareholder return (‘TSR’)
131
Pay for performance
Year
Chief Executive Officer
Total single figure
remuneration
£’000
annual % change
Annual variable
element:
performance-
related profit share
– annual award
against maximum
potential %
Long-term
incentive
to vest (maximum
potential
of award) %
2,992
145.3
+11
63
2,690
130.4
+38
66
1,922
94.8
-42
36
2,815
164.6
-17.8
67.5
2021
3,504
200.3
107.3
100
100
2020
1,294
96.6
-32.6
38
23
2019
2,377
143.4
-0.2
84
50
2018
Jeremy Helsby
2,196
143.7
+2.3
82
41
2017
Jeremy Helsby
2,507
140.5
+3.5
80
84
2016
2,595
135.8
+12
98
50
2015
2,298
121.4
+21
N/A
Total remuneration includes, as required, the notional value of PSP awards (vested or unvested where performance conditions have been met at the conclusion of the
performance period) and executive share options which vested (but were not exercised) in those years.
132
Annual percentage change in remuneration of Directors and employees
The table below shows a comparison of the annual change of each individual Director’s pay to the annual change in average employee pay. Average employee pay is based
on a Full Time Equivalent (‘FTE’) calculation.
Percentage change in remuneration from
31/12/2024 to 31/12/2025
Percentage change in remuneration from
31/12/2023 to 31/12/2024
Percentage change in remuneration
from 31/12/2022 to 31/12/2023
Percentage
change in base
salary / fee %
Percentage
change in
benefits %
change in profit
share award %
change in base
salary / fee %
change in
benefits %
change in profit
share award %
change in
benefits %
1.6
13
53
0.9
1.2
-31
-37.2
16.2
59
53
0.9
-31
n/a
198
2.6
24.8
2.6
2.6
2.6
7
2.6
2,342
All UK employees
2.9
7.3
1.8
4.3
6.7
8.2
3.9
5.4
-14.7
133
Percentage change in remuneration
from 31/12/2021 to 31/12/2022
from 31/12/2020 to 31/12/2021
change in
benefits %
change in
benefits %
4.5
-59.9
5.2
159
165
4.6
7.9
165
1.9
2.7
2.7
7
2.7
All UK employees
8.5
3.5
-13.5
-3.9
-1.1
34.3
Notes:
Mark Ridley’s 2021 benefits include £17,539 cash equivalent of additional holiday entitlement accruing under the Company’s loyalty holiday reward scheme (and reflecting Mark Ridley’s 25th year of service).
2. Simon Shaw’s 2024 benefits include £6,650 cash equivalent of additional holiday entitlement accruing under the Company’s loyalty holiday reward scheme (and reflecting Simon Shaw’s 15th year of service).
3. Appointed Senior Independent Director 1 January 2021. Appointed Chair 1 January 2024.
4. Appointed 14 March 2024.
5. Appointed 1 January 2021.
6. Appointed 1 January 2021. Appointed Senior Independent Director 1 January 2024.
7. Appointed 15 December 2022.
8. Appointed 13 December 2023.
9. Salary, benefits and bonus are compared against full-time equivalent UK employees.
134
CEO to employee pay ratio
The table below shows how the CEO’s single figure remuneration (as taken from
the single figure remuneration table on page 123) compares to the equivalent single
figure remuneration for full-time equivalent UK employees, ranked at the 25th, 50th
and 75th percentile.
Year
Method
25th percentile
pay ratio
Median pay ratio
75th percentile
pay ratio
Option A
104:1
74:1
43:1
Option A
101:1
71:1
41:1
Option A
76:1
54:1
30:1
Option A
129:1
86:1
47:1
2021
Option A
144:1
102:1
56:1
2020
64:1
40:1
22:1
Notes to the CEO to employee pay ratio:
The regulations provide three options which may be used to calculate the pay for
the employees at the 25th percentile, median and 75th percentile. We have used
Option A, following guidance that this is the preferred approach of some proxy
Advisors and institutional Shareholders. Option A captures all relevant pay and
benefits for all employees in line with the single figure for remuneration calculated
for Executive Directors.
The ratios shown are representative of the FTE 25th percentile, median and 75th
percentile pay for UK employees within the Group as measured on 31 December 2025.
The pay for part-time employees has been grossed-up to one FTE.
The Committee has reviewed the employee data and believes the median pay ratio
to be consistent with the pay, reward and progression policies for the Company’s UK
employees over the period. There has been particular focus again this year on the pay
of more junior employees to continue to help mitigate the increase in the cost of living
which particularly impacts at this level. The increase in the ratio for 2025 compared
with 2024 reflects the improvement of Company performance and the related profit-
share awards which have resulted in an increase in total remuneration for the CEO.
The CEO’s pay is based on the ‘single figure’ of remuneration set out on page 123
of this report. Because a large portion of the CEO’s pay is variable, the pay ratio is
heavily dependent on the outcomes of variable pay plans and, in the case of long-
term share-based awards, also share price movements.
Casual employees and those on zero-hours contracts have their pay annualised
based on their hourly rate, using 37.5 hours per week x 52 weeks per year.
The total pay and benefits and the salary component of total pay and benefits for
the employees at each of the 25th percentile, the median and the 75th percentile are
shown below:
Salary
Total pay and benefits
Year
25th
percentile
Median
75th
percentile
25th
Median
75th
£25,532
£32,445
£50,000
£28,775
£40,212
£69,165
Notes to the calculations:
For Savills IM, Partnership members within the DRC business are excluded from this report.
Pensions disclosure (audited)
During 2025 Company pension allowances for the Group Chief Executive Officer
and the Group Chief Financial Officer were 8% of base salaries, consistent with the
pension contributions for the wider UK workforce.
Mark Ridley no longer accrues a pension benefit under the Company’s legacy defined
benefit pension plan. The value of the legacy benefit is shown below.
Defined benefit
pension accrued
at 31 December
Defined benefit
pension accrued
at 31 December
Mark
Ridley
39,175
45,560
42,339
39,501
36,468
Mark Ridley’s accrued pension ceased to be linked to salary from 29 February
2016, at which point the accrued pension was £31,875 p.a. The pension now
increases in line with the standard revaluation provisions of the Plan that apply to all
deferred pensioners. The amounts shown include revaluation to 31 December 2021,
31 December 2022, 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2024 respectively. Mark
Ridley retired from the Plan on 5 September 2025. The revaluation at 31 December
2025 is lower than the accrued pension as at 31 December 2024 as a result of the
commutation of part of the pension into a lump sum in connection with Mark’s
retirement in line with the rules of the Plan.
135
Share interests
Details of shares in the Company which the Directors beneficially held or had a beneficial interest in as at 31 December 2025 are shown below.
Where the performance conditions attaching to any PSP award have been satisfied and the award is due to vest in the future, the PSP award shares (discounted for
anticipated tax liabilities) will count towards the shareholding requirements:
Executive Directors
Number of shares
(including beneficially
held under the SIP)
Unvested shares
with performance
conditions attaching
satisfied (discounted
for anticipated tax
liabilities) (PSP)
Total share interests
that count towards
the shareholding
requirement
Unvested
shares subject
to performance
conditions (PSP)
Deferred share
bonus plan awards
(vesting not subject
to performance
conditions) (DSBP)
Shareholding
requirement
Extent to which
shareholding
guideline met
231,854
2,747
234,601
121,703
272,916
218,574
107%
225,637
2,100
227,737
93,134
210,101
167,269
136%
1. Shareholding requirement of 700% of salary for both Executive Directors.
2. Mark Ridley’s PSP awards that have not reached the end of their performance period will be pro-rated at vesting for service.
The Company currently applies shareholding requirements that the Group Chief Executive Officer and Group Chief Financial Officer hold shares to the value of seven times
their respective base salaries. New Executive Directors will be expected to build holdings to this level over time, principally through the retention of shares released to them
(after settling any tax due) following the vesting of share awards.
Non-Executive Directors
Number of shares at
31 December
4,983
5,000
3,023
As at 12 March 2026, no Director had bought or sold shares since 31 December 2025.
136
The Savills Sharesave Scheme (audited)
Directors
At
31 December
Granted
during year
Exercised
during year
Lapsed
At
Market value
at date of
exercise
Exercise price
per share
Exercisable
within six
months from
2,371
2,371
759p
01.11.25
2,371
2,371
759p
01.11.25
Scheme interests granted in 2025 (audited)
The Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’)
There was no PSP award granted during 2025 as a result of the Company being in an extended close period as a result of a combination of leadership changes and
corporate activity.
Number of shares
Directors
At
Awarded
Vested
Lapsed
At
Date of grant
Closing mid-
market price of
a share the day
before grant
Market value at
date of vesting
First
vesting date
7,682
7,682
30.06.20
833.0p
1,016p
30.06.25
5,183
5,183
25.11.21
1,407p
25.11.26
56,803
56,803
20.04.22
1,095p
20.04.27
65,336
65,336
21.04.23
952.0p
21.04.28
53,620
53,620
17.05.24
1,160p
17.05.29
5,872
5,872
30.06.20
833.0p
1,016p
30.06.25
3,962
3,962
25.11.21
1,407p
25.11.26
43,397
43,397
20.04.22
1,095p
20.04.27
50,000
50,000
21.04.23
952.0p
21.04.28
41,034
41,034
17.05.24
1,160p
17.05.29
The PSP award granted in 2022 was subject to performance in the three years to 31 December 2024. Following the assessment of Savills performance against targets set
at grant, the Committee determined that as the threshold performance targets had not been met, the award would lapse in full. Awards over 13,554 shares, together with a
further 1,980 shares in lieu of dividends, vested under the PSP to Executive Directors during the year. A subscription cost of 2.5p nominal value per share is payable on actual
receipt of shares. The total pre-tax gain on awards vested during the year under the PSP to Executive Directors was £157,437.
137
The Deferred Share Bonus Plan (‘DSBP’)
Number of conditional share awards
Directors
At
Awarded
Vested
Date of grant
Closing mid-
market price of
a share the day
before grant
Market value at
date of vesting
First
vesting date
90,045
90,045
20.04.22
1,095p
962.5p
20.04.25
108,981
108,981
21.04.23
952.0p
21.04.26
58,541
58,541
24.04.24
1,042p
24.04.27
105,394
105,394
10.06.25
964p
10.06.28
67,328
67,328
20.04.22
1,095p
962.5p
20.04.25
83,876
83,876
21.04.23
952.0p
21.04.26
45,105
45,105
24.04.24
1,042p
24.04.27
81,120
81,120
10.06.25
964p
10.06.28
Awards granted under the DSBP to Executive Directors during the year were based on 50% of the 2024 annual performance-related profit share above an amount equal to
their respective base salaries in line with the Policy. Under the DSBP awards over 157,373 shares and 17,223 shares in lieu of dividends vested to Executive Directors during
the year. The total pre-tax gain on DSBP awards vested during the year was £1,680,487. No DSBP awards lapsed.
During the year, the aggregate gain on the exercise of share options and shares vested was £1,837,924. The mid-market closing price of the shares at 31 December 2025,
the last business day of the year, was 996p and the range during the year was 871p to 1,110p.
Payments to past Directors
No payments to past Directors were made during the year that are required to be reported under the Companies (Directors’ Remuneration Policy and Directors’
Report) Regulations 2019.
138
Payments for loss of office
No payments for loss of office were made during the year.
Mark Ridley retired from the role of Group Chief Executive on 31 December 2025.
The remuneration arrangements relating to his retirement reflected his contractual
entitlements and the Directors’ Remuneration Policy. Reflecting Mark Ridley’s
decision to retire, there will be no payment in lieu of his notice period and his
contractual benefits ceased on his cessation of employment on 31 December 2025.
Mark Ridley was a ‘good leaver’ under the terms of the Company’s incentive schemes
as a result of his retirement. As a result he remained eligible to receive a payment
under the 2025 annual performance-related profit share scheme as set out earlier
in this report, with the payment to be made 50% in cash and 50% in deferred bonus
shares in accordance with the Directors’ Remuneration Policy. He will not be eligible
for any bonus under the annual performance-related profit share scheme for 2026.
Mark Ridley’s unvested DSBP awards over 272,916 Savills shares that relate to
performance in the financial years 2022, 2023 and 2024 will be treated in line with
the relevant plan rules and consistent with the treatment of other retirees from
Savills and vest in full at the earliest of his retirement from the Savills Group and their
normal vesting date. Shares will be required to be retained for a minimum of two
years to a value of 250% of base salary in line with the Company’s post-cessation of
employment share ownership guideline. The DSBP awards are subject to rolled-up
dividend shares whereby the number of shares awarded is increased on the vesting
date to reflect final and interim dividends declared during the deferral period. All
elements of bonuses paid remain subject to malus and clawback as well as the
wider terms of the DSBP.
Mark Ridley’s unvested PSP awards over a total of 58,803 Savills shares that relate to
his awards in financial years 2021 and 2024 will remain eligible to vest on their normal
vesting dates. The 2024 award will be subject to a pro-rata reduction to reflect
the period from grant to retirement relative to the award’s three-year performance
period and it remains subject to performance conditions. The 2021 award is in its two
year holding period and has already been subject to the application of performance
conditions. In accordance with the rules of the PSP, dividend equivalent shares will be
added at vesting and any vested shares will remain subject to malus and clawback
provisions. The performance targets applying to the 2023 award were not met and
so this award lapsed in full.
Recruitment of a new CFO
Nick Sanderson’s remuneration terms are set out earlier in this Annual Report on
Remuneration. In addition, in order to facilitate his recruitment and in line with the
Directors’ Remuneration Policy, it was agreed that compensation would be provided
for the remuneration forfeit in joining the Company. The Committee agreed to
replace the FY25/26 bonus forfeit under the Great Portland Estates executive bonus
scheme, pro-rata as appropriate, on a like-for-like basis with the bonus to be paid
60% in cash and 40% in deferred Savills shares that will vest after three years subject
to him then remaining in employment. The after tax number of deferred shares will
be retained towards the Company’s share ownership guidelines.
With regard to Nick Sanderson’s ‘in-flight’ deferred share bonus awards granted
by Great Portland Estates in 2023, 2024 and 2025, these will also be replaced on
a ‘like for like’ basis and will be converted into Savills shares based on the relative
share price on the date of commencing employment and will vest on their original
vesting dates. The net of tax number of shares will need to be retained towards the
Company’s share ownership guidelines.
With regard to Nick Sanderson’s ‘in-flight’ long-term incentive awards granted in
2023 and 2024 under the Great Portland Estates restricted share plan, the number
of shares will be converted into Savills shares based on the relative share price on
the date of commencing employment and will vest on their original vesting dates
subject to the application of the relevant performance underpins. Any vested shares
will be subject to a two year holding period and the net of tax number of shares will
need to be retained towards meeting Savills share ownership guidelines. In addition,
in relation to the 2024 award, the Savills Remuneration Committee has limited the
number of shares to a maximum of 68% of those originally awarded in recognition
of Nick Sanderson only being employed for part of the performance period. There is
no replacement award being granted in relation to the 2025 Restricted Share Award
granted at Great Portland Estates given the proximity of grant to joining Savills.
The replaced awards are on a ‘like for like’ basis.
Full details of the actual buyout and replacement awards will be set out in the 2026
Directors’ Remuneration Report.
139
External directorships
Savills recognises that its Executive Directors may be invited to become non-
executive directors of other companies. Such non-executive duties can broaden
experience and knowledge which can benefit Savills. Subject to approval by the
Board and any conditions which it might impose, the Executive Directors and Group
Executive Board members are allowed to accept external non-executive directorships
and retain the fees received, provided that these appointments are not likely to lead
to conflicts of interest. For non-executive directorships which are considered to arise
by virtue of an Executive Director’s or Group Executive Board member’s position
within Savills, the fees are paid directly to Savills.
The Executive Directors during the year did not receive any fees in respect of
external directorships.
Service contracts and letters of appointment
The Executive Directors have rolling service contracts which are terminable on 12
months’ notice by either the Company or the Executive Director.
Contract date
1 May 2018
Nick Sanderson
26 September 2025
1 May 2025
Nick Sanderson commenced employment on 9 February 2026 and will become Group CFO on
12 March 2026.
The Non-Executive Directors and the Chair have letters of appointment. In line
with the UK Corporate Governance Code, all Directors are subject to annual re-
election at the AGM. The Chair’s letter of engagement allows for six months’ notice.
Appointment of other Non-Executive Directors may be terminated by either party
with three months’ notice.
Date appointed to Board
End date of current letter
of appointment
1 October 2018
31 December 2026
14 March 2024
13 March 2027
1 January 2021
31 December 2026
1 January 2021
1 November 2019
31 May 2028
15 December 2022
31 May 2028
1 October 2018
31 December 2027
13 December 2023
12 December 2026
The Directors’ service contracts and letters of appointment are available
for inspection at the Company’s City of London office, 15 Finsbury Circus,
London EC2M 7EB.
Shareholder votes on remuneration matters
The table below shows the voting outcomes for the 2024 Annual Remuneration
Report and the Directors’ Remuneration Policy at the AGM held on 14 May 2025.
Number of
votes ‘For’ and
discretionary
% of
votes
cast
votes ‘Against’
% of
votes
cast
Total number
of votes cast
Number
of votes
‘Withheld’*
2024 Annual
Directors’
Report
94,739,431
86.9%
14,292,832
13.1%
109,032,263
7,104
Directors’
Policy
87,784,741
80.8%
20,856,573
19.2%
108,641,314
398,053
A vote withheld is not a vote in law.
140
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
In accordance with the UK Financial Conduct Authority’s UK Listing Rules (UKLR
6.6.4R), the information to be included in the Annual Report and Accounts, where
applicable, under UKLR 6.6.1R, is set out in this Directors’ Report.
Other information incorporated into this Report by reference can be found at:
Page/Note
Principal developments
10
Material existing and emerging risks and uncertainties
33
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
146
Corporate Governance Statement
81
Engagement with UK employees
87
Greenhouse gas emissions
66
Engagement with suppliers, customers and others in
a business relationship
85
Financial risk management
168
UK Corporate Governance Code
The Company has complied throughout the year with all relevant provisions of the
2024 UK Corporate Governance Code (the ‘Code’). A copy of the Code is available
from the Financial Reporting Council’s website at
www.frc.org.uk
.
Operations
The Company and its subsidiaries (together the ‘Group’) operate through a network
of offices and associates throughout the Americas, the UK, Continental Europe, Asia
Pacific, Africa and the Middle East.
Results and dividends
The results for the Group are set out in the consolidated income statement on
page 159 which shows a reported profit for the financial year attributable to the
Shareholders of the Company of £70.9m (2024: £53.6m).
An interim dividend of 7.4p per ordinary share amounting to £10.1m was paid on
29 September 2025. It is recommended that a final dividend of 15.7p per ordinary
share (amounting to £21.8m) is declared by the Company at the AGM on 13 May
2026 and, subject to Shareholder approval, paid on 18 May 2026 to Shareholders on
the register of members as at the close of business on 10 April 2026 together with
a supplemental interim dividend of 10.7p per ordinary share (amounting to £14.8m).
More details of the proposed dividend and the Company’s performance can be
found in the Chair’s statement on pages 4 to 6.
Going concern
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future
development, performance and position are set out in the Strategic Report. The
financial position of the Group, its cash flows and liquidity position are described in
the Financial Review, with details of the Group’s treasury activities and exposure to
financial risk included in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements.
The Group has prepared its going concern assessment for the period to the end
of June 2027. As in prior years, the Board undertook a strategic business review in
the current year, taking account of the Group’s current position and prospects, the
Group’s strategic plan, and the Group’s principal risks and the management of those
risks, as detailed in the Annual Report and the Board’s risk appetite as detailed in
the Strategic Report. Sensitivity analysis was also undertaken, including financing
projections, to flex the financial forecasts under several severe downside scenarios,
which involved applying different assumptions to the underlying forecasted revenues,
costs and underlying profits both individually and in aggregate. These scenarios
assess the potential impact from several macro-economic risks, including a severe
global economic downturn. The results of this sensitivity analysis showed that the
Group would retain liquidity and maintain significant available facility and covenant
headroom to be able to withstand the impact of such scenarios over the period
of the financial forecast, as a result of the resilience and diversity of the Group,
underpinned by a strong balance sheet.
141
Based on the Group’s positive net cash position of £167.7m (cash and cash
equivalents less overdrafts in notional pooling arrangements and borrowings) and
undrawn borrowing facilities of £414.6m available to the Group at the year-end, as
described in the Financial Review, combined with the assessment explained above,
the Directors have formed the judgement at the time of approving the financial
statements, that there is a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate
resources to continue as a going concern for a period of at least 12 months from
the date of the approval of the financial statements until at least June 2027. For this
reason, they continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing
the consolidated financial statements.
Events after the reporting period
There have been no material events affecting the Group or the Company since
31 December 2025.
Biographical details of the current Directors are shown on pages 76 to 78.
All the Board members served throughout the year. Mark Ridley retired from the
Board effective 31 December 2025. As at 31 December 2025 the Board comprised
the Non-Executive Chair, two Executive Directors and seven Non-Executive Directors.
Interests in the issued share capital of the Company held at the end of the
period under review and up to the date of this Report by the Directors or their
families are set out on page 136 of the Remuneration Report. Details of share
options held by the Directors pursuant to the Company’s share option schemes
are provided in the Remuneration Report on pages 137 and 138. It is the Board’s
policy that the Group Chief Executive and Group Chief Financial Officer hold
shares in the Company to the value of seven times their respective base salaries
(£2,177,000 and £1,666,000 respectively).
Directors’ interests in significant contracts
No Directors were materially interested in any contract of significance.
Indemnification of Directors
In accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association, and to the extent
permitted by law, the Directors and the Group Legal Director & Company
Secretary are granted an indemnity, in respect of any liabilities incurred as a
result of their holding office. Such indemnities were in force during the financial
year to 31 December 2025 and up to the date of this Report. The Company
also maintains appropriate insurance cover in respect of legal action against
its Directors and Officers.
Management report
This Directors’ Report, on pages 141 to 145, together with the Strategic Report
on pages 4 to 69, form the Management report for the purposes of DTR 4.1.5R.
Additional information disclosure
Pursuant to regulations made under the Companies Act 2006 the Company is
required to disclose certain additional information. Those disclosures not covered
elsewhere within this Annual Report are as follows:
Share capital and major shareholdings
The issued share capital of the Company as at 31 December 2025 comprised
146,046,938 2.5p ordinary shares, details of which may be found on page 226.
The Company has only one class of share capital formed of ordinary shares. All
shares forming part of the ordinary share capital have the same rights and each
carries one vote. The Directors have authority to allot and issue ordinary shares and
to disapply statutory pre-emption rights. The powers are exercised under authority
of resolutions of the Company passed at the AGM.
Votes may be exercised at general meetings of the Company, by members in
person, by proxy or by corporate representatives (in relation to corporate members).
The Articles provide a deadline for the submission of proxy forms (electronically or
by paper) of not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for the holding of the
general meeting or the adjourned meeting (as the case may be). A Shareholder can
lose their entitlement to vote at a general meeting where that Shareholder has failed
to provide the Company with information concerning interests in their shares or a call
or other sum payable by the Shareholder to the Company in respect of such shares
remains unpaid.
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
142
There are no unusual restrictions on the transfer of ordinary shares. The Directors
may refuse to register a transfer of a certificated share unless the instrument of
transfer is: (i) lodged at the registered office of the Company or any other place as
the Board may decide accompanied by the certificate for the shares to be transferred
and such other evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show the right
of the transferor to make the transfer; or (ii) in respect of only one class of shares.
The Directors may also refuse to register a transfer of a share (whether certificated or
uncertificated), whether fully paid or not, in favour of more than four persons jointly.
As at 31 December 2025 the Company had been notified of the following interests
in the Company’s ordinary share capital in accordance with DTR 5. It should be
noted that these holdings are likely to have changed since notified to the Company.
However, notification of any change is not required until an applicable threshold
is crossed.
Shareholders¹
Number of shares¹
%¹
FMR LLC
11,107,586
7.68
Global Alpha Capital Management Ltd.
7,194,238
5.03
Liontrust Investment Partners LLP
7,189,643
4.97
BlackRock, Inc
Not disclosed
<5.00
Heronbridge Investment Management LLP
7,131,812
4.99
Jupiter Fund Management Plc
7,113,311
4.97
Aviva PLC
4,527,444
3.13
The names of Shareholders and percentages of issued share capital are stated as per the notifications
received and have not been subject to independent verification by the Company or any other person.
As such, the above table should not be assumed to be a full and accurate record of all the interests
that are required to be notified to the Company under the DTRs.
On 13 January 2026, Wellington Management Group LLP made a disclosure in
accordance with DTR 5 that its interests in the Company’s ordinary share capital had
crossed the 5% threshold to 5.06% (7,393,386 shares). On 4 February 2026, FMR
LLC made a disclosure in accordance with DTR 5 that its interests in the Company’s
ordinary share capital had crossed the 8% threshold to 8.11% (11,849,695 shares). On
25 February 2026, FMR LLC made a disclosure in accordance with DTR 5 that the 5%
threshold had been crossed upwards by Fidelity Management & Research Company
LLC, a controlled undertaking of FMR LLC; FMR LLC’s interests in the Company at
the time of that notification was 8.16% (11,919,116 shares). On 5 March 2026 Aviva
PLC made a disclosure in accordance with DTR 5 that its interests in the Company
had fallen below the 3% threshold to 2.98% (4,759,199 shares). No other changes to
the above have been disclosed to the Company in accordance with DTR 5, between
31 December 2025 and 12 March 2026.
As at 31 December 2025, the Savills plc 1992 Employee Benefit Trust (the ‘1992
EBT’) held 6,489,985 ordinary shares, the Savills plc 2025 Employee Benefit
Trust (the ‘2025 EBT’) held 1,000,738 ordinary shares and the Savills Rabbi Trust
held 304,873 ordinary shares. Any voting or other similar decisions relating to
these shares held in trust are taken by the trustees, who may take account of any
recommendation of the Company. The 1992 EBT and 2025 EBT waive their right
to receive Savills plc dividends. For further details of the trusts please refer to
Note 33 to the financial statements.
Purchase of own shares
In accordance with the UK Listing Rules, at the AGM on 14 May 2025 Shareholders
gave authority for a limited purchase of Savills shares of up to 10% of the issued share
capital of the Company. During the year, no shares were purchased under the authority.
The Board proposes to seek Shareholder approval at the AGM on 13 May 2026
to renew the Company’s authority to make market purchases of its own ordinary
shares of 2.5p each for cancellation, to be held in treasury, sold for cash or (provided
UK Listing Rule requirements are met) transferred for the purposes of or pursuant
to an employee share scheme. Details of the proposed resolution are included in the
Notice of AGM circulated to Shareholders with this Annual Report and Accounts
(the ‘AGM Notice’).
Change of control
There are no significant agreements which take effect, alter or terminate in the event
of change of control of the Company except that under its banking arrangements, a
change of control may trigger an early repayment obligation.
143
Articles of Association
The Company’s Articles are governed by relevant statutes and may be amended
by special resolution of the Shareholders in a general meeting.
Subject to the Articles, UK legislation and any directions given by resolution in
general meeting, the business of the Company is managed by the Directors.
The Company’s rules about the appointment and replacement of its Directors are
contained in the Articles. Unless determined by ordinary resolution of the Company,
the number of Directors shall be not fewer than three and not more than 18.
A Director is not required to hold any shares in the Company by way of qualification.
However, as more fully described on page 136, in accordance with Board policy, the
Executive Directors are expected to build-up and maintain a shareholding in the
Company. The Board may appoint any person to be a Director and such Director
shall hold office only until the next AGM when he or she shall then be eligible for
reappointment by the Shareholders. The Articles provide that each Director shall
retire from office at the third AGM after the AGM at which he or she was last elected.
A retiring Director shall be eligible for re-election. However, in accordance with
the UK Corporate Governance Code, all Directors of the Company are subject to
annual re-election.
Annual General Meeting
The AGM is to be held at 33 Margaret Street, London W1G 0JD at 12 noon on
13 May 2026; details are contained in the AGM Notice circulated to Shareholders
with this Annual Report and Accounts.
Half-Year Report
Like many other listed public companies, we no longer circulate printed Half-Year
Reports to Shareholders. Instead, half-year results statements are published on
the Company’s website. This is consistent with our target to reduce printing and
distribution costs.
Political contributions
The Company made no political contributions during the year (2024: £nil).
Employees’ policies and involvement
The Directors recognise that the quality, commitment and motivation of Savills
staff is a key element to the success of the Group; see page 87 for more
information as to employee engagement.
The Group provides regular updates covering performance, developments and
progress to employees through regular newsletters, video addresses, the Group’s
intranet, social media and through formal and informal briefings. These arrangements
also aim at ensuring that all of our staff understand our strategy and to build
knowledge on the part of employees of matters affecting the performance of the
Group. The Group also consults with employees so as to ascertain their views in
relation to decisions which are likely to affect their interests.
Employees are able to share in the Group’s success through performance-related
profit share schemes (see page 230 for more details) and for UK employees
(including Executive Directors) share plans which include a Sharesave Scheme and
a Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’). The Sharesave Scheme is an HMRC-approved save-
as-you-earn share option scheme which allows participants to purchase shares
out of the proceeds of a linked savings contract at a price set at the time of the
option grant. Participants may elect to save up to £500 per month and options
may normally be exercised in the six months following the maturity of the linked
three-year savings contract. The potential for extending the Sharesave Scheme
internationally remains under consideration. The SIP is also HMRC-approved and
through which participants may make regular purchases of shares (up to the current
statutory limit of £1,800 per year equating to £150 per month) from pre-tax income.
Shares under the SIP normally vest after five years and are free from income tax
and national insurance contributions.
Human rights and equal opportunities
We support the principles of the UN Universal Declaration of Human Rights and
the Core Principles of the International Labour Organization.
It is Group policy to provide employment on an equal basis irrespective of gender,
sexual orientation, marital or civil partner status, gender reassignment, race, colour,
nationality, ethnic or national origin, religion or belief, disability or age. In particular,
the Group gives full consideration to applications for employment from disabled
persons. Where existing employees become disabled, it is the Group’s policy
wherever practicable to provide continuing employment and to provide training
and career development and promotion to disabled employees.
144
Whistleblowing
The Group encourages staff to report any concerns which they feel need to be
brought to the attention of management. Whistleblowing procedures, which are
published on the Group’s intranet site, are available to staff who are concerned
about possible impropriety, financial or otherwise, and who may wish to ensure
that action is taken without fear of victimisation or reprisal.
Independent auditors
In accordance with section 489 of the Companies Act 2006, a resolution for the
reappointment of Ernst & Young LLP as Auditors of the Company will be proposed
at the forthcoming AGM.
Disclosure of information to the auditor
Each Director confirms that, so far as he/she is aware, there is no relevant audit
information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware and that each of the
Directors has taken all the steps that he/she ought to have taken as a Director
to make himself/herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish
that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information. This confirmation is given
pursuant to section 418 of the Companies Act 2006 and should be interpreted in
accordance with and subject to that section.
Engagement with UK employees
In accordance with section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 our statement on
engagement with UK employees is on page 87.
Engagement with suppliers, customers and others in a business
relationship with the Company
In accordance with section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 our statement on
engagement with suppliers, customers and others in a business relationship with
the Company is on pages 85 and 86.
By order of the Board
Chris Lee
Group Legal Director & Company Secretary
Savills plc
Registered in England No. 2122174
145
STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES IN RESPECT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial
statements in accordance with applicable United Kingdom law and regulation.
Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each
financial year. Under that law the Directors have elected to prepare the Group and
parent Company financial statements in accordance with UK-adopted international
accounting standards (‘IFRSs’). Under company law the Directors must not approve
the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair
view of the state of affairs of the Group and parent Company and of the profit or
loss of the Group and parent Company for that period. In preparing the financial
statements, the Directors are required to:
select suitable accounting policies in accordance with IAS 8 Accounting Policies,
Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors and then apply them consistently;
make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides
relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable information;
provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements
in IFRSs is insufficient to enable users to understand the impact of particular
transactions, other events and conditions on the Group and Company financial
position and financial performance;
in respect of the Group and parent Company financial statements, state whether
UK-adopted international accounting standards have been followed, subject to
any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements; and
prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate
to presume that the Group and parent Company will continue in business.
The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are
sufficient to show and explain the Group and parent Company’s transactions and
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and
parent Company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements and the
Directors’ Remuneration Report comply with the Companies Act 2006.
The Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and
parent Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and
detection of fraud and other irregularities.
Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also responsible for preparing
a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report, Directors’ Remuneration Report and Corporate
Governance Statement that comply with that law and those regulations.
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate
and financial information included on the Company’s website. Legislation in
the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial
statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.
The Directors consider that the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair,
balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for Shareholders
to assess the Group and parent Company’s performance, business model and strategy.
Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed in pages 76 to 78,
confirm to the best of their knowledge:
that the consolidated financial statements, prepared in accordance with UK-
adopted international accounting standards give a true and fair view of the assets,
liabilities, financial position and profit of the parent Company and undertakings
included in the consolidation taken as a whole; and
that the Annual Report, including the Strategic Report, includes a fair review of the
development and performance of the business and the position of the Company
and undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a
description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face.
In the case of each Director in office at the date the Directors’ Report is approved:
so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the
Group and parent Company’s auditor is unaware; and
they have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a Director in order
to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that
the Group and parent Company’s auditor is aware of that information.
On behalf of the Board
Chris Lee
Group Legal Director & Company Secretary
Forward-looking statements
Forward-looking statements have been made by the Directors in good faith using
information up until the date on which they approved the Annual Report and
Accounts. Forward-looking statements should be regarded with caution due to
uncertainties in economic trends and business risks.
146
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
to the members of Savills plc
Opinion
In our opinion:
Savills plc’s Group financial statements and Parent Company financial statements
(the ‘financial statements’) give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and
of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2025 and of the Group’s profit
for the year then ended;
the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with
UK adopted international accounting standards;
the Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in
accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework
(‘FRS 101’) as applied in accordance with section 408 of the Companies Act
2006; and
the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements
of the Companies Act 2006.
We have audited the financial statements of Savills plc (the ‘Parent Company’) and its
subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the year ended 31 December 2025 which comprise:
Group
Parent Company
Consolidated statement of financial
position as at 31 December 2025
Statement of financial position as at
31 December 2025
Consolidated income statement for
the year then ended
Statement of changes in equity for the
year then ended
comprehensive income for the year
then ended
Related notes 1 to 22 to the financial
statements, including material
accounting policies
Consolidated statement of changes in
equity for the year then ended
Consolidated statement of cash flows
for the year then ended
Related notes 1 to 39 to the financial
statements, including material
The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of
the Group financial statements is applicable law and UK adopted international
accounting standards. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the
preparation of the Parent Company financial statements, is applicable law and United
Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework
(United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK)
(ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under those standards are further
described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
We are independent of the Group and Parent in accordance with the ethical
requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the
UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest
entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with
these requirements.
Non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to
the Group or the Parent Company and we remain independent of the Group and the
Parent Company in conducting the audit.
Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of
the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements
is appropriate. Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group and Parent
Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting
included the following:
We obtained management’s going concern assessment and understood the
process undertaken by management to evaluate the operational and economic
impacts of the ongoing macro-economic uncertainty and other downside
scenarios on the Group and to reflect these in the Group’s forecasts.
147
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
to the members of Savills plc
We tested the clerical accuracy of the going concern cash flow models and evaluated
the appropriateness of the methods used to estimate the cash flow forecasts. This
included management’s considerations related to forecast cash flows for climate
change impacts, concluding these not to be material in the going concern period.
We verified that the forecasts used in the going concern model were the latest
forecasts approved by the Board. We confirmed the Group’s forecasts used in the
going concern assessment were consistent with forecasts used by the Group in its
accounting estimates, including those used in the annual goodwill impairment test.
We obtained the cashflow forecasts and covenant calculation for the going
concern period which covers 18 months from the balance sheet date to 30 June
2027. We have tested the assumptions that are most sensitive in each modelled
scenario, being revenues, costs and underlying profits, and tested compliance with
the covenants with focus on adjusted EBITDA. In particular, we compared these
primary assumptions to historical trends, including the business’s performance
during significant economic downturns, particularly the 2008-2009 Global
Financial Crisis. We considered whether the assumptions made were reasonable,
through our assessment of the impact of the macro-economic environment and
considering whether this contradicted any of the assumed growth.
We challenged the appropriateness of each of the key assumptions through
agreeing them to supporting evidence and searching for contradictory evidence,
using our understanding of the Group’s business, evidence gained during the audit
and our industry knowledge, including principal and emerging risks that could
impact the Group.
We assessed management’s stress test on both covenant compliance and liquidity
where a severe global economic downturn analogous to that experienced during
the Global Financial Crisis in 2008-2009 was modelled. We performed our own
reverse stress tests applying further sensitivities to management’s stress scenario
to identify the point at which the covenant would be breached or liquidity eroded.
With regards to any potential acquisition, we considered the impact of this,
including understanding the factors and assumptions within each modelled
scenario. We also obtained evidence of the expected change in the RCF covenant
consents from the lenders and relevant correspondence from lenders supporting
the financing for the acquisition.
We agreed the cash and cash equivalents balances as at 31 December 2025 to
third party confirmations and key terms in the Group’s financing arrangements
such as available facility, loan maturity dates and covenants, by inspecting the
underlying agreements. We have obtained and reviewed the UK revolving credit
facility (‘RCF’) agreement.
We read the board minutes to identify any matters that may impact the going
concern assessment.
We read the going concern disclosures included in the Directors’ Report on page
141 and Note 3 of the consolidated financial statements on page 165 of the Annual
Report in order to assess that the disclosures are appropriate and in conformity
with the reporting standards.
In management’s base case and stress test scenarios, there is sufficient headroom
with regards to liquidity and the covenant, with the RCF refinancing having been
secured in February 2025. We consider the scenarios as tested in our reverse stress
test to be remote.
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material
uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may
cast significant doubt on the Group and Parent Company’s ability to continue as a
going concern for a period to 30 June 2027.
In relation to the Group and Parent Company’s reporting on how they have applied
the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to add or draw
attention to in relation to the Directors’ statement in the financial statements about
whether the Directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis
of accounting.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going
concern are described in the relevant sections of this report. However, because not all
future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to
the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern.
Overview of our audit approach
Audit scope
We performed an audit of the complete financial
information of six components and audit procedures on
specific balances for a further six components.
We also performed specified procedures on certain
accounts of two additional components.
We performed centralised procedures on financial
statement line items as detailed in the ‘Tailoring the scope’
section below.
148
Key audit matters
Revenue recognition, specifically:
The risk of fraud in revenue recognition in relation to
cut-off in the transactional advisory business; and
The risk of Management override of controls in relation
to revenue recognition.
Goodwill impairment.
Materiality
Overall Group materiality of £6.8m which represents
5.0% of profit before tax adjusted for certain non-
recurring items.
An overview of the scope of the Parent Company and Group audits
Tailoring the scope
We have followed a risk-based approach when developing our audit approach to
obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence on which to base our audit opinion. We
performed risk assessment procedures, with input from our component auditors, to
identify and assess risks of material misstatement of the Group financial statements
and identified significant accounts and disclosures. When identifying components
for which audit work needed to be performed to respond to the identified risks
of material misstatement of the Group financial statements, we considered our
understanding of the Group and its business environment, the applicable financial
reporting framework, the Group’s system of internal control at the entity level,
the existence of centralised processes, applications and any relevant internal
audit results.
We determined that certain centralised audit procedures would be performed
on components of the Group in the following audit areas: provisions for litigation
and claims, restructuring provisions, share based payments, goodwill impairment,
defined benefit pensions, treasury, property, plant and equipment, and certain
balances held by head office entities.
We identified 11 components as individually relevant to the Group due to the
identified risks of material misstatement of the Group financial statements being
associated with the reporting components, or materiality or financial size of the
components relative to the Group.
For those 11 individually relevant components, we identified the significant
accounts where audit work needed to be performed at these components
by applying professional judgement, having considered the Group significant
accounts on which centralised procedures will be performed, the reasons
for identifying the financial reporting component as an individually relevant
component and the size of the component’s account balance relative to the
Group significant financial statement account balance.
We then considered whether the remaining Group significant account balances
not yet subject to audit procedures, in aggregate, could give rise to a risk of
material misstatement of the Group financial statements. We selected three
additional components of the Group to include in our audit scope to address
these risks.
Having identified the components for which work will be performed, we determined
the scope to assign to each component.
Of the 14 components selected, we designed and performed audit procedures
on the entire financial information of six components (‘full scope components’).
For six components, we designed and performed audit procedures on
specific significant financial statement account balances or disclosures of the
financial information of the component (‘specific scope components’). For two
components, we performed specified audit procedures to obtain evidence for
one or more relevant assertions over specific significant financial statement
account balances.
Our scoping to address the risk of material misstatement for each Key audit
matter is set out below.
Involvement with component teams
In establishing our overall approach to the Group audit, we determined the type of
work that needed to be undertaken at each of the components by us, as the Group
audit engagement team, or by component auditors operating under our instruction.
Of the six full scope components, audit procedures were performed on one of these
directly by the Group audit team. The audit procedures performed on the other five
full scope components and the six specific scope components were performed by
component audit teams. Where the work was performed by component auditors,
we determined the appropriate level of involvement to enable us to determine
that sufficient audit evidence had been obtained as a basis for our opinion on the
Group as a whole.
149
The Group audit team continued to follow a programme of planned visits that
has been designed to ensure that the Senior Statutory Auditor, or another Group
audit partner, visit key locations during the year. During the current year’s audit
cycle, in person visits were undertaken by the group audit team to five overseas
component teams in the Group in Dubai, Germany, Spain, China and the US. The
Senior Statutory Auditor has also met with the UK and SIM component audit
teams at the planning, interim and final stages of the audit.
These visits involved discussing the audit approach with the component teams
and any issues arising from their work, meeting with local management, attending
planning or closing meetings depending on the timing of the visit, and reviewing
relevant audit working papers on risk areas. For locations outside of the UK, that
we did not visit in person (six components), our oversight was performed virtually.
We supplemented these visits with further interactions with the component
teams through the use of video or teleconferencing facilities, including virtual
meetings with local management. We held virtual planning meetings before
the year end and regular video conference calls were held with each of our
component teams from the beginning of February 2026 through to the full year
results announcement in March 2026. The review of relevant audit workpapers was
facilitated by the EY electronic audit platform and screen sharing of work. This
allowed appropriate discussions with the component teams on audit strategy, risk
identification and the results of audit procedures performed.
The Group audit team interacted regularly with the component teams where
appropriate during various stages of the audit, reviewed relevant working papers
and were responsible for the scope and direction of the audit process. Where
relevant, the section on key audit matters details the level of involvement we had
with component auditors to enable us to determine that sufficient audit evidence
had been obtained as a basis for our opinion on the Group as a whole.
This, together with the additional centralised procedures performed at Group level,
gave us appropriate evidence for our opinion on the Group financial statements.
Climate change
Stakeholders are increasingly interested in how climate change will impact Savills.
The Group has determined that the most significant future impacts from climate
change on its operations will be from shifts in client preferences for real estate
services incorporating climate considerations and the substitution of existing
products or services with lower emissions options. These are explained on pages
55 to 63 in the required Task Force On Climate Related Financial Disclosures and
on pages 31 to 39 in the principal and emerging risks and uncertainties.
Climate commitments are explained on page 39. All of these disclosures form part of
the ‘Other information’, rather than the audited financial statements. Our procedures
on these unaudited disclosures therefore consisted solely of considering whether
they are materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge
obtained in the course of the audit or otherwise appear to be materially misstated,
in line with our responsibilities on ‘Other information’.
In planning and performing our audit we assessed the potential impacts of climate
change on the Group’s business and any consequential material impact on its
financial statements.
The Group has explained in Note 2 how it has reflected the impact of climate change
in its financial statements, including how this aligns with its commitment to achieve
net zero emissions by 2030. There are no significant judgements or estimates relating
to climate change in the notes to the financial statements as the Group own few
properties and therefore have limited exposure in terms of changes in environmental
requirements. The Group has also assessed that transition costs to a low carbon
economy will be outweighed by alternative business opportunities.
Our audit effort in considering climate change was focused on the adequacy of the
Group’s disclosures in the financial statements and its conclusion that no issues were
identified that would materially impact the carrying values of intangible assets or
have any other material impact on the financial statements. We also challenged the
Directors’ considerations of climate change in their assessment of going concern and
viability and associated disclosures. As part of this evaluation, we performed our own
risk assessment, supported by our climate change internal specialists, to determine
the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements from climate change
which needed to be considered in our audit.
Where considerations of climate change were relevant to our assessment of going
concern, these are described above.
Based on our work we have not identified the impact of climate change on the
financial statements to be a key audit matter or to impact a key audit matter.
150
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the current period and include
the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on:
the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit, and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit
of the financial statements as a whole, and in our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
Risk
Our response to the risk
Revenue Recognition
Revenue for the year ended 31 December 2025 is
£2550.9m (2024: £2,404.0m).
There is a risk of fraud in revenue recognition in relation to
cut-off in the transactional advisory business. Transactional
advisory revenue for the year ended 31 December 2025 is
£966.2m (2024: £870.0m).
Considering the relatively high proportion of the
transactional revenue recognised close to the year end, the
risk of misstatement may occur through recognition in the
incorrect period, whether due to Management override,
or error, due to conditions attached to the transactional
advisory revenue.
There is also a risk that all types of revenue may be
misstated through Management override by incorrectly
recognising revenue in order to increase profits to meet
bonus targets, or to smooth financial results.
Refer to the Audit Committee Report (page 109);
Accounting policies and Note 9 of the Consolidated
Financial Statements (page 175).
Understanding management’s process
We obtained an understanding of the Group’s revenue significant classes of transactions and identified key
financial controls but did not test or rely on controls.
Risk of fraud in revenue recognition in relation to cut-off in the transactional advisory business
For a sample of transactional advisory revenue transactions recognised close to the year end (both pre and
post year end), we performed the following procedures:
Obtained the underlying contract with the customer and where applicable, obtained supporting evidence
from external sources.
Read the contracts to identify the performance obligations to assess whether revenue had been
recognised appropriately.
For the same sample, we agreed the revenue to cash receipts, checking that a receivable or accrued income
was recognised where cash was not received prior to the year end.
Where there were performance obligations existing after exchange of contracts and these were not satisfied at
the year end, but cash was received, we checked that revenue was appropriately deferred by testing a sample.
On a sample basis, we obtained credit notes issued in January 2026 to determine if they related to revenue
that had been recognised in December 2025. Where this was the case, we gained an understanding of why the
credit note was issued and obtained reissued invoices to verify that revenue was not overstated in 2025.
Management override
Audit teams at full and specific scope components with significant revenue streams performed specific
procedures to address the risk of Management override.
We tested all material consolidation adjustments, topside adjustments and manual journal entries impacting
revenue by obtaining supporting documentation to corroborate the amounts recorded in the current period.
151
Revenue Recognition
Key observations communicated to the Audit Committee
Based on the procedures performed, we consider revenue recognition to be appropriate for the year ended 31 December 2025. We did not identify any material cut off
issues relating to transactional advisory revenue or any instances of Management override related to revenue recognition in the year.
How we scoped our audit to respond to the risk and involvement with component teams
Risk of fraud in revenue recognition in relation to cut-off in the transactional advisory business (Risk amount – £966.2m)
We performed full (72.9% of risk amount) and specific scope (14.6% of risk amount) audit procedures over this risk in 11 locations, which covered 87.5% of the risk amount.
We also performed specified procedures over transactional revenue in one location, which covered 2.6% of the risk amount.
Total revenue – Management override (Risk amount – £2,550.9m)
We performed full (71.9% of risk amount) and specific scope (16.2% of risk amount) audit procedures over this risk in 11 locations which covered 88.1% of the risk amount.
We also performed specified procedures in two locations, which covered an additional 2.1% of the risk amount.
The Group audit team issued Group audit instructions to the component teams which included specific substantive procedures to address the fraud risks related to cut-off in
the transactional business and the risk of Management override. The group audit team reviewed the component teams’ key revenue and journal entry workpapers which were
executed in line with the Group audit instructions.
152
Risk
Our response to the risk
Goodwill impairment
At 31 December 2025 the carrying value of goodwill
is £463.8m (2024: £459.0m). The impairment charge
recognised during the year is £2.2m (2024: £1.9m).
Goodwill is tested annually for impairment at the Cash
Generating Unit (CGU) level. The recoverable amount of
each CGU is determined through a value in use calculation.
The value in use calculation is based on management’s
estimate of the future cash flows of each underlying CGUs
and is most sensitive to the assumptions around revenue
growth rates, operating profit margin and discount rate.
Refer to the Audit Committee Report (page 109);
Accounting policies and Note 17 of the Consolidated
Financial Statements (page 189).
We understood the methodology applied in management’s impairment reviews for each of the material CGUs
and identified the financial controls over the process but did not test or rely on controls.
For all material CGUs, we performed the following procedures:
We assessed whether the identification of CGUs or groups of CGUs continues to be appropriate for the
purpose of management’s impairment assessment.
We validated the carrying amounts of the net assets subject to impairment testing to the underlying
accounting records, checking consistency between the assets and liabilities included in the carrying value
and the related cash flows.
We tested the integrity and mathematical accuracy of the value in use models prepared by management
to support the recoverable values, and that the models are appropriate for this purpose and in line with the
requirements of IAS 36 Impairment of Assets.
We agreed forecast cash flows to Board approved budgets and strategic plans.
We performed reserve stress tests over key assumptions to understand what changes in these assumptions
would eliminate headroom.
We considered whether any significant changes occurred between management’s assessment date and
the year end that would impact the impairment test conclusion. We did this by reviewing the ongoing
performance of the business and considering changes in the current macro-economic environment.
We considered the appropriateness of the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements.
We considered whether any reasonably possible change disclosures were required based upon the
headroom within the sensitivity analysis.
We identified the CGUs presenting a higher risk of impairment based on the materiality of the allocated goodwill,
historical and actual trading performance, the level of headroom estimated by management and its sensitivity to
changes in key assumptions. For these CGUs, we performed additional audit procedures, in particular:
We tested the key assumptions supporting management’s forecast cash flows, including revenue growth,
operating profit margin and discount rate. We compared management’s forecasts to relevant economic and
property industry forecasts and to the historical performance of the CGUs. We also engaged our internal
valuation specialists to assist with the evaluation of the discount rates applied in management’s value in
use models.
We performed our own sensitivity analysis to understand the impact of changes to key assumptions, in
particular revenue growth, operating profit margin and discount rate, on the value in use assessment and
stress tested the assessment to conclude on possible impairment.
For CGUs where the recoverability of the goodwill was sensitive to reasonably possible changes in
key assumptions, we determined whether appropriate disclosures have been included in the Group
financial statements.
153
Key observations communicated to the Audit Committee
Based on our procedures, we conclude that the recoverable value of the goodwill is less than the carrying value for the Pitmore CGU and that management’s impairment of
£2.2m fully writing off the goodwill balance for that CGU is appropriate.
The recoverable values of all other CGUs exceed their carrying value and we conclude that there is no impairment of these assets in the year.
The disclosures prepared by management comply with IAS 36 and appropriately reflect the CGUs where a reasonable change in assumption could result in an
impairment charge.
Management have appropriately highlighted that a reasonably possible change in certain key assumptions in particular revenue and operating profit margin forecasts could
lead to material impairment charges in the US and Riviera.
We concluded appropriate disclosures had been included in the financial statements for the above assumptions.
How we scoped our audit to respond to the risk and involvement with component teams
Goodwill impairment (Risk amount – £463.8m)
We performed centralised procedures over this risk for 19 CGUs which covered 98% of the risk amount, with assistance from a number of component teams.
Our application of materiality
We apply the concept of materiality in planning and performing the audit, in evaluating the effect of identified misstatements on the audit and in forming our audit opinion.
Materiality
The magnitude of an omission or misstatement that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of the users of the
financial statements. Materiality provides a basis for determining the nature and extent of our audit procedures.
We determined materiality for the Group to be £6.8m (2024: £6.1m), which is 5% (2024: 5%) of profit before tax adjusted for certain non-recurring items. We believe that
profit before tax adjusted for non-recurring items provides us with the most relevant performance measure to the stakeholders of the entity and therefore have determined
materiality based on this number.
We determined materiality for the Parent Company to be £7.2m (2024: £6.4m), which is 2% of net assets (equity) (2024: 2% of total assets). We believe that net assets are the
key focus for the users of the financial statements of the Parent Company resulting in the change in the basis upon which we determine materiality for the Parent Company.
154
Starting basis
IFRS profit before tax: £101.0m
Adjustment for non-
recurring items
Add back:
Material transaction-related costs £3.6m
Restructuring costs £30.5m
Impairment charge £4.6m
Less:
Fair value loss on call option £0.7m
Profit on disposal of subsidiaries £4.5m
IFRS profit before tax adjusted for non-
recurring items of £135.9m
Materiality of £6.8m (5% of materiality basis)
During the course of our audit, we reassessed materiality which resulted in a small
increase from our initial materiality of £6.6m to the final materiality of £6.8m. We
have audited using the final materiality of £6.8m.
Performance materiality
The application of materiality at the individual account or balance level. It is set at an
amount to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of
uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds materiality.
On the basis of our risk assessments, together with our assessment of the Group’s
overall control environment, our judgement is that performance materiality is 50%
(2024: 50%) of our planning materiality, namely £3.4m (2024: £3.0m). We have set
performance materiality at this percentage due to the risk of material misstatements
occurring within the financial statements, including our understanding of the control
environment and history of past errors identified.
Audit work at component locations for the purpose of obtaining audit coverage over
significant financial statement accounts is undertaken based on a percentage of
total performance materiality. The performance materiality set for each component
is based on the relative scale and risk of the component to the Group as a whole and
our assessment of the risk of misstatement at that component. In the current year,
the range of performance materiality allocated to components was £0.6m to £2.0m
(2024: £0.6m to £1.8m).
Reporting threshold
An amount below which identified misstatements are considered as being
clearly trivial.
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all uncorrected
audit differences in excess of £0.3m (2024: £0.3m), which is set at 5% of planning
materiality, as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted
reporting on qualitative grounds.
We evaluate any uncorrected misstatements against both the quantitative measures
of materiality discussed above and in light of other relevant qualitative considerations
in forming our opinion.
Other information
The other information comprises the information included in the Annual Report
including the Overview, Strategic Report, Governance, Shareholder information and
the Appendices set out on pages 273 and 274 other than the financial statements
and our auditor’s report thereon. The Directors are responsible for the other
information contained within the Annual Report.
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and,
except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, we do not express any
form of assurance conclusion thereon.
Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether
the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or
our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit or otherwise appears to be
materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material
misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise to a material
misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we
have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of the other
information, we are required to report that fact.
We have nothing to report in this regard.
155
Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been
properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
the information given in the strategic report and the Directors’ report for the
financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with
the financial statements; and
the strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance
with applicable legal requirements.
Matters on which we are required to report by exception
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the Parent
Company and its environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have not
identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the Directors’ report.
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which
the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:
adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or
returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited
by us; or
the Parent Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’
Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting
records and returns; or
certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.
Corporate Governance Statement
We have reviewed the Directors’ statement in relation to going concern, longer-term
viability and that part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Group
and company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance
Code specified for our review by the UK Listing Rules.
Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each
of the following elements of the Corporate Governance Statement is materially
consistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit:
Directors’ statement with regards to the appropriateness of adopting the going
concern basis of accounting and any material uncertainties identified set out on
page 141;
Directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the company’s prospects, the period
this assessment covers and why the period is appropriate set out on page 141;
Directors’ statement on whether it has a reasonable expectation that the Group
will be able to continue in operation and meets its liabilities set out on page 141;
Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 146;
Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging
and principal risks set out on page 32;
The section of the annual report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk
management and internal control systems set out on page 113; and
The section describing the work of the audit committee set out on pages 102 to 113.
Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement set out on page
146, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and
for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as
the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements
that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the
Group and Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as
applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of
accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent
Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
156
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud
or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable
assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted
in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it
exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if,
individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.
Explanation as to what extent the audit was considered capable of
detecting irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and
regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined
above, to detect irregularities, including fraud. The risk of not detecting a material
misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting
from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery
or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion. The extent to which our
procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below.
However, the primary responsibility for the prevention and detection of fraud rests
with both those charged with governance of the company and management.
We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that are
applicable to the Group and determined that the most significant are those
relevant to the reporting framework (UK adopted international accounting
standards, the Companies Act 2006 and UK Corporate Governance Code) and
the relevant international tax laws and regulations. In addition, we concluded that
there are certain significant laws and regulations which may have an effect on the
determination of the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements being the
Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority, UK financial services legislation, those
laws and regulations relating to employee matters and pensions legislation, and
data protection requirements in the jurisdictions in which the Group operates.
We understood how Savills plc is complying with those frameworks through
enquiry of management, internal audit, those responsible for legal and compliance
procedures and the company secretary. We corroborated our enquiries through
our review of board minutes and papers provided to the Board and the Audit
Committee, including internal audit reports, and our attendance at the meetings
of the Audit Committee, as well as consideration of the results of our audit
procedures across the Group.
We assessed the susceptibility of the Group’s financial statements to material
misstatement, including how fraud might occur by meeting with management
from various parts of the business to understand where it considered there was
susceptibility to fraud. We also considered performance targets impacting bonus
arrangements, and the risk of management override of controls. We considered
the programmes and controls that the Group has established to prevent, deter
and detect fraud, and how senior management monitors those programmes and
controls. The risk in revenue for cut off in the transactional advisory business and
management override of controls in all revenue streams was considered to be
higher and we performed audit procedures to address these fraud risks. These
procedures were designed to provide reasonable assurance that the financial
statements were free from material fraud or error.
Based on this understanding we designed our audit procedures to identify non-
compliance with such laws and regulations. Our procedures involved:
Enquiry of Group management, divisional management, internal audit, those
charged with governance and legal counsel regarding their knowledge and any
non-compliance or potential non-compliance with laws and regulations of fraud
that could affect the financial statements;
Reading minutes of meetings of those charged with governance;
Assessment of matters reported to the Audit Committee and the results of
Management’s investigation of such matters, involving the use of specialists
where necessary; and
Journal entry testing, with a focus on revenue journals and journals indicating
large or unusual transactions close to the year end based on our understanding
of the business.
157
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at https://www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.
Other matters we are required to address
Following the recommendation from the audit committee we were appointed by
the company on 19 May 2021 to audit the financial statements for the year ending
31 December 2021 and subsequent financial periods.
The period of total uninterrupted engagement including previous renewals and
reappointments is 5 years, covering the years ending 2021 to 2025.
The audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit committee.
Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance
with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been
undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we
are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the
fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone
other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work,
for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
Christabel Cowling (Senior statutory auditor)
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP,
Statutory Auditor
London
158
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
for the year ended 31 December 2025
Notes
restated*
8.1 and 9
2,550.9
2,404.0
Employee benefits expense*
12.1
(1,803.0)
(1,693.2)
Depreciation
18 and 19.1
(69.1)
(70.2)
Amortisation of intangible assets
17
(15.8)
(16.1)
Impairments
(4.6)
(1.9)
Other operating expenses*
(575.4)
(549.5)
Increase in provision for expected
credit loss
(2.2)
(8.3)
Other net gains
4.5
1.5
Share of post-tax profit from joint
ventures and associates
20
8.2
7.5
Operating profit
10
93.5
73.8
Finance income
13
49.4
57.5
Finance costs
13
(41.9)
(43.0)
Net finance income
7.5
14.5
Profit before income tax
101.0
88.3
Income tax expense
14.1 and 14.2
(27.4)
(35.4)
Profit for the year
73.6
52.9
Attributable to:
Owners of the parent
70.9
53.6
Non-controlling interests
2.7
(0.7)
73.6
52.9
Notes
restated*
Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share
15.1
52.0p
39.4p
Diluted earnings per share
15.1
49.3p
37.2p
Supplementary income statement information
Reconciliation to underlying profit
before income tax
Profit before income tax
101.0
88.3
– Restructuring and transaction-
related costs
34.1
33.1
– Other underlying adjustments
10.2
9.0
Underlying profit before income tax
8.1 and 11
145.3
130.4
See Note 7 for details of the prior year restatement.
159
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
for the year ended 31 December 2025
Notes
Profit for the year
73.6
52.9
Other comprehensive income/(loss)
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:
Remeasurement of defined benefit pension scheme
and employee benefit obligations
10.5
Changes in fair value of financial assets held at FVOCI
0.1
(0.7)
Tax on other items that will not be reclassified
14.3
(0.9)
(2.9)
Total items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
1.8
6.9
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Currency translation differences
(18.3)
(5.7)
Tax on items that may be reclassified
14.3
(0.3)
Total items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
(18.6)
(5.7)
Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year
(16.8)
1.2
Total comprehensive income for the year
56.8
54.1
Total comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to:
Owners of the parent
54.1
55.9
Non-controlling interests
2.7
(1.8)
56.8
54.1
160
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
as at 31 December 2025
Notes
Assets: Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
18
70.5
62.3
Investment property
18
14.4
Right-of-use assets
19.1
205.2
183.0
Goodwill
17
463.8
459.0
Intangible assets
17
42.3
51.8
Investments in joint ventures and associates
20
40.7
38.4
Deferred income tax assets
14.5
72.9
64.8
Financial assets at fair value through other
comprehensive income (‘FVOCI’)
21.3
4.9
4.6
Financial assets at fair value through profit
and loss (‘FVPL’)
21.4
27.8
27.3
Defined benefit pension surplus
28
15.9
13.5
Contract related assets
9.2
0.8
1.3
Trade and other receivables
22
73.7
72.6
1,032.9
978.6
Assets: Current assets
Inventories
1.0
Contract assets
9.2
10.5
13.0
Trade and other receivables
22
769.9
718.9
Income tax receivable
4.5
4.0
Derivative financial instruments
21
0.8
0.3
Cash and cash equivalents*
23
531.6
536.5
1,318.3
1,272.7
Liabilities: Current liabilities
Borrowings
25
48.0
41.3
Overdrafts in notional pooling arrangement*
23.1
187.2
199.3
Lease liabilities
19.2
51.0
49.7
Derivative financial instruments
21
2.1
1.3
Contract liabilities
9.2
14.4
16.7
Trade and other payables
759.6
729.7
Income tax liabilities
17.3
15.4
Employee benefit obligations
27
18.7
19.4
Provisions
26
29.8
19.2
1,128.1
1,092.0
Notes
Net current assets
190.2
180.7
Total assets less current liabilities
1,223.1
1,159.3
Liabilities: Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
128.7
119.6
Lease liabilities
19.2
204.4
183.4
24.4
12.6
Other payables
16.0
14.8
Employee benefit obligations
27
26.9
25.1
Provisions
26
15.4
23.4
Deferred income tax liabilities
14.5
2.9
418.7
381.5
Net assets
804.4
777.8
Equity:
Share capital
31
3.7
3.6
Share premium
31
116.1
105.0
Other reserves
32
71.4
89.3
Retained earnings
32
575.2
548.9
Equity attributable to owners of
the parent
766.4
746.8
30
38.0
31.0
Total equity
804.4
777.8
Included within cash and cash equivalents are cash balances of £189.2m (31 December 2024: £200.2m)
that are operated within a notional cash pooling arrangement together with overdraft balances
of £187.2m (31 December 2024: £199.3m) presented above in current liabilities. See Note 23.1 for
further details.
The consolidated financial statements on pages 159 to 164 were authorised for
issue by the Board of Directors on 12 March 2026 and were signed on its behalf by:
S J B Shaw
Savills plc
Registered in England No. 2122174
161
Attributable to owners of the parent
Non-
controlling
interests
Total
equity
Share
capital
Share
premium
Other
reserves*
Retained
earnings**
Balance at 1 January 2025
3.6
105.0
89.3
548.9
746.8
31.0
777.8
70.9
70.9
73.6
Other comprehensive income/(loss):
Remeasurement of defined benefit pension scheme and employee
benefit obligations
Changes in fair value of financial assets at FVOCI
0.1
0.1
Tax on items taken to other comprehensive income/(loss)
14.3
(1.2)
(1.2)
(1.2)
Currency translation differences
(18.3)
(18.3)
(18.3)
Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year
(18.2)
72.3
54.1
56.8
Employee share option scheme:
– Value of services provided
33
28.4
28.4
28.4
– Tax on employee share option schemes
14.4
0.2
0.2
0.2
Issue of share capital
31
11.1
11.2
11.2
Purchase of treasury shares
(17.4)
(17.4)
(17.4)
Dividends
16
(41.2)
(41.2)
(2.0)
(43.2)
Reclassification
0.3
(0.3)
Transfer between reserves
(0.1)
(0.1)
Transactions with non-controlling interests
(1.8)
(1.8)
1.6
(0.2)
Fair value of derivative financial instruments
(13.8)
(13.8)
(13.8)
Acquisitions of subsidiaries
29
4.6
4.6
Balance at 31 December 2025
3.7
116.1
71.4
575.2
766.4
38.0
804.4
Included within other reserves on the face of the statement of financial position are the capital redemption reserve, merger relief reserve, foreign exchange reserve and revaluation reserve as disclosed in Note 32.
** Included within retained earnings on the face of the statement of financial position are treasury shares, share-based payments reserve and the profit and loss account as disclosed in Note 32.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
162
Attributable to owners of the parent
Non-
controlling
interests
equity
Share
capital
Share
premium
Other
reserves*
Retained
earnings**
Balance at 1 January 2024
3.6
104.9
94.5
514.9
717.9
34.9
752.8
53.6
53.6
(0.7)
52.9
Other comprehensive income/(loss):
Remeasurement of defined benefit pension scheme and employee
benefit obligations
10.5
10.5
10.5
Changes in fair value of financial assets at FVOCI
(0.7)
(0.7)
Tax on items taken to other comprehensive income/(loss)
14.3
(2.9)
(2.9)
(2.9)
(4.6)
(4.6)
(1.1)
(5.7)
Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year
(5.3)
61.2
55.9
(1.8)
54.1
Employee share option scheme:
– Value of services provided
33
31.4
31.4
31.4
– Tax on employee share option schemes
14.4
0.8
0.8
0.8
Issue of share capital
Purchase of treasury shares
(22.9)
(22.9)
(22.9)
(31.2)
(31.2)
(2.6)
(33.8)
Transfer between reserves
(1.3)
(1.2)
1.2
Transactions with non-controlling interests
4.4
4.4
6.1
Fair value of derivative financial instruments
(8.4)
(8.4)
(8.4)
Acquisitions of subsidiaries
(6.8)
(6.8)
Balance at 31 December 2024
3.6
105.0
89.3
548.9
746.8
31.0
777.8
Included within other reserves on the face of the statement of financial position are the capital redemption reserve, merger relief reserve, foreign exchange reserve and revaluation reserve as disclosed in Note 32.
** Included within retained earnings on the face of the statement of financial position are treasury shares, share-based payments reserve and the profit and loss account as disclosed in Note 32.
163
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations
35
202.7
177.3
Interest received
47.1
57.2
Interest paid
(40.6)
(42.0)
Income tax paid
(36.9)
(33.9)
Net cash generated from operating activities
172.3
158.6
Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
0.2
0.2
Proceeds from sale of financial assets held
at FVOCI and FVPL
1.4
1.0
Proceeds from sale of interests in joint ventures
Dividends received from joint ventures
6.0
4.2
Dividends received from associates
3.5
2.8
Dividends received from other parties
0.7
0.5
Repayment of loans by joint ventures
0.4
Loans to associates
(1.2)
(0.4)
Loans to other parties
(0.1)
(0.5)
Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash and
overdrafts acquired
29
(22.4)
(2.6)
Disposal of subsidiaries, net of cash and
overdrafts disposed
29
2.4
Deferred consideration paid in relation to
prior year acquisitions
(0.9)
Sublease receipts
2.0
2.1
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
18
(27.8)
(11.7)
Purchase of intangible assets
(5.3)
(9.1)
Purchase of investment in joint ventures
(0.2)
(0.3)
Purchase of investment in associates
(1.1)
Purchase of financial assets held at FVOCI
and FVPL
(1.9)
(6.1)
Net cash used in investing activities
(43.9)
(20.7)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issue of shares
11.2
Proceeds from transaction with non-
controlling interest
11.3
Payments to non-controlling
interest holders
(0.2)
(5.4)
Proceeds from borrowings
137.8
85.2
Repayments of borrowings
(135.1)
(87.4)
Payment of financing fees
(2.0)
Principal elements of lease payments
19.2
(56.0)
(59.6)
(17.4)
(22.9)
Dividends paid
16, 30
(43.2)
(33.8)
Net cash used in financing activities
(104.9)
(112.5)
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents
and bank overdrafts
23.5
25.4
Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts
at beginning of year
327.4
310.1
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash
and cash equivalents held
(9.9)
(8.1)
Cash, cash equivalents and bank
overdrafts at end of year
23
341.0
327.4
164
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Year ended 31 December 2025
165
1. General information
Savills plc (the ‘Company’) and its subsidiaries (together the ‘Group’) is a global real
estate services group. The Group operates through a network of offices in the UK,
Europe, Asia Pacific, North America, Africa and the Middle East. Savills plc is listed
on the London Stock Exchange and employed a monthly average of 42,863 staff
worldwide during 2025.
These consolidated financial statements were approved for issue by the Board of
Directors on 12 March 2026. The Board of Directors have the power to amend the
financial statements after issue.
2. Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK
adopted international accounting standards (‘IFRS’) and with the provisions of the
Companies Act 2006. The consolidated financial statements are prepared on a going
concern basis (refer to Note 3) and under the historical cost convention as modified
by the revaluation of loans receivable, equity investments held at FVOCI, financial
assets held at FVPL and derivative financial instruments held at fair value.
In preparing the financial statements management has considered the impact of
climate change, taking into account the relevant disclosures in the Strategic Report,
including those made in accordance with the recommendations of the Taskforce
on Climate-related Financial Disclosure. These considerations included the limited
exposure in terms of tangible assets, including in our investment management
business where we do not own the properties, as well as our current assessment
that the transition costs to a low-carbon economy will be outweighed by alternative
business opportunities, therefore not impacting the recoverability of our intangible
assets. On this basis, we concluded that climate change did not have a material
impact on the financial reporting judgements and estimates, consistent with the
assessment that this is not expected to have a significant impact on the Group’s
going concern or viability assessment.
3. Going concern
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future
development, performance and position are set out in the Strategic Report. The
financial position of the Group, its cash flows and liquidity position are described in
the Financial Review, with details of the Group’s treasury activities and exposure to
financial risk included in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements.
The Group has prepared its going concern assessment for the period to the end
of June 2027. As in prior years, the Board undertook a strategic business review in
the current year, taking account of the Group’s current position and prospects, the
Group’s strategic plan, and the Group’s principal risks and the management of those
risks, as detailed in the Annual Report and the Board’s risk appetite as detailed in
the Strategic Report. Sensitivity analysis was also undertaken, including financing
projections, to flex the financial forecasts under several severe downside scenarios,
which involved applying different assumptions to the underlying forecasted revenues,
costs and underlying profits both individually and in aggregate. These scenarios
assess the potential impact from several macro-economic risks, including a severe
global economic downturn. The results of this sensitivity analysis showed that the
Group would retain liquidity and maintain significant available facility and covenant
headroom to be able to withstand the impact of such scenarios over the period
of the financial forecast, as a result of the resilience and diversity of the Group,
underpinned by a strong balance sheet.
Based on the Group’s positive net cash position of £167.7m (cash and cash
equivalents less overdrafts in notional pooling arrangements and borrowings) and
undrawn borrowing facilities of £414.6m available to the Group at the year-end, as
described in the Financial Review, combined with the assessment explained above,
the Directors have formed the judgement at the time of approving the financial
statements, that there is a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate
resources to continue as a going concern for a period of at least 12 months from
the date of the approval of the financial statements until at least June 2027. For this
reason, they continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing
the consolidated financial statements.
4. Material accounting policies that apply to the consolidated
financial statements
The material accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated
financial statements are set out below. Other material accounting policies applicable
to a particular area are disclosed in the most relevant note.
They can be identified by the following symbol:
These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Year ended 31 December 2025
4. Material accounting policies that apply to the consolidated
financial statements
166
4.1 Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include those of the Company and its
subsidiary undertakings, together with the Group’s share of results of its associates
and joint ventures.
(a) Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls
an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its
involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its
power over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which
control is transferred to the Group.
Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains and losses on transactions
between Group companies are eliminated. Profits and losses resulting from
intercompany transactions that are recognised in assets are also eliminated.
Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure
consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.
(b) Acquisition of subsidiaries
The Group applies the acquisition method of accounting to account for business
combinations. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair
value of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred and the equity interests issued by
the Group. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in
a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date.
The Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree on an acquisition-by-
acquisition basis, either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate
share of the recognised amounts of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets.
Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the Group is recognised at fair
value at the acquisition date. Contingent consideration only applies to situations
where contingent payments are not dependent on future employment of vendors.
Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration that is deemed
to be an asset or liability is recognised in profit or loss. Contingent consideration that is
classified as equity is not remeasured, and its subsequent settlement is accounted for
within equity. Payments dependent on future employment are expensed to the income
statement over the relevant period of employment as required by IFRS 3 (revised).
Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.
(c) Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries without change of control
Transactions with non-controlling interests that do not result in loss of control are
accounted for as equity transactions, that is, as transactions with the owners in their
capacity as owners. The difference between fair value of any consideration paid and
the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is
recorded in equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests are also
recorded in equity.
(d) Associates and joint ventures
Investments in associates and joint ventures are accounted for using the equity
method of accounting.
Under the equity method, the investment is initially recognised at cost, and the
carrying amount is increased or decreased to recognise the investor’s share of the
profit or loss of the investee after the date of acquisition. The Group’s investment in
associates includes goodwill (net of any accumulated impairment loss) identified on
acquisition (see Note 20).
The Group’s share of its associates’ and joint ventures’ post-acquisition profits or losses
is recognised in the income statement with a corresponding adjustment to the carrying
amount of the investment. Dividends received or receivable from associates and joint
ventures are recognised as a reduction in the carrying amount of the investment.
When the Group’s share of losses in an associate or joint venture equals or exceeds its
interest in the associate or joint venture (which includes any long-term interests that,
in substance, form part of the Group’s net investment in the associate or joint venture)
the Group does not recognise further losses unless it has incurred legal or constructive
obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate or joint venture.
Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associates and joint
ventures are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associate or
joint venture. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides
evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of associates
and joint ventures have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with
the policies adopted by the Group.
The carrying amount of associates and joint ventures is tested for impairment in
accordance with the policy described in Note 17.
Profit or loss on disposal of associates and joint ventures is recognised in profit or
loss as other gains/(losses).
4.1 Consolidation
167
(e) Investment management funds
The Investment Management business enters into strategic partnerships and
mandates to provide asset management or investment advisory services to external
clients, and in certain instances also has an interest in the fund general partner or
in co-investment schemes (the Savills Investment Management funds). In its role as
fund manager, the Investment Management business is considered by management
to be acting as an agent which does not have control under IFRS 10 and therefore
the Savills Investment Management funds are not consolidated as part of the Group.
4.2 Foreign currency translation
(a) Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are
measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the
entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are
presented in sterling, which is also the Company’s functional currency.
(b) Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using
the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange
gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the
translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated
in foreign currencies are recognised in the income statement, except when deferred
in other comprehensive income as qualifying cash flow hedges.
Translation differences on non-monetary financial assets and liabilities are reported as
part of the fair value gain or loss and are recognised in the income statement, except
for financial assets held at FVOCI, which are recognised in other comprehensive
income. Non-monetary items carried at historical cost are reported using the
exchange rate at the date of the transaction.
(c) Group entities
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value
adjustments arising on consolidation, are translated to the Group’s presentational
currency at foreign exchange rates ruling at the reporting date. Exchange
differences arising from this translation of foreign operations are recognised in
other comprehensive income and taken to the foreign exchange reserve.
The income and expenses of foreign operations are translated at an average rate for
the year where this rate approximates to the foreign exchange rates ruling at the
dates of the transactions.
4.3 Adoption of standards, amendments and interpretations
to standards
Standards, amendments and interpretations adopted for use in the United Kingdom
and mandatorily effective for the first time for the financial year beginning 1 January
2025 that are not relevant nor considered to have a significant impact on the Group
and its financial statements include the following:
Amendments to IAS 21: Lack of Exchangeability.
There are no other standards that are not yet effective that would be expected to
have a material impact on the Group in the current or future reporting periods and
on foreseeable future transactions with the exception of IFRS 18
Presentation and
Disclosure in Financial Statements
which is effective from 1 January 2027. The Group
has commenced a review of the requirements to ensure the presentation changes
and additional disclosure information can be made in line with the required dates.
The Group will apply the new standard from its mandatory effective date of 1 January
2027. Retrospective application is required, and so the comparative information for the
financial year ended 31 December 2026 will be restated in accordance with IFRS 18.
5. Critical accounting estimates and significant judgements
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use
of accounting estimates and assumptions. It also requires management to exercise
its judgement in the process of applying our accounting policies. We continually
evaluate our estimates, assumptions and judgements based on available information
and experience. As the use of estimates is inherent in financial reporting, actual
results could differ from these estimates.
5. Critical accounting estimates and significant
judgements
168
Our critical accounting estimates are those estimates that carry a significant risk
of resulting in a material adjustment to the carrying amount of assets and liabilities
within the next financial year. Significant judgements are those made by management
in applying our material accounting policies that have a material impact on the
amounts presented in the financial statements.
Our critical accounting estimates and significant judgements are described in
the following notes to the financial statements.
They can be identified by the following symbol:
| Critical | Significant | ||
| Note | estimate | judgement | |
| Valuation of defined benefit pension | |||
| assets and liabilities | 28 | | |
| Goodwill impairment | 17 | | |
| Debtor recoverability | 22 | | |
| Classification of non-underlying terms* | 11 | | |
| Determination of lease terms | 19 | |
Please also refer to the Appendices for the Group’s constant currency analysis, a non-GAAP measure.
6. Financial risk management
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks. The Group has in place
a risk management programme that seeks to limit the adverse effects on the financial
performance of the Group.
The Group treasury function is responsible for implementing risk management
policies applied by the Group. The Group treasury function has a policy and
procedures manual that sets out specific guidelines on financial risks and the use
of financial instruments to manage these.
6.1 Foreign exchange risk
The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risks primarily
with respect to the euro, Hong Kong dollar and US dollar. Foreign exchange risk
arises from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities and
net investments in foreign operations. When there is a material committed foreign
currency exposure the foreign exchange risk will be hedged. The Group may finance
some overseas investments through the use of foreign currency borrowings. The
Group does not actively seek to hedge risks arising from foreign currency translations
due to their non-cash nature and the high costs associated with such hedging.
The sensitivity analysis has been prepared for the major currencies to which
the Group is exposed. Recent historical movements in these currencies have
been considered and it has been concluded that a 5–10% movement in rates is a
reasonable benchmark.
For the years ended 31 December, if the average currency conversion rates against
sterling for the year had changed with all other variables held constant, the Group
post-tax profit for the year would have increased or decreased as shown below:
| Movement of currency against sterling | ||||
| £m | -10.0% | -5.0% | +5.0% | +10.0% |
| 2025 | ||||
| Estimated impact on post-tax profit | ||||
| Euro | (0.7) | (0.4) | 0.4 | 0.8 |
| Hong Kong dollar | (1.1) | (0.6) | 0.6 | 1.3 |
| US dollar | 0.3 | 0.2 | (0.2) | (0.4) |
| Chinese renminbi | (0.1) | (0.1) | 0.1 | 0.2 |
| Estimated impact on components of equity | ||||
| Euro | (8.6) | (4.5) | 5.0 | 10.5 |
| Hong Kong dollar | (10.3) | (5.4) | 6.0 | 12.6 |
| US dollar | (16.9) | (8.9) | 9.8 | 20.7 |
| Chinese renminbi | (2.6) | (1.4) | 1.5 | 3.2 |
6. Financial risk management
6.1 Foreign exchange risk
169
| | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Movement of currency against sterling | | | |
| £m | -10.0% | -5.0% | +5.0% | +10.0% |
| 2024 | | | | |
| Estimated impact on post-tax profit | | | | |
| Euro | 0.7 | 0.4 | (0.4) | (0.9) |
| Hong Kong dollar | (0.1) | (0.1) | 0.1 | 0.1 |
| US dollar | (0.5) | (0.3) | 0.3 | 0.6 |
| Chinese renminbi | (0.2) | (0.1) | 0.1 | 0.2 |
| Estimated impact on components of equity | | | | |
| Euro | 3.2 | 1.7 | (1.8) | (3.9) |
| Hong Kong dollar | (6.7) | (3.5) | 3.9 | 8.2 |
| US dollar | (18.5) | (9.7) | 10.7 | 22.6 |
| Chinese renminbi | (3.9) | (2.1) | 2.3 | 4.8 |
6.2 Interest rate risk
The Group has both interest-bearing assets and liabilities. The Group finances its
operations through a mixture of retained profits and bank borrowings, at both fixed
and floating interest rates. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group
cash flow to interest rate risk, which is partially offset by cash held at variable rates.
Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk.
Group policy is to maintain at least 70% of its borrowings in fixed rate instruments.
For the year ended 31 December 2025, if the average interest rate for the year had
changed with all other variables held constant, the Group’s post-tax profit for the
year and equity would have increased or decreased as shown below:
| Increase in interest rates | ||||
| £m | +0.5% | +1.0% | +1.5% | +2.0% |
| 2025 | ||||
| Estimated impact on post-tax profit and equity | 0.8 | 1.7 | 2.5 | 3.4 |
| 2024 | ||||
| Estimated impact on post-tax profit and equity | 1.0 | 2.0 | 3.0 | 4.0 |
| Decrease in interest rates | ||||
| £m | -0.5% | -1.0% | -1.5% | -2.0% |
| 2025 | ||||
| Estimated impact on post-tax profit and equity | (0.8) | (1.7) | (2.5) | (3.4) |
| 2024 | ||||
| Estimated impact on post-tax profit and equity | (1.0) | (2.0) | (3.0) | (3.9) |
The rationale behind the 2.0% sensitivity analysis is based upon historic trends
in interest rate movements and the short-term expectation that any increase or
decrease greater than 2.0% is unlikely to occur.
6.3 Credit risk
Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, equity investments, loans
receivables, debt-like financial instruments and derivative financial instruments and
deposits with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to clients,
including outstanding receivables and committed transactions.
The Group has policies that require appropriate credit checks on potential
customers before engaging with them. A risk control framework is used to assess
the credit quality of clients, taking into account financial position, past experience
and other factors. There were no material individual trade receivable balances as
at 31 December 2025. Refer to Note 22 for information on the credit quality of
trade and other receivables and the maximum exposure to credit risk arising on
outstanding receivables from clients.
Individual risk limits for banks and financial institutions are set based on external
ratings and in accordance with limits set by the Board. The utilisation of credit limits
is regularly monitored. As at the reporting date, no significant credit risk existed
in relation to banking counterparties. No credit limits were exceeded during the
reporting year, and management does not expect any losses from non-performance
by these counterparties.
6.3 Credit risk
170
The table below shows the Group’s cash and cash equivalents, overdrafts in notional
pooling arrangements and bank overdrafts, as per the statement of cash flows, split
by counterparty ratings as at 31 December:
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| Counterparty rating (S&P long-term ratings) | £m | £m |
| AA- | 9.8 | 11.6 |
| A+ | 200.6 | 182.3 |
| A | 60.0 | 63.7 |
| A- | 31.4 | 29.5 |
| BBB+ | 10.9 | 3.9 |
| BBB or below | 28.3 | 36.4 |
| Total | 341.0 | 327.4 |
6.4 Liquidity risk
The Group maintains appropriate committed facilities to ensure the Group has
sufficient funds available for operations and expansion. The Group prepares an
annual funding plan approved by the Board which sets out the Group’s expected
financing requirements for the next 12 months.
Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity reserve comprising
undrawn borrowing facilities (Note 25) and cash and cash equivalents (Note 23 and
Note 23.1) on the basis of expected cash flow. This is carried out at local level in the
operating companies of the Group in accordance with Group practice as well as on
a Group consolidated basis.
The table below analyses the Group’s financial liabilities and net-settled derivative
financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period
from the reporting date to the contractual maturity date.
| Total | ||||||
| Between | Between | contractual | ||||
| Less than | 1 and 2 | 2 and 5 | Over | undiscounted | Carrying | |
| £m | a year | years | years | 5 years | cash flows | values |
| 2025 | ||||||
| Borrowings | 48.2 | 1.7 | 123.5 | 4.0 | 177.4 | 176.7 |
| Overdrafts in notional | ||||||
| pooling arrangement | 187.2 | – | – | – | 187.2 | 187.2 |
| Lease liabilities | 59.4 | 67.9 | 103.9 | 57.4 | 288.6 | 255.4 |
| Derivative financial | ||||||
| instruments | 2.1 | 4.2 | 21.8 | 13.4 | 41.5 | 26.5 |
| Trade and other | ||||||
| payables | 331.7 | 1.5 | 6.0 | – | 339.2 | 337.9 |
| 628.6 | 75.3 | 255.2 | 74.8 | 1,033.9 | 983.7 |
| Total | ||||||
| Between | Between | contractual | ||||
| Less than | 1 and 2 | 2 and 5 | Over | undiscounted | Carrying | |
| £m | a year | years | years | 5 years | cash flows | values |
| 2024 | ||||||
| Borrowings | 45.6 | 3.8 | 68.7 | 60.6 | 178.7 | 160.9 |
| Overdrafts in notional | ||||||
| pooling arrangement | 199.3 | – | – | – | 199.3 | 199.3 |
| Lease liabilities | 59.1 | 63.5 | 108.7 | 41.2 | 272.5 | 233.1 |
| Derivative financial | ||||||
| instruments | 1.3 | 1.0 | 5.4 | 14.2 | 21.9 | 13.9 |
| Trade and other | ||||||
| payables | 347.5 | 5.0 | 4.1 | – | 356.6 | 355.2 |
| 652.8 | 73.3 | 186.9 | 116.0 | 1,029.0 | 962.4 |
171
6.5 Capital risk management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are:
to safeguard the Group’s ability to provide returns for Shareholders and benefits
for other stakeholders; and
to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.
The Group’s overall strategy remains unchanged from 2024.
Savills plc is not subject to any externally-imposed capital requirements, with
the exception of its regulated entities within the Savills Investment Management
Group and its FCA (Financial Conduct Authority) regulated entity, Savills Capital
Advisors Limited, in the UK. All regulated entities complied with the relevant
capital requirements for the year ended 31 December 2025. The Savills Investment
Management Group has regulated entities in the UK, Luxembourg, Germany,
Italy, Japan, Singapore and Australia. For more information on Savills Investment
Management Group’s regulated entities and regulatory requirements, please visit
www.savillsim.com.
In order to maintain an optimal capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount
of dividends paid to Shareholders, return capital to Shareholders, issue new shares or
sell assets to reduce debt.
The Board has put in place a distribution policy which takes into account the
degree of maintainability of the Group’s different profit streams and the Group’s
overall exposure to cyclical Transaction Advisory profits, as well as the requirement
to maintain a certain level of cash resources for working capital and corporate
development purposes.
The Board will recommend an ordinary dividend broadly reflecting the profits
derived from the Group’s less volatile businesses. In addition, when profits from the
cyclical Transaction Advisory business are strong, the Board will consider and, if
appropriate, recommend the payment of a supplemental dividend alongside the final
ordinary dividend. The value of any such supplemental dividend will vary depending
on the performance of the Group’s Transaction Advisory business and the Group’s
anticipated working capital and corporate development requirements through the
cycle. It is intended that, in normal circumstances, the combined value of the ordinary
and supplemental dividends declared in respect of any year are covered at least
1.5 times by retained earnings and/or at least 2.0 times by underlying profits after
taxation. The Group complied with this policy throughout the year.
The Group’s policy is primarily to borrow centrally, if required, to meet anticipated
funding requirements. These borrowings, together with cash generated from
operations, are then on-lent or contributed as equity to certain subsidiaries.
The Board of Directors monitors a number of debt measures on a rolling forward
12-month basis including: gross cash by location; gross debt by location; cash subject
to restrictions; total debt servicing cost to operating profit; gross borrowings as a
percentage of EBITDA (earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation);
and forecast headroom against available facilities. These internal measures indicate
the levels of debt that the Group has and are closely monitored to ensure compliance
with banking covenants and to confirm that the Group has sufficient unused facilities.
The Group complied with all banking covenants throughout the year and met all
internal counterparty exposure limits set by the Board.
The capital structure is as follows:
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| Equity | 804.4 | 777.8 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 531.6 | 536.5 |
| Overdrafts in notional pooling arrangement | (187.2) | (199.3) |
| Bank overdrafts | (3.4) | (9.8) |
| Borrowings (gross of transaction costs) | (173.4) | (151.5) |
| Cash and cash equivalents net of gross borrowings | 167.6 | 175.9 |
172
7. Prior year restatement
Presentation of employee benefits expenses associated with property management
contracts within the Income Statement
As part of a systems improvement project within the Group, management identified
that employment costs of employees associated with the delivery of certain lump
sum property management contracts had been incorrectly classified as contract
costs within other operating expenses in the Income Statement. In the current year,
these costs have been correctly classified as part of employee benefits expense
in the income statement. The prior year comparatives have been restated in
accordance with IAS 8.
The table below shows the impact of the prior year restatement on the Group’s
primary financial statements:
| 2024 | 2024 | ||
| reported | Restatement | restated | |
| £m | £m | £m | |
| Income Statement | |||
| Employee benefits expense | 1,581.4 | 111.8 | 1,693.2 |
| Other operating expenses | 661.3 | (111.8) | 549.5 |
This prior year restatement does not have any impact on reported comparative profit
after tax, earnings per share, the Statement of Financial Position or the Statement of
Cash Flows.
8. Segment information
Material accounting policies that apply to segment information
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal
reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The chief operating
decision-maker, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing
performance of the operating segments, has been identified as the Group
Executive Board (‘GEB’).
A business segment is a group of assets and operations engaged in providing
products or services that are subject to risks and returns that are different
from those of other business segments. A geographical segment is engaged in
providing products or services within a particular economic environment that is
subject to risks and returns that are different from those of segments operating
in other economic environments.
The GEB primarily manages the business based on the geographic location in
which the Group operates, with the Investment Management business being
managed separately. As the Group is strongly affected by both differences in
the types of services it provides and the geographical areas in which it operates,
the matrix approach of disclosing both the business and geographical segments
format is used.
Revenues and expenses are allocated to segments on the basis that they are
directly attributable or the relevant portion can be allocated on a reasonable basis.
The operating segments are identified as the following regions: Europe, the Middle
East and Africa (‘EMEA’), Asia Pacific and North America. The Savills Investment
Management business is also considered a separate operating segment. The
reportable operating segments derive their revenue primarily from property-
related services. Within EMEA and Asia Pacific, both commercial and residential
services are provided. Other segments are largely commercial-based.
Refer to the Group overview on page 3 and the segmental reviews on pages 10 to
15 for further information on revenue sources. The GEB also reviews the business
with reference to the nature of the services in each region. Therefore, the Group
has presented its segment analysis below in a matrix with the primary operating
segments based on regions in which the Group operates.
The GEB assesses the performance of operating segments based on a measure of
underlying profit before tax which adjusts reported pre-tax profit by profit/(loss)
on disposals, share-based payment adjustment, significant restructuring costs,
significant transaction-related costs, amortisation and impairment of intangible
assets arising from business combinations, impairment of goodwill and other items
that are considered non-operational and material (such as fair value gains/losses
on transaction-related options).
8. Segment information
173
8.1 Segment revenue and underlying profit
| North | ||||
| EMEA | Asia Pacific | America | Total | |
| 2025 | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Revenue | ||||
| Residential Transactional | 274.1 | 19.5 | – | 293.6 |
| Commercial Transactional | 268.0 | 113.6 | 291.0 | 672.6 |
| Consultancy | 389.4 | 115.8 | 41.4 | 546.6 |
| Property Management | 480.0 | 463.3 | – | 943.3 |
| Investment Management | 90.3 | 4.5 | – | 94.8 |
| Revenue | 1,501.8 | 716.7 | 332.4 | 2,550.9 |
| Underlying profit/(loss) before tax | ||||
| Residential Transactional | 19.6 | 2.6 | – | 22.2 |
| Commercial Transactional | 16.2 | 3.1 | 5.6 | 24.9 |
| Consultancy | 42.7 | 4.5 | 0.3 | 47.5 |
| Property Management | 29.7 | 22.5 | – | 52.2 |
| Investment Management | 13.0 | 0.9 | – | 13.9 |
| Unallocated | (15.4) | – | – | (15.4) |
| Underlying profit/(loss) before tax | 105.8 | 33.6 | 5.9 | 145.3 |
| North | ||||
| EMEA* | Asia Pacific | America | Total | |
| 2024 | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Revenue | ||||
| Residential Transactional | 252.5 | 17.2 | – | 269.7 |
| Commercial Transactional | 245.6 | 129.8 | 284.5 | 659.9 |
| Consultancy | 364.1 | 97.8 | 30.4 | 492.3 |
| Property Management | 436.5 | 451.6 | – | 888.1 |
| Investment Management | 87.8 | 6.2 | – | 94.0 |
| Revenue | 1,386.5 | 702.6 | 314.9 | 2,404.0 |
| Underlying profit/(loss) before tax | ||||
| Residential Transactional | 16.8 | (0.9) | – | 15.9 |
| Commercial Transactional | 15.5 | 6.7 | 3.5 | 25.7 |
| Consultancy | 39.6 | 0.5 | (0.2) | 39.9 |
| Property Management | 26.3 | 22.9 | – | 49.2 |
| Investment Management | 9.7 | 0.4 | – | 10.1 |
| Unallocated | (10.4) | – | – | (10.4) |
| Underlying profit/(loss) before tax | 97.5 | 29.6 | 3.3 | 130.4 |
In line with the creation of an EMEA Board to oversee the business in the region, the previously disclosed
segments of UK and Continental Europe and the Middle East (‘CEME’) now form the EMEA segment.
Prior comparatives have been restated to reflect this change.
Revenue attributed to the entity’s country of domicile and individual material foreign
countries (excluding Investment Management) are as follows:
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| United Kingdom | 1,021.8 | 969.0 |
| United States | 322.5 | 305.9 |
| Hong Kong & Macau | 285.7 | 286.0 |
8.1 Segment revenue and underlying profit
174
Underlying profit before tax includes:
| North | ||||
| EMEA | Asia Pacific | America | Total | |
| 2025 | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Depreciation | (39.6) | (16.7) | (12.8) | (69.1) |
| Software amortisation | (4.0) | (1.2) | (1.8) | (7.0) |
| Share of post-tax (loss)/profit from | ||||
| joint ventures and associates | (0.7) | 8.9 | – | 8.2 |
| Interest income | 43.8 | 2.8 | 2.8 | 49.4 |
| Interest expense | (35.7) | (1.9) | (4.3) | (41.9) |
| North | ||||
| EMEA | Asia Pacific | America | Total | |
| 2024 | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Depreciation | (38.9) | (17.7) | (13.6) | (70.2) |
| Software amortisation | (4.0) | (1.3) | (1.6) | (6.9) |
| Share of post-tax (loss)/profit from | ||||
| joint ventures and associates | (0.7) | 8.2 | – | 7.5 |
| Interest income | 50.6 | 4.8 | 2.1 | 57.5 |
| Interest expense | (38.2) | (2.0) | (2.8) | (43.0) |
The Unallocated segment includes costs and other expenses at holding company and
subsidiary levels, which are not directly attributable to the operating activities of the
Group’s business segments.
A reconciliation of underlying profit before tax to profit before tax is provided in Note 11.
Inter-segmental revenue is not material. No single customer contributed 10% or more
to the Group’s revenue for both 2025 and 2024.
8.2 Non-current assets
Non-current assets attributed to the entity’s country of domicile and individual
material foreign countries are as follows:
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| Non-current assets | ||
| United Kingdom | 206.9 | 229.2 |
| United States | 282.3 | 271.2 |
| Other | 397.5 | 345.8 |
| Total non-current assets | 886.7 | 846.2 |
Non-current assets include goodwill and intangible assets, plant, property and
equipment, right-of-use assets, contract-related assets, non-current non-financial
assets, and investments in joint ventures and associates. Defined benefit pension
surplus, non-current financial assets and deferred tax assets are not included.
175
9. Revenue
Material accounting policies that apply to revenue
The Group recognises revenue from the following major sources:
Residential property transactions
Commercial property transactions
Property consultancy services
Property and facilities management services
Investment management services.
Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified in a contract with a
customer and excludes amounts collected on behalf of third parties. The Group
recognises revenue when it transfers control of a product or service to a customer.
(a) Residential property transactions
Generally, revenue is recognised at a point in time, when unconditional contracts
are exchanged. Fees are a fixed consideration or a fixed percentage of the
transaction value and are invoiced to the client upon completion.
For new home developments revenue is recognised following the terms of the
contract. In some instances revenue is recognised on a staged basis, reflecting
the Group’s obligations to find a buyer and to further support the client after
exchange of contracts through to completion of the build and contract, which
can be a number of years later. For these developments, revenue recognition
commences when the underlying contracts are exchanged, with total revenue
from the contract recognised by the date of completion in accordance with
contractual terms. Fees are a fixed consideration or a fixed percentage of the
transaction value and are invoiced to the client at each contractual milestone,
in line with the recognition of revenue. In other instances, the revenue will be
recognised when contracts are exchanged and the transaction is unconditional.
In these instances no further support is provided to the client after this point.
(b) Commercial property transactions
Generally, revenue is recognised at a point in time on the date of completion
or when unconditional contracts have been exchanged. Fees are a fixed
consideration or a fixed percentage of the transaction value and are invoiced
to the client upon completion.
(c) Property consultancy services
The Group primarily provides a wide range of professional property services
including valuation, building and housing consultancy, environmental consultancy,
development, planning, research, corporate services, landlord and tenant services
and strategic projects.
Generally, revenue is recognised over a period of time as services are rendered
in accordance with the contract terms. Fee arrangements include fixed fee
arrangements and fee for service arrangements (‘time and materials’).
For fixed-price contracts, revenue is recognised based on the stage of completion
with reference to the actual services provided to the end of the reporting period
as a proportion of the total services to be provided under the contract. This is
determined on a contract by contract basis with reference to actual costs incurred
in relation to the best estimate of total costs expected for completion of the
contract or using a milestone-based approach, depending on the contract terms.
For fee-for-service contracts, revenue is recognised up to the amount of fees
that the Group is entitled to invoice for services performed to date based on
contracted rates.
Payment arrangements vary between contracts, ranging from monthly retainers,
monthly invoicing, quarterly invoicing, invoicing upon reaching certain milestones
in the contract or payment upon completion of the final performance obligation
in the contract. As a result, services rendered under a contract will often exceed
consideration received from a customer and a contract asset will be recognised.
If payments exceed services rendered, a contract liability will be recognised.
In some instances, revenue will be recognised at a point in time upon delivery of
the final report to the client. This is often the case for standalone valuation reports
where the performance obligation is the provision of a property valuation report to
the client. The Group is entitled to invoice the customer when the final report has
been issued, at which point payment will be due.
9. Revenue
Material accounting policies that apply to revenue
176
(d) Property and facilities management services
The Group primarily manages commercial, industrial, residential, leisure and
agricultural property for owners.
The primary performance obligation relates to the ongoing management of
a property where revenue is recognised over a period of time as services are
rendered in accordance with the contract terms. Revenue is recognised over the
life of a contract on a straight-line basis, which is in line with the satisfaction of
the performance obligation.
Payment arrangements vary between contracts. The majority of customers
are invoiced monthly or quarterly in advance, with consideration payable upon
the issue of an invoice. Where invoicing is in advance a contract liability will
be recognised.
In some property management arrangements, the Group is required to evaluate
whether it is the principal (report revenues on a gross basis) or agent (report
revenues on a net basis). Where the primary performance obligation of the
contract relates to the arrangement of services for a customer rather than the
responsibility to provide the services, the Group is considered the agent and the
mark-up for the sub-contracted services will be recognised as revenue (revenues
reported on a net basis).
For leasing fees and management fees on repairs or other ad hoc property
management services outside of the standard contract terms, revenue is
recognised at a point in time upon completion of the performance obligation.
In these instances, the invoice would be raised to the customer upon completion
of the performance obligation and payment due at this time.
(e) Investment management services
Base management fees are received for the provision of fund and asset
management services. Fund management fees are typically either fixed or
calculated as a fixed percentage of the net asset value or gross asset value of the
underlying portfolio of investments on a quarterly basis. Asset management fees
are typically calculated as a fixed percentage of gross rental income or passing
rents on a quarterly basis. Fees are estimated based on the previous quarter’s
actual values and variances to these estimates are recognised in the following
quarter. Revenue is recognised over a period of time as services are rendered
in accordance with the contract terms. Revenue is recognised over the life of
a contract on a straight-line basis, which is in line with the satisfaction of the
performance obligation. Customers are generally invoiced quarterly in advance
with consideration payable upon the issue of an invoice, as a result a contract
liability will be recognised as the payments received will exceed services rendered.
Transaction fees are received for the coordination and management of the due
diligence in connection with acquisitions and sales of assets for customers.
Transaction fees are calculated as a fixed percentage on the purchase or sales
price and are recognised at a point in time upon unconditional exchange
of contracts.
Performance fees are received when a fund’s performance exceeds a designated
return hurdle rate or pre-defined benchmark or when the sale of individual assets
exceeds a designated return hurdle rate. The Group estimates fees for this variable
fee arrangement using a most likely amount approach on a contract by contract
basis. Variable consideration is included in revenue only to the extent that it is
highly probable that the amount will not be subject to significant reversal when
the uncertainty is resolved.
(f) Financing components
For contracts where the period between the transfer of the promised goods or
services to the customer and payment by the customer exceeds one year, the
transaction price is adjusted for the time value money. The financing component
is recognised within finance costs or finance income in the income statement.
177
9.1 Revenue from contracts with customers
Revenue of £2,550.9m (2024: £2,404.0m) in the income statement relates solely to
revenue arising from contracts with customers.
The Group derives revenue from the transfer of services over time and at a point
in time in the major product lines and geographical regions as highlighted in the
Group’s segment analysis (Note 8).
9.2 Contract-related assets and liabilities
Contract-related assets and liabilities are as follows:
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| Asset recognised for costs incurred to obtain a contract – | ||
| investment management contracts | 0.8 | 1.3 |
| Contract assets – consulting contracts | 10.5 | 13.0 |
| Accrued income (Note 22) | 90.2 | 70.9 |
| Total contract-related assets | 101.5 | 85.2 |
| Current | 100.7 | 83.9 |
| Non-current | 0.8 | 1.3 |
| 101.5 | 85.2 | |
| Deferred revenue | 14.4 | 16.7 |
| Total contract liabilities – current | 14.4 | 16.7 |
No material impairment loss on contract assets has been recognised in the current
or prior year.
The increase in contract-related assets year-on-year largely relates to acquisitions of
subsidiaries in the year.
Amortisation on investment management contract costs recognised in the income
statement amounted to £0.6m (2024: £0.6m).
All material consulting contracts are for periods of one year or less. As permitted
under IFRS 15, the transaction price allocated to these unsatisfied contracts is
not disclosed.
Revenue recognised in the year that was included in the contract liability balance at
the beginning of the period totalled £16.2m (2024: £11.9m).
There was no revenue recognised in the year from performance obligations satisfied
in previous years.
178
10. Operating profit
Operating profit is stated after charging/(crediting):
| | | |
| --- | --- | --- |
| | 2025 | 2024 |
| | £m | £m |
| In employee benefit expense | | |
| – Restructuring costs | 28.0 | 15.5 |
| – Transaction-related costs | 4.9 | 13.3 |
| In depreciation | | |
| – Depreciation of right-of-use assets – leasehold properties | 47.1 | 48.0 |
| – Depreciation of right-of-use assets – equipment and | | |
| motor vehicles | 3.9 | 3.8 |
| In other operating expenses | | |
| – Net foreign exchange (gains)/losses (including net losses | | |
| on forward foreign exchange contracts) | (1.7) | 3.1 |
| – Restructuring costs | 2.5 | 1.7 |
| – Transaction-related costs | (1.3) | 2.1 |
| – Impairments | 4.6 | 1.9 |
| – Expense relating to short-term leases | 0.7 | 0.6 |
| – Gain on disposal of leases (including sub-lets) | (0.2) | (0.2) |
| In other net gains | | |
| – Dividends from financial assets held at FVPL | (0.7) | (0.5) |
| – Profit on disposal of subsidiaries | (4.5) | – |
| – Fair value gain on step acquisition of subsidiaries | | |
| previously classified as associates | – | (4.4) |
| – Net fair value loss on transaction-related derivative | | |
| financial instruments | 0.7 | 3.4 |
Other operating expenses includes £192.2m of contract costs in relation to property
and facilities management contracts (2024: £170.6m, see Note 7 for details on the
prior year restatement). There are no other cost categories within other operating
expenses that are individually material.
10.1 Fees payable to the Company’s auditors, Ernst & Young LLP, and
its associates
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| Audit services | ||
| Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for the audit of the | ||
| parent Company and the consolidated financial statements | 0.9 | 1.0 |
| Fees payable to the Company’s auditors and its associates | ||
| for the audit of the Company’s subsidiaries | 3.7 | 3.4 |
| 4.6 | 4.4 | |
| Audit-related assurance services | 0.4 | 0.4 |
| Total | 5.0 | 4.8 |
Audit-related assurance services relate to the work performed in connection with the
Group’s interim financial statements and regulatory audits.
179
11. Underlying profit before tax
Material accounting policies that apply to underlying profit
before tax
The Group believes that the consistent presentation of underlying profit before
tax, underlying effective tax rate, underlying basic earnings per share and
underlying diluted earnings per share provides additional useful information to
Shareholders on the underlying trends and comparable performance of the Group
over time by excluding significant non-operational costs/income from the GAAP
measures. The ‘underlying’ measures are also used by the Group for internal
performance analysis and incentive compensation arrangements for employees.
These terms are not defined terms under IFRS and may therefore not be
comparable with similarly-titled profit measures reported by other companies.
They are not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, GAAP measures.
The non-GAAP measures may be materially higher or lower than GAAP measures
and should not be regarded as a complete picture of the Group’s financial
performance. In particular, underlying profit before tax may be materially higher
or lower than reported profit before tax as a result of the adjustments.
The term ‘underlying’ refers to the relevant measure of profit, earnings or taxation
being reported mainly excluding the impact (pre and post-tax where applicable)
of the following items:
the difference between IFRS 2 charges related to outstanding bonus-related
deferred share awards and the estimated value of the current year bonus pool
expected to be allocated to deferred share awards;
amortisation of intangible assets arising from business combinations (this
excludes software or other pre-existing intangible assets of the acquiree);
items that are considered significant in size and non-operational in nature
including restructuring costs, impairments of goodwill and intangible assets
arising from business combinations and profits or losses arising on disposals
of subsidiaries and other investments; and
significant transaction-related costs associated with business combinations.
The majority of adjustments made to the GAAP measures to arrive at ‘underlying’
measures relate to charges arising as a result of business combinations. The nature
of the Group’s business and the businesses that the Group acquires (being ‘asset
light’ people businesses) require the Group to structure business acquisitions such
that often payment of deferred consideration is linked to recipients’ continuing
and active engagement in the business at the date of the deferred payment, with
these payments required to be expensed to the income statement under IFRS
3. For internal performance analysis and incentive compensation arrangements,
these charges are considered part of the initial cost of acquiring a business,
instead of an ongoing operational cost, and are therefore excluded from the
Group’s ‘underlying’ measures. The same rationale is applied to the exclusion of
amortisation of intangible assets arising from business combinations (excluding
software or other pre-existing intangible assets of the acquiree), any impairments
of goodwill and the aforementioned intangible assets, significant transaction-
related costs associated with business combinations and significant restructuring
costs. These items are not considered to reflect the business’s trading
performance and so are adjusted to ensure consistency between periods.
The adjustment for share-based payments relates to the impact of the accounting
standard for share-based compensation. The annual bonus is paid in a mixture of
cash and deferred shares and the proportions can vary from one year to another.
Under IFRS, the deferred share element is amortised to the income statement over
the vesting period whilst the cash element is expensed in the year. The adjustment
above addresses this by adding to or deducting from profit the difference
between the IFRS 2 charge in relation to outstanding bonus-related share awards
and the estimated value of the current year bonus pool to be awarded in deferred
shares. This adjustment is made to align the underlying staff cost in the year with
the revenue recognised in the same period, providing additional information on
the Group’s performance over time with respect to profitability.
11. Underlying profit before tax
Material accounting policies that apply to underlying profit
before tax
180
The underlying effective tax rate represents the underlying income tax expense
expressed as a percentage of underlying profit before tax. The underlying income
tax expense is the income tax expense excluding the tax effect of the adjustments
made to arrive at underlying profit before tax and other tax effects related to
these adjustments.
Underlying basic earnings per share and underlying diluted earnings per share
both utilise the underlying profit after tax measure instead of GAAP earnings.
The weighted average number of shares remain the same as the GAAP measure.
The Group also refers to revenue and underlying profit on a constant currency
basis which are both non-GAAP measures (see Appendices). Constant currency
results are calculated by translating the current year revenue and underlying profit
using the prior year exchange rates. This measure allows the Group to assess the
results of the current year compared to the prior year, excluding the impact of
foreign currency movements.
Significant judgement
Non-GAAP measures involve the exclusion of items that, in the judgement of
management, need to be disclosed separately in order to provide additional
information with respect to the Group’s operational performance. The items that
are excluded are considered significant and non-operational in nature, in the
judgement of management.
A reconciliation between GAAP and underlying measures is set out below:
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| Reported profit before tax | 101.0 | 88.3 |
| Adjustments: | ||
| Amortisation of intangible assets arising from | ||
| business combinations | 8.8 | 9.2 |
| Exceptional impairments | 4.6 | 1.9 |
| Share-based payment adjustment | 0.6 | (1.1) |
| Profit on disposal of subsidiaries | (4.5) | – |
| Restructuring costs | 30.5 | 17.2 |
| Transaction-related costs | 3.6 | 15.9 |
| Fair value gain on step acquisition of subsidiaries | ||
| previously classified as associates | – | (4.4) |
| Fair value loss on transaction-related options | 0.7 | 3.4 |
| Underlying profit before tax | 145.3 | 130.4 |
Exceptional impairments in the current year includes the impairment of goodwill
and intangible assets (£3.0m) recognised on the Savills Investment Management UK
Build-to-Rent (‘BTR’) cash generating unit (‘CGU’), following the departure of the
majority of the team in the period, in addition to an impairment of a shareholder loan
regarding a joint venture investment in the Savills Investment Management business
(£1.6m). In the prior year, exceptional impairments related to the impairment of
goodwill of the Indonesian CGU (refer to Note 17 for further details).
Profit on disposal of subsidiaries recognised in the current year relates to the
disposal of 51% of Cureoscity Technologies Limited in February 2025, which is now
an associate of the Group, and the disposal of the Group’s 100% holding in Loudden
Bygg-och Fastighetsservice AB in September 2025.
In the face of continued economic uncertainty and geopolitical risk, the prior year
restructuring process was held open through 2025. This resulted in the Group
recognising further restructuring costs of £30.5m in the year (2024: £17.2m).
181
Transaction-related costs include a £4.6m charge for future consideration payments
which are contingent on the continuity of recipients’ employment in the future
(2024: £13.2m). The current period also includes a £3.0m credit relating to the
reversal of an earn-out position with regard to the Savills Investment Management
BTR acquisition (Pitmore Limited) made in July 2022. In the prior year, a significant
portion of the charge related to the acquisition of DRC Capital LLP (‘DRC’) in 2021.
Transaction-related costs also include £1.5m of professional advisory transaction
fees (2024: £0.2m) and £0.5m of interest on deferred consideration and non-current
future payments in relation to business acquisitions that are linked to employment
(2024: £0.5m). In addition, transaction-related costs included a £0.1m (2024:
£0.1m) charge relating to prepaid amounts issued as part of business acquisitions
that are linked to continued active engagement in the business. Of these items,
prepaid amounts that are linked to active engagement in the business are recorded
as employee benefits expenses in the income statement, unwinding of interest is
recorded as a finance cost in the income statement and all other charges/(credits)
are recorded within other operating expenses. In the current year, transaction-
related costs also include a £0.1m fair value credit in relation to the remeasurement
of contingent deferred consideration (2024: £0.8m fair value charge). The prior year
also included a £1.1m charge in relation to a payment to the non-controlling interest
holder in Savills Real Estate LLC to buy-out their remaining interest in the business.
In the previous year, a fair value gain on step acquisition of subsidiaries previously
classified as associates of £4.4m largely related to the remeasurement of the Group’s
holding in its associate, Riviera Estates SAS, prior to the acquisition of a further 24%
equity interest in the business, bringing the Group’s total shareholding to 75%.
The fair value loss on transaction-related call options in the current year primarily relates
to a £1.5m loss on the initial recognition of the option to purchase a further 65% in the
KMC Property Consultants Pte Ltd (‘KMC’), which is currently an associate, and a £1.0m
gain on the remeasurement of the option which gives the Group the right to purchase
the remaining 20% shareholding in Absolute Maintenance Services Pte Ltd and Solute
Pte Ltd (‘AMS’) in 2027. There is also a fair value loss of £0.6m in the current year relating
to the remeasurement of the option which gives the Group the right to purchase the
remaining 40% in LCA Core Sdn Bhd Group (‘LCA’) in 2027 and a £0.4m gain on the
remeasurement of the option for the remaining 45% shareholding in Savills Property
Servies (India) Private Limited (‘Savills India), exercisable in five tranches between 2029
and 2034. The fair value loss on transaction-related call options in the previous year of
£3.4m related primarily to a loss on the remeasurement of the AMS option.
12. Employees
12.1 Employee benefits expense
| 2024 | ||
| 2025 | restated* | |
| £m | £m | |
| Basic salaries and wages | 1,063.9 | 1,005.3 |
| Profit share and commissions | 520.9 | 487.8 |
| Wages and salaries | 1,584.8 | 1,493.1 |
| Social security costs | 139.4 | 120.0 |
| Other pension costs | 50.4 | 48.7 |
| Share-based payments | 28.4 | 31.4 |
| 1,803.0 | 1,693.2 |
See Note 7 for details of the prior year restatement.
12.2 Staff numbers
The monthly average number of employees (including Directors) for the year was:
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| EMEA | 13,675 | 13,041 |
| Asia Pacific | 28,189 | 28,430 |
| North America | 999 | 980 |
| 42,863 | 42,451 |
12.3 Key management compensation
| | | |
| --- | --- | --- |
| | 2025 | 2024 |
| | £m | £m |
| Key management | | |
| – Short-term employee benefits | 16.8 | 16.1 |
| – Post-employment benefits | 0.1 | 0.1 |
| – Share-based payments | 4.2 | 4.5 |
| | 21.1 | 20.7 |
12. Employees
12.3 Key management compensation
182
The key management of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2025 comprised
the Board of Directors and the GEB members. Directors’ remuneration is contained in
the Remuneration Report on pages 114 to 140.
During the year, seven (2024: eight) GEB members made aggregate gains totalling
£5.2m (2024: £4.3m) on the exercise of options under PSP, DSBP and DSP schemes
(2024: PSP, DSBP and DSP schemes).
Retirement benefits under the defined benefit scheme are accruing for two (2024:
two) GEB members and benefits are accruing under a defined contribution scheme
in Hong Kong for two (2024: two) GEB members.
13. Finance income and costs
| | | |
| --- | --- | --- |
| | 2025 | 2024 |
| | £m | £m |
| Bank interest receivable | 48.0 | 57.2 |
| Unwinding of discounts on assets | 0.5 | – |
| Finance income from sublease income | 0.2 | 0.2 |
| Net interest on defined benefit pension assets | 0.7 | 0.1 |
| Finance income | 49.4 | 57.5 |
| Bank interest payable | (30.3) | (33.2) |
| Unwinding of discounts on liabilities | (1.7) | (0.7) |
| Finance charges on lease liabilities | (9.9) | (9.1) |
| Finance costs | (41.9) | (43.0) |
| Net finance income | 7.5 | 14.5 |
14. Taxation
Material accounting policies that apply to taxation
Taxation
The tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is
recognised in the income statement, except to the extent that it relates to items
recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the
tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity.
The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted
or substantively enacted at the year-end date in the countries where the
Company and its subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income. Management
periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations
in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes
provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to
the tax authorities.
Deferred income tax is recognised, using the liability method, on temporary
differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying
amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, deferred tax liabilities
are not recognised if they arise from the initial recognition of goodwill; deferred
income tax is not accounted for if it arises from the initial recognition of an asset or
liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the
transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss and does not give
rise to equal taxable and deductible temporary differences. Deferred income tax
is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively
enacted by the year-end date and are expected to apply when the related deferred
income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.
Deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable
that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences
can be utilised and the carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses
can be utilised, except when the deferred tax asset relating to the deductible
temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a
transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction,
affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss and does not give
rise to equal taxable and deductible temporary differences.
14. Taxation
Material accounting policies that apply to taxation
Taxation
183
Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments
in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates except for deferred income tax
liability where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled
by the Group and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in
the foreseeable future. In respect of deductible temporary differences associated
with investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, deferred tax assets
are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that the temporary differences
will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profit will be available against
which the temporary differences can be utilised.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally
enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and
when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income tax levied by
the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable
entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.
Where a temporary difference arises between the tax base of employee share
options and their carrying value, a deferred tax asset is recognised. To the
extent that the future tax deduction matches the cumulative IFRS 2 expense,
the associated deferred tax is recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement
with any excess recognised directly in equity. To the extent that the current tax
deduction upon exercise matches the cumulative IFRS 2 expense, the associated
current tax is recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement and the excess of
the associated current tax on exercise is recognised in equity.
14.1 Analysis of taxation expense for the year
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| Current tax | ||
| UK tax | 22.1 | 22.6 |
| Adjustment in respect of prior years – UK | (1.8) | 2.3 |
| 20.3 | 24.9 | |
| Overseas tax | 19.0 | 21.6 |
| Adjustment in respect of prior years – overseas | (1.2) | (1.1) |
| 17.8 | 20.5 | |
| Total current tax | 38.1 | 45.4 |
| Deferred tax | ||
| UK tax | (2.7) | (4.0) |
| Adjustment in respect of prior years – UK | 1.0 | 2.0 |
| (1.7) | (2.0) | |
| Overseas tax | (8.8) | (10.4) |
| Adjustment in respect of prior years – overseas | (0.2) | 2.4 |
| (9.0) | (8.0) | |
| Total deferred tax | (10.7) | (10.0) |
| Income tax expense | 27.4 | 35.4 |
184
14.2 Factors affecting taxation expense for the year
The tax on the Group’s profit before income tax differs from the theoretical amount
that would arise using the UK tax rate of 25% (2024: 25%) applicable to profits of the
consolidated entities as follows:
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| Profit before income tax | 101.0 | 88.3 |
| Tax on profit at 25% (2024: 25%) | 25.3 | 22.1 |
| Effects of: | ||
| Adjustment in respect of prior years | (2.2) | 5.6 |
| Difference in overseas tax rates | (3.5) | (0.6) |
| Utilisation of previously unprovided tax losses | – | (0.3) |
| Expenses and other charges not deductible for tax | ||
| purposes | 10.1 | 10.9 |
| Non-assessable income | (0.2) | (0.7) |
| Tax on joint ventures and associates | (2.1) | (1.6) |
| Income tax expense | 27.4 | 35.4 |
The effective tax rate of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2025 is 27.1%
(2024: 40.1%), which is higher (2024: higher) than the UK applicable rate.
The Group has performed analysis of the impact from the application of OECD’s Pillar
Two Model Rules on both historical performance and forward-looking projections.
Due to the complexities in applying the legislation, the quantitative impact is not
yet reasonably estimable but since the Group does not generally operate in low-tax
jurisdictions, the impact is not expected to be material.
Deferred tax has been determined using the applicable effective future tax rate that
will apply in the expected period of utilisation of the deferred tax asset or liability.
14.3 Tax components of other comprehensive income
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| Tax on items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss | ||
| Deferred tax on remeasurement of defined benefit | ||
| pension scheme | (0.9) | (2.9) |
| Tax on items that may be reclassified to profit or loss | ||
| Current tax on foreign exchange reserve movements | (0.3) | – |
| Tax on items relating to components of other | ||
| comprehensive income | (1.2) | (2.9) |
14.4 Tax recognised directly in reserves
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| Current tax on share-based payment arrangements | 0.5 | 0.5 |
| Deferred tax on share-based payment arrangements | (0.3) | 0.3 |
| Current tax on IFRS 16 lease recognition release | 0.3 | 0.2 |
| Deferred tax on IFRS 16 recognition release | (0.3) | (0.2) |
| Tax on items recognised directly in reserves | 0.2 | 0.8 |
185
14.5 Deferred taxation
| | | |
| --- | --- | --- |
| | |
| | 2025 | 2024 |
| | £m | £m |
| Deferred tax assets | | |
| – Deferred tax asset to be recovered after more than | | |
| 12 months | 61.4 | 56.5 |
| – Deferred tax asset to be recovered within 12 months | 25.6 | 19.0 |
| | 87.0 | 75.5 |
| Deferred tax liabilities | | |
| – Deferred tax liability to be recovered after more than | | |
| 12 months | (12.3) | (11.5) |
| – Deferred tax liability to be recovered within 12 months | (4.7) | (1.8) |
| | (17.0) | (13.3) |
| Deferred tax asset – net | 70.0 | 62.2 |
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| At 1 January – net asset | 62.2 | 55.3 |
| Amount credited to the income statement | 10.7 | 10.0 |
| Tax charged to other comprehensive income | ||
| – Defined benefit pension scheme – actuarial losses | (0.9) | (2.9) |
| Tax (charged)/credited to reserves | ||
| – Employee benefits | (0.3) | 0.3 |
| – IFRS 16 initial lease recognition released to reserves | (0.3) | (0.2) |
| Additions through business combinations (Note 29) | (0.7) | 0.8 |
| Exchange movement | (0.7) | (1.1) |
| At 31 December – net asset | 70.0 | 62.2 |
Deferred tax assets have been recognised for tax loss carry-forwards and other
temporary differences in various entities in the Group. The largest amounts
recognised are in the German and US businesses. The utilisation of these losses in
both of these countries, while not time restricted, is dependent on the existence
of taxable profits, which are expected to arise in future years. In assessing the
probability and time frame of recovery, management have reviewed the Group’s
strategic plan. This plan anticipates increased profitability in both the US and
Germany in light of the continued recovery of those real estate markets, the results
of recent restructuring programs undertaken and the successful execution of the
global strategy.
As at the reporting date the Group did not recognise deferred income tax assets of
£5.0m (2024: £3.4m) in respect of losses amounting to £24.8m, which can be carried
forward indefinitely against future taxable income (2024: £15.5m, which can be
carried forward indefinitely against future taxable income).
14.5 Deferred taxation
186
The movement on the deferred tax account is shown below:
| Other | |||||||
| Accelerated | employee | Share- | |||||
| capital | Provisions | benefit | Tax | Retirement | based | ||
| allowances | and other* | obligations** | losses | benefits | payments | Total | |
| Deferred tax assets | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Balance at 1 January 2024 | 4.7 | 16.4 | 17.3 | 14.8 | 1.6 | 11.3 | 66.1 |
| Reclassifications from/(to) deferred tax liabilities | – | 0.1 | – | – | (0.2) | – | (0.1) |
| Amount (charged)/credited to the income statement | (3.0) | 0.1 | 7.4 | 3.1 | – | 2.1 | 9.7 |
| Amount charged to other comprehensive income | – | – | – | – | (0.2) | – | (0.2) |
| Amount (charged)/credited to reserves | – | (0.2) | – | – | – | 0.3 | 0.1 |
| Additions through business combinations | – | 1.0 | – | – | – | – | 1.0 |
| Exchange movement | – | – | (0.3) | (0.7) | (0.1) | – | (1.1) |
| At 31 December 2024 | 1.7 | 17.4 | 24.4 | 17.2 | 1.1 | 13.7 | 75.5 |
| Reclassifications (to)/from deferred tax liabilities | (0.9) | 0.7 | (1.5) | 0.2 | 0.7 | 0.1 | (0.7) |
| Amount credited/(charged) to the income statement | 0.2 | 1.8 | 2.1 | 8.3 | 0.6 | 1.0 | 14.0 |
| Amount charged to other comprehensive income | – | – | – | – | (0.5) | – | (0.5) |
| Amount charged to reserves | – | (0.3) | – | – | – | (0.3) | (0.6) |
| Additions through business combinations (Note 29) | – | 0.2 | – | (0.1) | – | – | 0.1 |
| Exchange movement | – | (0.5) | (0.9) | 0.6 | – | – | (0.8) |
| At 31 December 2025 | 1.0 | 19.3 | 24.1 | 26.2 | 1.9 | 14.5 | 87.0 |
| Set-off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to set-off provisions | (14.1) | ||||||
| Deferred tax asset at 31 December 2025 in the statement | |||||||
| of financial position | 72.9 | ||||||
| Deferred tax asset at 31 December 2024 in the statement | |||||||
| of financial position (net of £10.7m set-off) | 64.8 |
Provisions and other primarily includes deferred tax assets relating to accruals and provisions for expenses not deductible until paid.
** Other employee benefit obligations includes deferred tax assets relating to unpaid bonus accruals, holiday pay provisions, long service leave provisions and other deferred compensation accruals.
187
| | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | |
| | | | Other | | | | |
| | Accelerated | | employee | | | | |
| | capital | Provisions | benefit | Retirement | | Intangible | |
| | allowances | and other* | obligations** | benefits | Revaluations | assets | Total |
| Deferred tax liabilities – Group | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| At 1 January 2024 | (0.8) | (1.6) | – | – | – | (8.4) | (10.8) |
| Reclassifications (to)/from deferred tax assets | – | (0.1) | – | 0.2 | – | – | 0.1 |
| Tax (charged)/credited to the income statement | – | (0.8) | – | – | – | 1.1 | 0.3 |
| Tax charged to other comprehensive income | – | – | – | (2.7) | – | – | (2.7) |
| Additions through business combinations | – | – | – | – | – | (0.2) | (0.2) |
| At 31 December 2024 | (0.8) | (2.5) | – | (2.5) | – | (7.5) | (13.3) |
| Reclassifications from/(to) deferred tax assets | 1.1 | (2.7) | 2.3 | – | – | – | 0.7 |
| Tax (charged)/credited to the income statement | (1.6) | (0.2) | (2.2) | – | (0.3) | 1.0 | (3.3) |
| Tax charged to other comprehensive income | – | – | – | (0.4) | – | – | (0.4) |
| Additions through business combinations (Note 29) | – | (0.2) | – | – | (0.5) | (0.1) | (0.8) |
| Exchange movement | (0.1) | 0.2 | (0.1) | – | – | 0.1 | 0.1 |
| At 31 December 2025 | (1.4) | (5.4) | – | (2.9) | (0.8) | (6.5) | (17.0) |
| Set-off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to set-off provisions | | | | | | | 14.1 |
| Deferred tax liabilities at 31 December 2025 in the statement of financial position | | | | | | | (2.9) |
| Deferred tax liabilities at 31 December 2024 in the statement of financial position | | | | | | | |
| (net of £10.7m set-off) | | | | | | | (2.6) |
| Net deferred tax asset | | | | | | | |
| At 31 December 2025 | | | | | | | 68.6 |
| At 31 December 2024 | | | | | | | 62.2 |
Provisions and other primarily includes deferred tax assets relating to accruals and provisions for expenses not deductible until paid.
** Other employee benefit obligations includes deferred tax assets relating to unpaid bonus accruals, holiday pay provisions, long service leave provisions and other deferred compensation accruals.
188
15. Earnings per share
15.1 Basic and diluted earnings per share
Basic earnings per share (‘EPS’) are based on the profit attributable to owners of the
Company and the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the
year, excluding the weighted average number of ordinary shares held by the EBTs
(2025 closing: 7,490,723 shares, 2024 closing: 8,057,705 shares) and the Rabbi Trust
(2025 closing: 304,873 shares, 2024 closing: 821,163 shares).
For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in
issue is adjusted to assume conversion of dilutive potential ordinary shares, being
the share options granted to employees where the exercise price is less than the
average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the year and where
performance conditions have been met.
The earnings and the shares used in the calculations are as follows:
| 2025 | 2025 | 2025 | 2024 | 2024 | 2024 | |
| Earnings | Shares | EPS | Earnings | Shares | EPS | |
| £m | million | pence | £m | million | pence | |
| Basic earnings per share | 70.9 | 136.3 | 52.0 | 53.6 | 136.0 | 39.4 |
| Effect of additional shares | ||||||
| issuable under option | – | 7.5 | (2.7) | – | 7.9 | (2.2) |
| Diluted earnings per share | 70.9 | 143.8 | 49.3 | 53.6 | 143.9 | 37.2 |
15.2 Underlying basic and diluted earnings per share
Significant judgement
See Note 11 for further information on the use of non-GAAP measures.
A reconciliation between GAAP and underlying measures are set out in the following
table (underlying basic earnings per share and underlying diluted earnings per share).
| 2025 | 2025 | 2025 | 2024 | 2024 | 2024 | |
| Earnings | Shares | EPS | Earnings | Shares | EPS | |
| £m | million | pence | £m | million | pence | |
| Basic earnings per share | 70.9 | 136.3 | 52.0 | 53.6 | 136.0 | 39.4 |
| Amortisation of intangible | ||||||
| assets arising from business | ||||||
| combinations after tax | 6.8 | – | 5.0 | 7.0 | – | 5.1 |
| Exceptional impairments | ||||||
| after tax | 4.0 | – | 2.9 | 1.4 | – | 1.0 |
| Share-based payment | ||||||
| adjustment after tax | 0.7 | – | 0.5 | (0.7) | – | (0.5) |
| Profit on disposal of | ||||||
| subsidiaries after tax | (4.5) | – | (3.3) | – | – | – |
| Restructuring costs | ||||||
| after tax | 23.2 | – | 17.0 | 14.1 | – | 10.4 |
| Transaction-related costs | ||||||
| after tax | 3.5 | – | 2.6 | 15.6 | – | 11.5 |
| Fair value gain step | ||||||
| acquisition of subsidiaries | ||||||
| previously classified | ||||||
| as associates | – | – | – | (4.4) | – | (3.2) |
| Fair value loss on | ||||||
| transaction-related options | 0.7 | – | 0.5 | 3.4 | – | 2.5 |
| Underlying basic earnings | ||||||
| per share | 105.3 | 136.3 | 77.2 | 90.0 | 136.0 | 66.2 |
| Effect of additional shares | ||||||
| issuable under option | – | 7.5 | (3.9) | – | 7.9 | (3.7) |
| Underlying diluted | ||||||
| earnings per share | 105.3 | 143.8 | 73.3 | 90.0 | 143.9 | 62.5 |
Refer to Note 11 for the gross amounts of the above adjustments and a reconciliation
between reported profit before tax and underlying profit before tax, alongside
further details on each of the adjustments.
189
16. Dividends
Material accounting policies that apply to dividends
Dividend distributions are recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial statements
in the period in which they are approved by the Company’s Shareholders.
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| Amounts recognised as distribution to equity holders | ||
| in the year: | ||
| In respect of the previous year | ||
| Ordinary final dividend of 14.5p per share (2023: 13.9p) | 19.5 | 18.8 |
| Supplemental interim dividend of 8.6p per share (2023: 2.0p) | 11.6 | 2.8 |
| In respect of the current year | ||
| Interim dividend of 7.4p per share (2024: 7.1p) | 10.1 | 9.6 |
| 41.2 | 31.2 |
The Group paid £2.0m (2024: £2.6m) of dividends to non-controlling interests.
Under the terms of the Savills plc 1992 Employee Benefit Trust and the Savills plc
2025 Employee Benefit Trust (the ‘EBTs’), the Trustees have waived their dividend
entitlement for all shares held by the Trust. The dividends paid to the Rabbi Trust are
eliminated upon Group consolidation, as a result the dividends paid by the Group and
the Company are not equal.
The Board recommends a final dividend of 15.7p per ordinary share (amounting to
£21.8m), alongside the supplemental interim dividend of 10.7p per ordinary share
(amounting to £14.8m), to be paid on 18 May 2026 to Shareholders on the register
at 10 April 2026. These financial statements do not reflect this dividend payable.
The total paid and recommended ordinary and supplemental dividend for the 2025
financial year comprises an aggregate distribution of 33.8p per ordinary share
(2024: 30.2p per ordinary share).
17. Goodwill and intangible assets
Material accounting policies that apply to goodwill and
intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of acquisition of a subsidiary or
associate over the Group’s share of the fair value of identifiable net
assets acquired.
Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Separately
recognised goodwill is tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if events
or changes in circumstances indicate potential impairment. An impairment loss is
recognised for the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the recoverable
amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of value-in-use and fair value less
costs of disposal. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed.
Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment
testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units (‘CGUs’) or groups
of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the
goodwill arose. The Group allocates goodwill to each business segment in the
geographical region in which it operates.
Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of
goodwill relating to the entity sold.
In respect of associates and joint ventures, goodwill is included in the carrying
value of the investment and is not tested for impairment separately.
17. Goodwill and intangible assets
190
Material accounting policies that apply to goodwill and
intangible assets
Intangible assets other than goodwill
Intangible assets arising from business combinations and incremental contract
costs are valued at fair value on acquisition and amortised over the useful
life. Fair value on acquisition is determined by third-party valuation where the
acquisition is significant.
Acquired computer software licences are capitalised on the basis of the costs
incurred to acquire and bring to use the specific software. Costs associated
with maintaining computer software programmes are recognised as an expense
as incurred.
Measurement subsequent to initial recognition is at cost less accumulated
amortisation and impairment.
Amortisation charges are spread on a straight-line basis over the period of the
assets’ estimated useful lives as follows:
| Customer relationships | 3–15 years |
| Order backlogs | 2–4 years |
| Contracts – investment, property management and other | |
| existing business contracts | 2–20 years |
| Brands | 10 years |
| Computer software | 3–7 years |
Acquired investment management contracts relating to open-ended funds have
been attributed indefinite useful lives, reflecting the open-ended nature of the
funds, the Group’s intention to continue with the management of the funds and
the expectation that these contracts are expected to generate net cash inflows
for the Group.
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets
Assets that have indefinite useful lives are not subject to amortisation or
depreciation and are tested annually for impairment or whenever an indicator
of impairment exists. Assets that are subject to amortisation or depreciation
are reviewed for impairment whenever an indicator of impairment exists. An
impairment loss is recognised to the extent that the carrying value exceeds
the higher of the asset’s fair value less cost to sell and its value-in-use. Prior
impairments of non-financial assets (other than goodwill) are reviewed for
possible reversal at each reporting date.
Value-in-use is determined using the discounted cash flow method, with an
appropriate discount rate to reflect market rates and specific risks associated
with the asset.
For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest
levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (CGUs). Where it
is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the
Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which
the asset belongs.
Critical accounting estimates made in reviewing goodwill
for impairment
The Group tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis by comparing the
carrying value of these assets with the value-in-use calculations of the relevant
CGUs. Within this process, the Group makes a number of key assumptions
including discount rates, terminal growth rates and forecast cash flows. The
assumptions impact the recoverability of goodwill and the requirement for
impairment charges in the income statement. Additional information is within this
note, which highlights the critical estimates applied in the value-in-use calculations
for those CGUs that are considered most sensitive to changes in key assumptions
and the sensitivity of these critical estimates.
191
| | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | | Investment | | | | |
| | | Customer/ | and property | | | | |
| | | business | management | Order | | Computer | |
| | Goodwill | relationships | contracts | backlogs | Brands | software | Total |
| | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Cost | | | | | | | |
| At 1 January 2025 | 517.7 | 43.5 | 59.7 | 3.5 | 6.3 | 53.4 | 684.1 |
| Additions through business combinations (Note 29) | 17.2 | 2.0 | – | 0.3 | 0.4 | 0.1 | 20.0 |
| Other additions | – | 0.2 | – | – | – | 5.1 | 5.3 |
| Disposal of subsidiaries | (1.0) | – | – | – | – | (0.1) | (1.1) |
| Disposals | – | – | (3.9) | – | – | (0.5) | (4.4) |
| Exchange movement | (9.4) | (0.6) | (0.2) | 0.1 | 0.1 | (0.8) | (10.8) |
| At 31 December 2025 | 524.5 | 45.1 | 55.6 | 3.9 | 6.8 | 57.2 | 693.1 |
| Accumulated amortisation and impairment | | | | | | | |
| At 1 January 2025 | 58.7 | 31.8 | 41.9 | 3.3 | 2.8 | 34.8 | 173.3 |
| Amortisation charge for the year | – | 2.6 | 5.7 | 0.2 | 0.3 | 7.0 | 15.8 |
| Impairment | 2.2 | – | 0.8 | – | – | – | 3.0 |
| Disposals | – | – | (3.8) | – | – | (0.5) | (4.3) |
| Exchange movement | (0.2) | (0.2) | (0.2) | – | – | (0.2) | (0.8) |
| At 31 December 2025 | 60.7 | 34.2 | 44.4 | 3.5 | 3.1 | 41.1 | 187.0 |
| Net book value | | | | | | | |
| At 31 December 2025 | 463.8 | 10.9 | 11.2 | 0.4 | 3.7 | 16.1 | 506.1 |
During the year, goodwill and intangible assets were tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36. A total impairment charge of £3.0m was recognised against the Savills
Investment Management UK Build-to-Rent (‘BTR’) CGU, following the departure of the majority of the team in the period (2024: £1.9m impairment charge relating to the
Indonesia CGU). The impairment charge was allocated against the Investment Management segment (2024: allocated against Transaction Advisory £1.4m, Consultancy £0.4m,
Property and Facilities Management £0.1m).
The carrying amount of intangible assets with indefinite useful lives totals £2.0m as at 31 December 2025 (2024: £2.0m), which consists of investment management contracts
in relation to open-ended funds.
Investment and property management contracts includes the investment management contract asset identified on the acquisition of DRC in May 2021. This intangible asset is
amortised over six years, with the amortisation period ending in May 2027. The carrying value of this intangible asset as at 31 December 2025 totals £4.2m (2024: £7.1m).
192
All intangible amortisation charges in the year are disclosed on the face of the income statement.
193
Goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets are allocated to the Group’s cash-generating units (‘CGUs’) identified according to country of operation and business segment.
In most cases, the CGU is an individual subsidiary or operation. Where there are multiple CGUs in a country, these CGUs have been grouped to an extent which represent
the lowest level at which goodwill is internally monitored and tested for impairment annually. A segment-level summary of the allocation of goodwill and indefinite useful life
intangible assets is presented below:
Indefinite life intangible assets relate to investment management contracts.
194
17.1 Method of impairment testing
Goodwill values have been tested for impairment by comparing them against the
‘value-in-use’ in perpetuity of the relevant CGU group. The value-in-use calculations
were based on projected pre-tax cash flows, derived from latest financial budgets
and strategic plans covering a five-year period, prepared by management and
approved by the Board. Cash flows beyond this are extrapolated using perpetuity
growth rates. These projected cash flows were discounted at CGU-specific, risk
adjusted, discount rates to calculate their net present value.
17.2 Key assumptions
The calculation of value-in-use is most sensitive to the following assumptions:
(a) CGU-specific operating assumptions
CGU-specific operating assumptions are applicable to the forecasted cash flows
for the years 2026 to 2030 and relate to revenue forecasts and underlying profit
margins in each of the operating CGUs. The value ascribed to each assumption will
vary between CGUs as the forecasts are built up from the underlying business units
within each CGU group.
(b) Discount rate
Future cash flows are discounted using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current
market assessments of the time value of money. The discount rate used in each CGU
is adjusted for the risk specific to the asset, including the countries in which cash flow
will be generated, for which the future cash flow estimates have not been adjusted.
The pre-tax discount rates have been derived using a post-tax weighted average cost
of capital (‘WACC’) methodology. Key inputs to the WACC calculation are the risk-
free rate, the equity market risk premium, beta, the average borrowing rate (cost of
debt) and the country-specific risk premium.
The risk-adjusted discount range of rates used in each region for impairment testing
are as follows:
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| Discount rate | Discount rate | |
| range | range | |
| United Kingdom | 12.8% | 12.8% |
| Continental Europe | 10.8% – 15.1% | 10.5% – 15.0% |
| Asia Pacific | 10.8% – 15.5% | 10.8% – 15.4% |
| North America | 12.2% – 13.0% | 12.1% – 12.6% |
| Middle East | 12.3% | 12.3% |
(c) Perpetuity growth rates
A terminal value was calculated using perpetuity growth rates in order to forecast
beyond the five years covered by detailed forecasts. The rates are based on
management’s estimate of long-term growth rates in the countries in which the
Group operates. The perpetuity growth rates used in each region for impairment
testing are as follows:
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| Long-term | Long-term | |
| growth rate | growth rate | |
| range | range | |
| United Kingdom | 1.4% | 1.4% |
| Continental Europe | 0.7% – 2.8% | 0.7% – 3.1% |
| Asia Pacific | 0.6% – 6.4% | 0.6% – 6.5% |
| North America | 1.7% – 2.0% | 1.8% – 2.1% |
| Middle East | 4.2% | 4.5% |
195
17.3 Sensitivity to changes in assumptions
The Savills Investment Management UK BTR CGU goodwill balance was fully
impaired during the year (2024: £nil), resulting in a £3.0m total impairment charge
to the income statement (£2.2m of goodwill and £0.8m of intangible assets). The
impairment was recognised following the departure of the majority of the team
during the year.
Management have determined that there has been no impairment to the other CGUs
within the Group. This assessment is a reflection of best estimates in arriving at value-
in-use, future growth rates and the discount rate applied to cash flow projections.
The US and Riviera CGUs were identified as the material CGUs that are considered to
be sensitive to changes in key assumptions, but for which no impairment charge was
considered to be required at 31 December 2025.
The key assumptions applied to the US CGU relate to the average underlying profit
margin of 7.0% and average revenue growth of 9.4% over the five-year forecast
period. The headroom in the value-in-use model for this CGU of £113.7m (49%)
would be reduced to nil if the average underlying profit margin decreased to 4.6%
(assuming no change in revenue assumptions) or the average revenue growth
decreased to 6.7% (assuming variable costs changed in proportion to the change
in revenue). In the Riviera CGU, the key assumptions relate to the average underlying
profit margin of 14.8% and average revenue growth of 8.4% over the five year forecast
period. The headroom in the value-in-use model for this CGU of £1.3m (12%) would be
reduced to nil if the average underlying profit margin decreased to 13.7% (assuming
no change in revenue assumptions) or the average revenue growth decreased to
7.2% (assuming variable costs changed in proportion to the change in revenue).
18. Property, plant and equipment (‘PPE’) and investment property
Material accounting policies that apply to PPE and
investment property
PPE and investment property are stated at historical cost less accumulated
depreciation and impairment. Historical cost includes expenditure directly
attributable to acquisition.
Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a
separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that the future economic
benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item
can be measured reliably.
Provision for depreciation is made at rates calculated on a straight-line basis to
write off the assets over their estimated useful lives as follows:
| Freehold property | 50 years |
| Investment property | 13 years |
| Short leasehold property | Lower of estimated useful life and |
| (less than 50 years) | unexpired term of lease |
| Equipment and motor vehicles | 3–10 years |
Residual values and useful lives are reviewed and adjusted if appropriate at each
reporting date.
An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount
if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount.
18. Property, plant and equipment (‘PPE’) and investment property
196
| | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Investment | Freehold | Leasehold | Equipment and | Total |
| | property | property | improvements | motor vehicles | PPE |
| | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Cost | | | | | |
| At 1 January 2025 | – | – | 103.3 | 100.2 | 203.5 |
| Additions through business combinations (Note 29) | 14.5 | – | 0.1 | 1.3 | 1.4 |
| Additions | – | – | 17.2 | 10.6 | 27.8 |
| Adjustment* | – | – | 0.5 | 5.9 | 6.4 |
| Reclassification to freehold property and leasehold improvements* | – | 0.4 | 11.6 | (12.0) | – |
| Subsidiary disposals | – | – | (0.1) | (0.2) | (0.3) |
| Disposals | – | – | (5.1) | (5.3) | (10.4) |
| Exchange movement | – | – | (2.3) | (2.4) | (4.7) |
| At 31 December 2025 | 14.5 | 0.4 | 125.2 | 98.1 | 223.7 |
| Accumulated depreciation and impairment | | | | | |
| At 1 January 2025 | – | – | 69.9 | 71.3 | 141.2 |
| Charge for the year | 0.1 | – | 8.9 | 9.1 | 18.0 |
| Adjustment* | – | – | 0.5 | 5.9 | 6.4 |
| Reclassification to freehold property, leasehold improvements and right-of-use assets* | – | 0.2 | 9.1 | (8.7) | 0.6 |
| Subsidiary disposals | – | – | (0.1) | (0.2) | (0.3) |
| Disposals | – | – | (4.9) | (4.9) | (9.8) |
| Exchange movement | – | – | (1.3) | (1.6) | (2.9) |
| At 31 December 2025 | 0.1 | 0.2 | 82.1 | 70.9 | 153.2 |
| Net book value | | | | | |
| At 31 December 2025 | 14.4 | 0.2 | 43.1 | 27.2 | 70.5 |
18. Property, plant and equipment (‘PPE’) and investment
property
197
| | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Leasehold | Equipment and | |
| | improvements | motor vehicles | Total |
| | £m | £m | £m |
| Cost | | | |
| At 1 January 2024 | 104.3 | 82.9 | 187.2 |
| Additions through business | | | |
| combinations (Note 28) | – | 1.5 | 1.5 |
| Additions | 4.9 | 6.8 | 11.7 |
| Adjustment* | 3.4 | 4.0 | 7.4 |
| Reclassification to equipment* | (8.7) | 8.7 | – |
| Reclassification to right-of-use assets* | 0.4 | – | 0.4 |
| Disposals | (1.2) | (2.7) | (3.9) |
| Exchange movement | 0.2 | (1.0) | (0.8) |
| At 31 December 2024 | 103.3 | 100.2 | 203.5 |
| Accumulated depreciation | | | |
| and impairment | | | |
| At 1 January 2024 | 63.6 | 55.5 | 119.1 |
| Charge for the year | 8.0 | 10.4 | 18.4 |
| Adjustment* | 3.4 | 4.0 | 7.4 |
| Reclassification to equipment* | (4.4) | 4.4 | – |
| Reclassification to right-of-use assets* | 0.2 | – | 0.2 |
| Disposals | (1.2) | (2.4) | (3.6) |
| Exchange movement | 0.3 | (0.6) | (0.3) |
| At 31 December 2024 | 69.9 | 71.3 | 141.2 |
| Net book value | | | |
| At 31 December 2024 | 33.4 | 28.9 | 62.3 |
Adjustments and reclassifications arise from a review of fixed asset classifications following system
migrations within the Group.
The investment property held by the Group relates to an industrial park property in
Singapore, the principal use of which relates to worker dormitories. The property is
pledged to secure bank borrowings (see Note 25).
The fair value of the investment property as at 31 December 2025 is £14.5m. The
valuation was performed by an independent, professionally qualified external valuer.
19. Leases
Material accounting policies that apply to leases
The Group enters into lease agreements for the use of buildings, equipment and
motor vehicles. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a
wide range of different terms and conditions. The lease agreements do not impose
any covenants other than the security interests in the leased assets that are held
by the lessor. Leased assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes.
Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability for
future lease payables at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by
the Group. Depreciation of the right-of-use asset will be recognised in the income
statement on a straight-line basis, with interest recognised on the lease liability.
Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value
basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments:
fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease
incentives receivable;
variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate, initially measured
using the index or rate as at the commencement date;
amounts expected to be payable by the Group under residual value guarantees;
the exercise price of a purchase option if the Group is reasonably certain to
exercise that option; and
payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the
Group exercising that option.
Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also
included in the measurement of the liability. The lease payments are discounted
using the interest rate implicit in the lease.
19. Leases
198
If that rate cannot be readily determined, which is generally the case for leases in
the Group, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the
individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an
asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment
with similar terms, security and conditions.
The Group is exposed to potential future increases in variable lease payments
based on an index or rate, which are not included in the lease liability until they
take effect. When adjustments to lease payments based on an index or rate take
effect, the lease liability is reassessed and adjusted against the right-of-use asset.
Lease payments are allocated between principal and interest cost. The finance cost is
charged to the income statement over the lease period so as to produce a constant
periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period.
Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:
the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability;
any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease
incentives received;
any initial direct costs; and
restoration costs.
Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s
useful life and the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the Group is reasonably
certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use asset is depreciated over
the underlying asset’s useful life. An asset’s carrying amount is written down
immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater
than its estimated recoverable amount.
Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and vehicles and all
leases of low value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in the
income statement. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or
less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture.
Extension and termination options are included in a number of property and
equipment leases across the Group. These are used to maximise operational
flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operations. The
majority of extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the
Group and not by the respective lessor.
Sub-leases
The Group sometimes enters into sub-lease agreements where the underlying
asset is sub-let to a third-party sub-lessee. In a sublease transaction, the lease
between the original lessee and lessor (the head lease) remains in effect.
The Group classifies the sub-lease at lease inception as a finance lease or
operating lease based on the extent to which risks and rewards incidental to
ownership of the underlying asset lie with the lessor or the lessee.
The Group’s sub-leases are all classified as finance leases. The Group therefore
derecognises the original right-of-use asset relating to the head lease and
continues to account for the original lease liability as it did before commencement
of the sublease. A receivable for the net investment in sub-lease is recognised and
evaluated for impairment annually.
Finance income is recognised over the lease term based on a pattern reflecting a
constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in sub-lease.
Any difference between the right-of-use asset and the net investment in the
sublease is recognised in the Income Statement in the relevant period.
In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances
that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option, or not exercise
a termination option. Extension options (or periods after termination options) are
only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or
not terminated). The judgements made impact the value of the right-of-use assets
and lease liabilities recognised in the statement of financial position upon initial
recognition of a lease.
The assessment is reviewed if a significant event or a significant change in
circumstances occurs which affects this assessment and that is within the control
of the lessee.
199
19.1 Right-of-use assets
| | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | Equipment | |
| | | and | Total right- |
| | Leasehold | motor | of-use |
| | properties | vehicles | assets |
| | £m | £m | £m |
| Cost | | | |
| At 1 January 2025 | 373.8 | 14.8 | 388.6 |
| Additions | 49.3 | 3.2 | 52.5 |
| Additions through business combinations (Note 29) | 5.1 | – | 5.1 |
| Reclassification from equipment | (2.0) | 0.6 | (1.4) |
| Lease modifications | 18.4 | 0.9 | 19.3 |
| Disposals (including disposals relating to sub-lets) | (23.8) | (3.1) | (26.9) |
| Disposal of subsidiaries | (0.9) | (0.3) | (1.2) |
| Exchange movement | (4.7) | 0.5 | (4.2) |
| At 31 December 2025 | 415.2 | 16.6 | 431.8 |
| Accumulated depreciation and impairment | | | |
| At 1 January 2025 | 197.9 | 7.7 | 205.6 |
| Charge for the year | 47.1 | 3.9 | 51.0 |
| Disposals (including disposals relating to sub-lets) | (22.2) | (2.9) | (25.1) |
| Disposal of subsidiaries | (0.6) | (0.2) | (0.8) |
| Reclassification from equipment | (1.7) | (0.3) | (2.0) |
| Exchange movement | (2.3) | 0.2 | (2.1) |
| At 31 December 2025 | 218.2 | 8.4 | 226.6 |
| Net book value | | | |
| At 31 December 2025 | 197.0 | 8.2 | 205.2 |
| Equipment | |||
| and | Total right- | ||
| Leasehold | motor | of-use | |
| properties | vehicles | assets | |
| £m | £m | £m | |
| Cost | |||
| At 1 January 2024 | 366.6 | 14.7 | 381.3 |
| Additions | 19.7 | 4.3 | 24.0 |
| Additions through business combinations | 1.7 | – | 1.7 |
| Reclassification from leasehold improvements | (0.4) | – | (0.4) |
| Lease modifications | 14.4 | – | 14.4 |
| Disposals (including disposals relating to sub-lets) | (24.1) | (3.3) | (27.4) |
| Exchange movement | (4.1) | (0.9) | (5.0) |
| At 31 December 2024 | 373.8 | 14.8 | 388.6 |
| Accumulated depreciation and impairment | |||
| At 1 January 2024 | 175.7 | 7.3 | 183.0 |
| Charge for the year | 48.0 | 3.8 | 51.8 |
| Disposals (including disposals relating to sub-lets) | (23.6) | (3.2) | (26.8) |
| Reclassification from leasehold improvements | (0.2) | – | (0.2) |
| Exchange movement | (2.0) | (0.2) | (2.2) |
| At 31 December 2024 | 197.9 | 7.7 | 205.6 |
| Net book value | |||
| At 31 December 2024 | 175.9 | 7.1 | 183.0 |
200
19.3 Net investment in sub-leases
19.2 Lease liabilities
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| At 1 January | 233.1 | 254.2 |
| Additions | 63.1 | 24.9 |
| Lease modifications | 19.2 | 14.4 |
| Additions through business combinations (Note 29) | 1.7 | 1.7 |
| Disposal of subsidiaries | (0.3) | – |
| Disposal of leases | (1.6) | (0.4) |
| Repayments of lease liabilities | (65.9) | (68.7) |
| Unwinding of discount | 9.9 | 9.1 |
| Exchange movement | (3.8) | (2.1) |
| At 31 December | 255.4 | 233.1 |
| Current | 51.0 | 49.7 |
| Non-current | 204.4 | 183.4 |
Cash outflows with respect to leases, which includes short-term lease payments,
totalled £66.6m (2024: £69.3m). Refer to Note 10 for information on the amount
charged to the income statement with respect to short-term and variable
lease payments.
The Group sub-leases office space. Sub-lease receivables (net investment in sub-
lease) amount to £9.2m as at 31 December 2025 (31 December 2024: £11.2m), split
between non-current of £7.5m and current of £1.7m (31 December 2024: non-current
£9.5m, current £1.7m). The current balance is included in other receivables.
The future lease payments receivable are as follows:
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| Less than a year | 1.9 | 2.0 |
| Between 1 and 2 years | 1.7 | 1.7 |
| Between 2 and 3 years | 1.6 | 1.7 |
| Between 3 and 4 years | 1.7 | 1.7 |
| Between 4 and 5 years | 1.7 | 1.8 |
| Over 5 years | 1.1 | 3.0 |
| Total undiscounted cash flows | 9.7 | 11.9 |
| Discounting | (0.5) | (0.7) |
| Carrying value of net investment in sub-lease | 9.2 | 11.2 |
201
20. Investments in joint ventures and associates
Material accounting policies that apply to investments in joint ventures and associates
Refer to Note 4.1 for the accounting policy with respect to investments in joint ventures and associates.
| Joint ventures | Associates | |||
| Investment | ||||
| (including | ||||
| Investment | loans) | Goodwill | Total | |
| £m | £m | £m | £m | |
| Cost or valuation | ||||
| At 1 January 2025 | 10.2 | 1.7 | 3.6 | 5.3 |
| Additions | 0.2 | 0.6 | 0.5 | 1.1 |
| Conversion of loans to equity | – | – | 1.4 | 1.4 |
| Fair value of associate | ||||
| recognised upon disposal of | ||||
| subsidiary (Note 29) | – | 0.3 | 2.3 | 2.6 |
| Disposals | (0.2) | – | – | – |
| Exchange movement | – | (0.3) | – | (0.3) |
| At 31 December 2025 | 10.2 | 2.3 | 7.8 | 10.1 |
| Share of profit | ||||
| At 1 January 2025 | 19.9 | 3.0 | – | 3.0 |
| Group’s share of profit from | ||||
| continuing operations | 6.4 | 1.8 | – | 1.8 |
| Dividends received | (6.0) | (3.5) | – | (3.5) |
| Exchange movement | (1.2) | – | – | – |
| At 31 December 2025 | 19.1 | 1.3 | – | 1.3 |
| Total | ||||
| At 31 December 2025 | 29.3 | 3.6 | 7.8 | 11.4 |
| Joint ventures | Associates | |||
| Investment | ||||
| (including | ||||
| Investment | loans) | Goodwill | Total | |
| £m | £m | £m | £m | |
| Cost or valuation | ||||
| At 1 January 2024 | 10.6 | 2.5 | 3.6 | 6.1 |
| Additions | 0.3 | – | – | – |
| Reclassification to associate | (0.5) | 0.5 | – | 0.5 |
| Fair value remeasurement prior | ||||
| to subsidiary acquisition | – | 4.4 | – | 4.4 |
| Transfer upon subsidiary acquisition | – | (5.6) | – | (5.6) |
| Impairment | – | (0.2) | – | (0.2) |
| Disposals | (0.1) | – | – | – |
| Exchange movement | (0.1) | 0.1 | – | 0.1 |
| At 31 December 2024 | 10.2 | 1.7 | 3.6 | 5.3 |
| Share of profit | ||||
| At 1 January 2024 | 16.7 | 5.5 | – | 5.5 |
| Group’s share of profit from | ||||
| continuing operations | 7.0 | 0.5 | – | 0.5 |
| Dividends received | (4.2) | (2.8) | – | (2.8) |
| Exchange movement | 0.4 | (0.2) | – | (0.2) |
| At 31 December 2024 | 19.9 | 3.0 | – | 3.0 |
| Total | ||||
| At 31 December 2024 | 30.1 | 4.7 | 3.6 | 8.3 |
20. Investments in joint ventures and associates
202
In the opinion of the Directors, the Group does not have any joint ventures or
associates that are individually material to the results of the Group.
The Group has one associate with net liabilities as at 31 December 2025 (2024:
one joint venture and one associate), restricting the ability of this entity to transfer
funds to its shareholders in the form of dividends. The associate has no significant
liabilities to which the Group is exposed, nor has the Group any significant contingent
liabilities or capital commitments in relation to its interest in this associate.
Refer to Note 39 for a full list of the Group’s subsidiaries, joint ventures
and associates.
21. Investments and derivative financial instruments
Material accounting policies that apply to investments and
derivative financial instruments
Financial assets held at FVOCI
The Group has made an irrevocable election at initial recognition for equity
investments to be classified as FVOCI (fair value through other comprehensive
income). Changes in fair value are recognised through other comprehensive
income rather than profit or loss. Dividends from these investments are recognised
in profit or loss as other operating income. When such investments are disposed
or become impaired, the accumulated gains and losses, recognised in other
comprehensive income, are reclassified to retained earnings and will not be
recycled to the income statement.
Financial assets held at FVPL
The Group holds loans and other debt like financial instruments at fair value with
changes in fair value recognised through profit or loss. Any gains or losses that
arise when such instruments are disposed are recognised in operating profit/(loss)
within the income statement.
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract
is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at fair value. Changes in the fair
value of the Group’s derivative instruments are recognised immediately in the
income statement.
The three levels of valuation methodology used are:
Level 1
– uses quoted active market prices.
Level 2
– uses observable inputs other than quoted active market prices.
The fair value of derivative financial instruments relating to forward foreign
exchange contracts are determined by using valuation techniques using
observable market data.
Gains and losses on forward foreign exchange contracts are recognised in net
foreign exchange gains and losses in the income statement.
Level 3
– uses inputs that are not based on observable market data, such as
internal models or other valuation methods.
Financial assets held at FVOCI (unlisted equity investments) included in Level 3
fall under two categories. The first, where cost has been determined as the best
approximation of fair value. Cost is considered the best approximation of fair
value in these instances either due to insufficient more recent information being
available and/or there being a wide range of possible fair value measurements due
to the nature of the investments and cost is considered the best estimate of fair
value within the range. The second, where management have determined the fair
value of the unlisted equity security based upon the latest trading performance
of the investments, cash flow forecasts of the investments and applying these
to a discounted cash flow valuation and/or considering evidence from recent
fundraising initiatives undertaken.
Financial assets held at FVPL included in Level 3 fall under two categories.
The first, where the fair value of investment funds is based on underlying asset
values determined by the Fund Manager’s quarterly financial statements. The
second, where management have determined the fair value of convertible loans
based upon the latest trading performance of the equity investments and cash
flow forecasts of the investments and applying these to a discounted cash flow
valuation. See Note 21.4 for the terms of these loans.
21. Investments and derivative financial instruments
203
The fair value of deferred consideration included in Level 3 has been determined by management based upon the latest trading performance and forecasts of the
underlying business and applying these forecasts to the relevant deferred consideration earn-out criteria. The fair value of the expected deferred consideration due to be
paid is then discounted to determine the fair value of the deferred consideration payable.
21.1 Categories of financial instruments
| Financial | ||||
| Financial | Financial | assets at | Total | |
| assets at | assets at | amortised | carrying | |
| FVPL | FVOCI | cost | amount | |
| £m | 2025 | 2025 | 2025 | 2025 |
| Financial assets at FVOCI | – | 4.9 | – | 4.9 |
| Financial assets at FVPL | 27.8 | – | – | 27.8 |
| Trade and other receivables | – | – | 741.4 | 741.4 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 0.8 | – | – | 0.8 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | – | – | 531.6 | 531.6 |
| Total financial assets | 28.6 | 4.9 | 1,273.0 | 1,306.5 |
| Financial | ||||
| Financial | Financial | assets at | Total | |
| assets at | assets at | amortised | carrying | |
| FVPL | FVOCI | cost | amount | |
| £m | 2024 | 2024 | 2024 | 2024 |
| Financial assets at FVOCI | – | 4.6 | – | 4.6 |
| Financial assets at FVPL | 27.3 | – | – | 27.3 |
| Trade and other receivables | – | – | 684.1 | 684.1 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 0.3 | – | – | 0.3 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | – | – | 536.5 | 536.5 |
| Total financial assets | 27.6 | 4.6 | 1,220.6 | 1,252.8 |
| Financial | |||
| Financial | liabilities at | Total | |
| liabilities | amortised | carrying | |
| at FVPL | cost | amount | |
| £m | 2025 | 2025 | 2025 |
| Borrowings | – | 176.7 | 176.7 |
| Overdrafts in notional pooling arrangements | – | 187.2 | 187.2 |
| Lease liabilities | – | 255.4 | 255.4 |
| Trade and other payables | 2.6 | 335.3 | 337.9 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 26.5 | – | 26.5 |
| Total financial liabilities | 29.1 | 954.6 | 983.7 |
| Financial | |||
| Financial | liabilities at | Total | |
| liabilities | amortised | carrying | |
| at FVPL | cost | amount | |
| £m | 2024 | 2024 | 2024 |
| Borrowings | – | 160.9 | 160.9 |
| Overdrafts in notional pooling arrangements | – | 199.3 | 199.3 |
| Lease liabilities | – | 233.1 | 233.1 |
| Trade and other payables | 2.3 | 352.9 | 355.2 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 13.9 | – | 13.9 |
| Total financial liabilities | 16.2 | 946.2 | 962.4 |
204
21.2 Fair value hierarchy
| | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total |
| 2025 | £m | £m | £m |
| Assets | | | |
| Financial assets at FVOCI | | | |
| – Unlisted equity investments | – | 4.9 | 4.9 |
| Financial assets at FVPL | – | 27.8 | 27.8 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 0.8 | – | 0.8 |
| Total assets | 0.8 | 32.7 | 33.5 |
| Liabilities | | | |
| Deferred consideration | – | 2.6 | 2.6 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 0.5 | 26.0 | 26.5 |
| Total liabilities | 0.5 | 28.6 | 29.1 |
| Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | |
| 2024 | £m | £m | £m |
| Assets | |||
| Financial assets at FVOCI | |||
| – Unlisted equity investments | – | 4.6 | 4.6 |
| Financial assets at FVPL | – | 27.3 | 27.3 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 0.3 | – | 0.3 |
| Total assets | 0.3 | 31.9 | 32.2 |
| Liabilities | |||
| Deferred consideration | – | 2.3 | 2.3 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 1.3 | 12.6 | 13.9 |
| Total liabilities | 1.3 | 14.9 | 16.2 |
The gross notional principal amounts of the outstanding forward foreign exchange
contracts at 31 December 2025 were £182.0m (2024: £135.4m). All contracts mature
within one year and are classed as current.
The following table presents the changes in Level 3 financial (liabilities)/assets for the
period ended 31 December 2025:
| Contingent | Derivative | Financial | Financial | |
| deferred | financial | assets at | assets at | |
| £m | consideration | instruments | FVOCI | FVPL |
| Opening balance 1 January 2025 | (2.3) | (12.6) | 4.6 | 27.3 |
| Additions – recognised through | ||||
| reserves | – | (13.8) | – | – |
| Additions – recognised through | ||||
| the income statement | – | (1.5) | – | – |
| Additions | – | – | 0.1 | 1.8 |
| Reclassification | (0.6) | – | – | – |
| Disposals | – | – | (0.2) | (1.4) |
| Settlement | 0.2 | – | – | – |
| Conversion of loan | – | – | 0.4 | – |
| Remeasurement | 0.1 | 0.9 | 0.1 | 0.2 |
| Exchange movement | – | 1.0 | (0.1) | (0.1) |
| Closing balance 31 December 2025 | (2.6) | (26.0) | 4.9 | 27.8 |
The derivative financial liabilities classified as Level 3 relate to put and call options, the
fair value of which is derived from management’s best estimate of the average EBITDA
forecast of the relevant businesses. Subsequent to initial recognition, gains and losses
on these options are recognised in operating profits in the income statement.
Derivative financial liabilities as at 31 December 2025 include:
A put and call option on the remaining 20% of the AMS group, exercisable in 2027.
The option is classified as non-current.
A put and call option for the remaining 40% shareholding in the LCA group,
exercisable in 2026. The option is classified as current.
A put and call option for the remaining 45% shareholding in Savills India, exercisable
in five tranches between 2029 and 2034. This option is classified as non-current.
21.2 Fair value hierarchy
205
A put and call option for the remaining 40% shareholding in Savills Projects
Holdings Pte Ltd group (‘Merx’) which is exercisable in 2027 of which 11% is
expected to exercise early in 2026. The charge upon initial recognition of the
liability has been recognised in reserves in the current year. The option is split
between current and non-current.
A put and call option for the remaining 30% shareholding in K&T Investment
Pte Ltd group (‘Alpina’) which is exercisable in 2031. The charge upon initial
recognition of the liability has been recognised in reserves in the current year.
The option is classified as non-current.
A put and call option for the remaining 65% of KMC Property Consultants Pte
Limited (‘KMC’) which is exercisable in 2028 (35%) and 2030 (30%) respectively.
As an associate, KMC is not consolidated and the charge upon initial recognition
of the liability has been recognised through the consolidated income statement.
This option is classified as non-current.
21.3 Financial assets at FVOCI
Financial assets at FVOCI comprise the following individual equity investments:
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| Unlisted securities | ||
| Andor Holdco Limited | 1.7 | 1.7 |
| Income Analytics Limited | 1.7 | 1.2 |
| Thirdfort Limited | 0.2 | 0.2 |
| Home Click Pte Limited | 0.2 | 0.2 |
| Other smaller investments | 1.1 | 1.3 |
| 4.9 | 4.6 |
21.4 Financial assets at FVPL
Financial assets at FVPL comprise instruments held in Savills Investment
Management investment funds.
At 31 December, the Group also held the following conditional commitments to
co-invest in a number of Savills Investment Management funds:
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| Asia Pacific Income and Growth Fund FCP-RAIF | 0.5 | 0.5 |
| Savills IM UK Value Boxes Fund FCP-RAIF | 2.3 | 2.3 |
| DRC European Real Estate Debt Fund IV LP | 0.7 | 0.9 |
| Simply Affordable Homes 2 LP | 0.2 | 0.7 |
| Savills IM UK Build to Rent Fund FCP-RAIF | 0.1 | 0.3 |
| Savills IM European Urban Logistics & Industrial | ||
| Fund FCP-RAIF | 0.4 | 1.2 |
| Savills IM European Living Fund FCP-RAIF | 0.3 | 0.5 |
| 4.5 | 6.4 |
206
22. Trade and other receivables
Material accounting policies that apply to trade
and other receivables
Trade receivables are recognised initially at their transaction price and
subsequently measured at amortised cost less provision for impairment.
Receivables are discounted where the time value of money is material.
The Group applies the simplified approach to providing for expected credit losses
prescribed by IFRS 9, which permits the use of the lifetime expected loss provision
for all trade receivables and contract assets. These estimates are based on historic
credit loss experience, adjusted for forward-looking factors specific to the debtors
and macro-economic and specific country-risk considerations with higher default
rates applied to older balances.
In addition, if specific circumstances exist which would indicate that the receivable
is irrecoverable then a specific provision is made. A provision is made against
trade receivables and contract assets until such time as the Group believes there
to be no reasonable expectation of recovery, after which the trade receivable or
contract asset balance is written off.
Critical accounting estimate made when reviewing
debtor recoverability
Provisions for impairment of trade receivables have been made. In reviewing the
appropriateness of these provisions, consideration has been given to the ageing
of the debt and the potential likelihood of default, taking into account current
and future economic conditions. Impairment analysis is performed by local
management using a provision matrix to measure the expected credit losses,
which is based on historical credit loss experience adjusted for forward-looking
factors specific to the debtors and economic environment.
| | | |
| --- | --- | --- |
| | 2025 | 2024 |
| | £m | £m |
| Non-current | | |
| Trade receivables | 14.8 | 10.7 |
| Other receivables | 2.4 | 8.7 |
| Other assets | 49.0 | 43.7 |
| Net investment in sub lease (Note 18.3) | 7.5 | 9.5 |
| | 73.7 | 72.6 |
| Current | | |
| Trade receivables | 572.1 | 542.6 |
| Less: loss allowance/impairment of receivables provision | (20.7) | (22.5) |
| Trade receivables – net | 551.4 | 520.1 |
| Other receivables | 75.1 | 70.8 |
| Prepayments | 53.2 | 57.1 |
| Accrued income | 90.2 | 70.9 |
| | 769.9 | 718.9 |
The carrying value of the above receivables is approximate to their fair value.
There is no concentration of credit risk with respect to trade and other receivables as
the Group has a large number of clients internationally dispersed with no individual
client owing a significant amount. The credit quality of receivables is managed at a
local subsidiary level on a regular basis. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the
reporting date is the carrying value of each class of receivables mentioned above.
The Group does not hold any collateral as security.
Other non-current assets relate primarily to signing-on bonuses that are amortised to
the income statement over the relevant contractual clawback period.
Other non-current receivables include loans of £0.9m receivable from associates (2024:
£0.1m), £1.6m of loans issued to entities that the Group recognises as financial assets
held at FVOCI (2024: £1.9m) and insurance reimbursement assets of £nil (2024: £6.7m).
22. Trade and other receivables
207
Other current receivables relate primarily to employee loans, insurance reimbursement
assets, rental deposits, accrued interest income, client funds and loans due from other
parties. Loans due from other parties include loans of £0.1m receivable from joint
ventures (2024: £0.5m) and loans of £nil receivable from associates (2024: £1.1m).
The carrying amounts of the Group’s gross current trade receivables are
denominated in the following currencies:
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| Sterling | 222.9 | 213.4 |
| Euro | 103.3 | 98.1 |
| Hong Kong dollar | 36.3 | 38.9 |
| US dollar | 65.7 | 66.0 |
| Australian dollar | 24.0 | 23.4 |
| Chinese renminbi | 33.3 | 36.0 |
| Other | 86.5 | 66.8 |
| 572.1 | 542.6 |
22.1 Impairment of trade and other receivables
With the exception of trade receivables, the other classes within trade and other
receivables do not contain material allowances for impairment. Accrued income and
contract assets are measured net of lifetime expected credit losses using a provision
matrix similar to trade receivables.
With respect to trade receivables, an allowance for impairment is made based on
historical credit loss experience adjusted for forward-looking factors specific to
the debtors and economic environment, as evidence of a likely reduction in the
recoverability of the cash flows. Local management have assessed the expected
credit losses for trade receivables in the current geopolitical and economic
environment and the expected loss rates have been reviewed based on their
judgement as to the impact on their trade receivables portfolio. In addition, certain
customers have been identified as having a significantly elevated risk and have been
provided for on a specific basis. Overall, the expected loss rate on trade receivables
has remained stable at 3.6% (31 December 2024: 4.1%).
The loss allowance provision for trade receivables as at 31 December 2025 and 2024
was determined as follows:
| More | More | More | More | |||
| than | than | than | than | |||
| 30 days | 60 days | 90 days | 180 days | |||
| 2025 | Current | past due | past due | past due | past due | Total |
| Expected loss rate | 0.2% | 1.2% | 0.8% | 3.5% | 36.4% | 3.6% |
| Gross carrying amount (£m) | 419.0 | 51.9 | 26.0 | 25.7 | 49.5 | 572.1 |
| Loss allowance provision (£m) | (1.0) | (0.6) | (0.2) | (0.9) | (18.0) | (20.7) |
| More | More | More | More | |||
| than | than | than | than | |||
| 30 days | 60 days | 90 days | 180 days | |||
| 2024 | Current | past due | past due | past due | past due | Total |
| Expected loss rate | 0.3% | 0.4% | 3.1% | 7.0% | 45.2% | 4.1% |
| Gross carrying amount (£m) | 398.1 | 48.7 | 29.1 | 25.8 | 40.9 | 542.6 |
| Loss allowance provision (£m) | (1.1) | (0.2) | (0.9) | (1.8) | (18.5) | (22.5) |
The loss allowance provision for trade receivables as at 31 December reconciles to the
opening loss allowance provision as follows:
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| At 1 January | (22.5) | (19.6) |
| Increase in loss allowance recognised in the income | ||
| statement during the period | (2.2) | (7.6) |
| Receivables written off during the year as uncollectible | 3.4 | 4.3 |
| Foreign exchange | 0.6 | 0.4 |
| At 31 December | (20.7) | (22.5) |
A 1% increase in the expected loss rate in each ageing category would increase the
loss allowance provision by £5.7m.
208
23. Cash and cash equivalents
Material accounting policies that apply to cash and
cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and deposits held on call with
banks, together with other short-term highly liquid investments with original
maturities of three months or less, that are readily convertible to a known amount
of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. Cash and cash
equivalents include cash balances that are operated within a notional cash pooling
arrangement, together with overdraft balances, which are presented separately
in current liabilities in the statement of financial position when IAS 32 offsetting
requirements are not met. Bank overdrafts are included under borrowings in the
statement of financial position.
For the purpose of the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash
equivalents, as defined above, are net of overdraft balances within the notional
cash pooling arrangement and outstanding bank overdrafts as they are considered
an integral part of the Group’s cash management.
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| Cash at bank and in hand | 407.8 | 427.5 |
| Short-term bank deposits | 123.8 | 109.0 |
| 531.6 | 536.5 |
The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates their fair value.
The effective interest rate on short-term bank deposits as at 31 December 2025
was 2.42% (2024: 3.72%); these deposits have an average maturity of 37 days
(2024: 35 days).
Cash subject to restrictions in Asia Pacific amounts to £31.1m (2024: £31.5m) which
is cash pledged to banks in relation to property management contracts and cash
remittance restrictions in certain countries. These amounts are accessible by the
Group and are consolidated within the Group’s cash and cash equivalents.
Cash and cash equivalents are denominated in the following currencies:
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| Sterling | 203.5 | 237.8 |
| Hong Kong dollar | 102.0 | 98.7 |
| Euro | 72.5 | 60.1 |
| Chinese renminbi | 31.4 | 33.1 |
| US dollar | 26.8 | 12.8 |
| Japanese yen | 6.7 | 16.8 |
| Australian dollar | 7.2 | 8.5 |
| South Korean won | 8.6 | 9.2 |
| Singapore dollar | 20.3 | 10.7 |
| Other currencies* | 52.6 | 48.8 |
| 531.6 | 536.5 |
Other currencies include United Arab Emirates dirham, Omani rial, Egyptian pound, Saudi riyal, Bahrain
dinar, Canadian dollar, Czech koruna, New Taiwan dollar, Macau pataca, Thai baht, Vietnamese dong,
New Zealand dollar, Indonesian rupiah, Malaysian ringgit, Indian rupee, Danish krone, Polish zloty, Swiss
franc and Swedish krona.
23.1 Notional pooling arrangement
For internal cash management purposes, the Group maintains a notional cash pooling
arrangement with Barclays Bank PLC, whereby credit and debit cash balances for
the participating bank accounts are notionally offset. There is no overdraft cost or
charge associated with any pooled overdraft that is fully offset by pooled credit cash
balances. As at 31 December 2025, the notional cash pooling arrangement included
cash balances of £189.2m presented in cash and cash equivalents (31 December
2024: £200.2m) and overdrafts of £187.2m (31 December 2024: £199.3m) presented
in current liabilities. This represents as at 31 December 2025 surplus pooled credit
cash balances of £2.0m (31 December 2024: surplus pooled credit cash £0.9m).
23. Cash and cash equivalents
23.1 Notional pooling arrangement
209
For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents net of
overdrafts comprise the following:
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 531.6 | 536.5 |
| Overdrafts in notional pooling arrangement | (187.2) | (199.3) |
| Bank overdrafts (see Note 25) | (3.4) | (9.8) |
| 341.0 | 327.4 |
24. Trade and other payables
Material accounting policies that apply to trade and
other payables
Trade and other payables are initially measured at fair value and subsequently
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. Trade
payables and other payables are classified as current liabilities if payment is due
within one year or less. If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.
| | | |
| --- | --- | --- |
| | | 2024 |
| | 2025 | restated* |
| | £m | £m |
| Non-current | | |
| Deferred consideration | 3.0 | 3.1 |
| Other payables* | – | 0.2 |
| Accruals – relating to deferred and contingent business | | |
| acquisition payments linked to employment conditions | 5.4 | 7.1 |
| Accruals* | 7.6 | 4.4 |
| | 16.0 | 14.8 |
| Current | | |
| Deferred consideration | 0.4 | 0.9 |
| Trade payables* | 101.8 | 108.7 |
| Other taxation and social security | 64.6 | 61.7 |
| Other payables | 85.8 | 59.8 |
| Accruals – relating to deferred and contingent business | | |
| acquisition payments linked to employment conditions | 3.7 | 1.2 |
| Accruals* | 503.3 | 497.4 |
| | 759.6 | 729.7 |
2024 includes a restatement of £32.3m from current trade payables to current accruals and £4.4m from
non-current other payables to non-current accruals in relation to commissions.
The carrying value of trade and other payables is approximate to their fair value.
Deferred consideration relates to deferred business acquisition payments not linked
to continuing employment.
The Group’s current accruals include bonus and commission accruals of £361.6m
(2024: £351.8m). The Group’s current other payables include amounts owed to clients
with respect to cash held on their behalf of £20.8m (2024: £22.8m) and loans payable
to associates of £nil (2024: £0.2m).
24. Trade and other payables
210
24.1 Liabilities under supplier finance arrangements
The Group has supplier finance arrangements within the business in Spain.
Participation in these arrangements is at the suppliers’ own discretion. Suppliers that
participate in the supplier finance arrangement will receive early payment on invoices
sent to the business from the external finance providers. If suppliers choose to
receive early payment, they pay a fee to the finance provider, to which the Group is
not party. In order for the finance provider to pay the invoices, the goods must have
been received or supplied and the invoices approved by the business. Payments to
suppliers ahead of the invoice due date are processed by the finance providers and,
in the majority of cases, the business settles the original invoice by paying the finance
providers in line with the original invoice maturity date. Payment terms with suppliers
have not been renegotiated in conjunction with these arrangements. The Group
provides no security to the finance provider.
All trade payables subject to the supplier finance arrangement are included in trade
and other payables in the consolidated statement of financial position. There were no
material business combinations or foreign exchange differences that would affect the
liabilities under supplier finance arrangements in the year.
All amounts are presented within trade and other payables.
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| Carrying amount of liabilities under supplier | ||
| finance arrangement | ||
| Liabilities presented within trade payables | 8.3 | 13.9 |
| – of which suppliers have received payment | ||
| from the finance provider | 3.0 | 5.3 |
| Range of payment due dates | ||
| 30–90 | 30–90 | |
| days after | days after | |
| Liabilities under supplier finance arrangement | invoice date | invoice date |
| 30–90 | 30–90 | |
| Comparable trade payables that are not part | days after | days after |
| of the supplier finance arrangement | invoice date | invoice date |
25. Borrowings
Material accounting policies that apply to borrowings
Interest-bearing bank loans, loan notes and overdrafts are initially measured at fair
value, net of transaction costs incurred, and subsequently measured at amortised
cost using the effective interest rate method.
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| Non-current | ||
| Secured bank loans | 8.8 | – |
| Loan notes | 120.0 | 120.0 |
| Transaction costs (issuance of loan notes) | (0.1) | (0.4) |
| 128.7 | 119.6 | |
| Current | ||
| Bank overdrafts | 3.4 | 9.8 |
| Unsecured bank loans due within one year or on demand | 33.0 | 1.5 |
| Secured bank loans due within one year or on demand | 11.6 | – |
| Loan notes due within one year or on demand | – | 30.0 |
| 48.0 | 41.3 | |
| 176.7 | 160.9 |
As at 31 December 2025, the Group held a £360.0m multi-currency revolving credit
facility (‘RCF’) expiring in February 2029 (with two 1-year extension options and which
can be increased by an additional £90.0m accordion facility). As at 31 December 2025
£30.0m (2024: none) of the RCF was drawn and classified as current. On 4 March
2026, the first 1-year extension option was exercised, extending the RCF’s maturity
to February 2030.
In addition to the RCF, unsecured bank loans also include £1.9m of loans in Singapore,
denominated in Singapore dollar (2024: £0.6m) and maturing within one year
(2024: £0.6m). They also include a £0.9m working capital loan in Thailand, which
is repayable on demand and denominated in Thai baht (2024: £0.9m) and a £0.2m
bank loan in Indonesia which is repayable on demand and denominated in Indonesian
rupiah (2024: £nil).
25. Borrowings
211
The secured bank loans include the following loans in Singapore, all denominated
in Singapore dollar:
a term loan amounting to £9.5m (2024: £nil) with £8.1m classified as non-
current. The loan is repayable in monthly instalments and matures in 2032.
The loan is secured by a mortgage on the Group’s investment property and its
rental proceeds.
money market loans amounting to £3.1m (2024: £nil) and revolving credit facilities
amounting to £3.3m (2024: £nil). These are secured by term deposits amounting
to £1.5m.
a term loan amounting to £3.7m (2024: £nil), which is secured by a customer
contract and its proceeds in Singapore.
a term loan amounting to £0.8m (2024: £nil), with £0.7m classified as non-current.
The loan is repayable in monthly instalments and matures in 2032. The loan is
secured by a mortgage on leasehold property, plant and equipment in Singapore.
Non-current loan notes reflect the £120.0m (2024: £150.0m, of which £120.0m
was non-current and £30.0m was current) of debt held by the Group through the
issuance of 7, 10 and 12 year fixed-rate private placement notes in the US institutional
market which were issued in June 2018. The 7 year private placement notes, totalling
£30.0m, were repaid in June 2025.
Movements in borrowings are analysed as follows:
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| Opening amount as at 1 January | 160.9 | 157.2 |
| Additional borrowings (including overdraft movement)* | 137.8 | 90.3 |
| Repayments of borrowings (including overdraft movement)* | (141.3) | (88.2) |
| Addition through business combination | 19.2 | 1.3 |
| Amortisation of transaction costs | 0.3 | 0.4 |
| Foreign exchange | (0.2) | (0.1) |
| Closing amount as at 31 December | 176.7 | 160.9 |
2025 includes £6.2m in repayments of borrowings in relation to overdrafts. 2024 includes a £5.1m increase
in overdraft balances within additional borrowings and £0.8m increase in repayments of borrowings.
The carrying value of the Group’s borrowings exposed to interest rate changes at the
reporting date is:
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| Less than 1 year | 54.6 | 11.1 |
| 54.6 | 11.1 |
The Group’s remaining borrowings are fixed rate instruments and therefore excluded
from the above analysis.
The effective interest rates at the reporting date were as follows:
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| % | % | |
| Bank overdrafts | 9.00 | 5.52 |
| Bank loans | 3.94 | 5.80 |
| Loan notes | 3.21 | 3.16 |
The carrying amounts of borrowings are materially approximate to their fair value,
with the exception of the Group’s long-term fixed rate private note placements. The
fair value of these loan notes as at 31 December 2025 is £112.2m (31 December 2024:
£136.7m). The difference between the fair value and the book value is not recognised
in the reported results for the year. The fair value has been calculated based upon a
discounted cash flow valuation utilising observable market rates of borrowing that
are comparable to the remaining length of the loan notes. The valuation technique
falls within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy in IFRS 13.
The carrying amounts of the Group’s borrowings are denominated in the
following currencies:
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| Sterling | 149.9 | 158.9 |
| Indian rupee | 3.1 | – |
| Singapore dollar | 22.3 | 0.6 |
| Other | 1.4 | 1.4 |
| 176.7 | 160.9 |
212
The Group has the following undrawn borrowing facilities:
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||
| Fixed | Floating | Total | Fixed | Floating | Total | |
| £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
| Expiring within 1 year or on demand | 0.1 | 80.7 | 80.8 | 0.1 | 61.2 | 61.3 |
| Expiring between 1 and 5 years | – | 330.0 | 330.0 | – | 360.0 | 360.0 |
| Expiring greater than 5 years | 0.4 | 3.4 | 3.8 | – | – | – |
| 0.5 | 414.1 | 414.6 | 0.1 | 421.2 | 421.3 |
26. Provisions
Material accounting policies that apply to provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive
obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that the Group will be required
to settle that obligation and the amount has been reliably estimated. Provisions
are measured at the Directors’ best estimate of the expenditure required to settle
the obligation at the reporting date and are discounted to present value where the
effect is material, with the unwinding of the discount included in finance costs.
Professional indemnity claims
These arise from various legal actions, proceedings and other claims that are
pending against the Group and are based on management’s best estimates of the
most likely outcome, taking into account the opinions of legal counsel. The non-
current portion of these provisions is expected to be utilised within the next two
to five years. Provisions on professional indemnity claims are recognised when it is
probable that the Group will be required to settle claims against it as a result of a
past event and the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated. The Group
recognises a provision based on the expected settlement amount for the claim,
based on management’s best estimate and taking into account opinions of legal
counsel. The nature of the amounts provided in respect of legal actions, proceedings
and other claims is such that the extent and timing of cash flows can be difficult to
estimate and the ultimate liability may vary from the amounts provided.
A separate receivable from insurers in relation to professional indemnity claims is
recognised to the extent it is virtually certain of being received. This receivable is
recognised within other receivables.
Dilapidation provisions
The Group is required to perform dilapidation repairs and restore properties
to agreed specifications on leased properties prior to the properties being
vacated at the end of their lease term. Provision for such cost is made where a
legal obligation is identified and the liability can be reasonably quantified. The
provisions are reviewed on an annual basis for changes in cost estimates. These
amounts are based on management’s best estimates of repair and restoration
costs at a future date and therefore a degree of uncertainty exists over the value
of future cash outflows, given that these are subject to repair and restoration cost
price fluctuations and the extent of repairs to be completed at the end of the
lease term.
Restructuring provisions
A provision is recognised when there is a present constructive obligation to meet
the costs of restructure. This arises when there is a detailed formal plan for the
restructuring, identifying at least the business or part of the business concerned,
principal locations affected and the location, function and approximate number
of employees to be compensated for terminating their services and when the
plan has been communicated to those affected by it, raising an expectation that
the plan will be carried out. These amounts are based on management’s best
estimates and comprise primarily termination payments to employees affected
by restructuring.
Other provisions
Other provisions includes obligations relating to sales tax payable and other claims
against the Group (not related to professional indemnity claims). These amounts
are based on reasonable estimates, taking into account the opinions of subject
matter experts and legal counsel. Other provisions also includes provisions for
loss-making contracts, with provision based on management’s estimated losses
over the length of the contract.
26. Provisions
213
| | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Professional | | | | |
| | indemnity | Dilapidation | Restructuring | Other | |
| | claims | provisions | provision | provisions | Total |
| | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| At 1 January 2025 | 11.6 | 13.6 | 12.0 | 5.4 | 42.6 |
| Provided during | | | | | |
| the year | 6.4 | 0.8 | 30.0 | 1.4 | 38.6 |
| Interest unwind | – | 0.2 | – | – | 0.2 |
| Utilised during the year | (4.5) | – | (27.7) | (3.2) | (35.4) |
| Additions through | | | | | |
| business combinations | | | | | |
| (Note 29) | – | 0.1 | – | 0.7 | 0.8 |
| Released during | | | | | |
| the year | – | – | – | (1.2) | (1.2) |
| Exchange movement | (0.5) | – | 0.2 | (0.1) | (0.4) |
| Closing amount as at | | | | | |
| 31 December 2025 | 13.0 | 14.7 | 14.5 | 3.0 | 45.2 |
| Current | 8.8 | 3.8 | 14.5 | 2.7 | 29.8 |
| Non-current | 4.2 | 10.9 | – | 0.3 | 15.4 |
| Expected utilisation of | | | | | |
| non-current portion | 2–5 years | 2–12 years | – | 2–5 years | – |
| Professional | |||||
| indemnity | Dilapidation | Restructuring | Other | ||
| claims | provisions | provision | provisions | Total | |
| At 31 December 2024 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Current | 0.4 | 1.7 | 12.0 | 5.1 | 19.2 |
| Non-current | 11.2 | 11.9 | – | 0.3 | 23.4 |
| Total | 11.6 | 13.6 | 12.0 | 5.4 | 42.6 |
Other information about provisions
The professional indemnity claims provision and related insurance asset are
presented in the accounts as follows:
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| Provisions – current | 8.8 | 0.4 |
| Provisions – non-current | 4.2 | 11.2 |
| Trade and other receivables – non-current | – | (6.7) |
| Trade and other receivables – current | (6.4) | – |
| 6.6 | 4.9 |
27. Employee benefit obligations
In addition to the defined benefit obligations pension scheme disclosed in Note 28,
the following are included in employee benefit obligations:
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| At 1 January | 44.5 | 44.0 |
| Provided during the year | 16.6 | 17.0 |
| Additions through business combinations (Note 29) | 0.2 | 0.6 |
| Actuarial movement on employee benefit scheme | (1.7) | 0.1 |
| Utilised during the year | (12.7) | (15.9) |
| Transfer to accruals | 0.3 | – |
| Disposal of subsidiaries | (0.3) | – |
| Exchange movement | (1.3) | (1.3) |
| At 31 December | 45.6 | 44.5 |
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| Current | 18.7 | 19.4 |
| Non-current | 26.9 | 25.1 |
| 45.6 | 44.5 |
The above provisions relate to holiday pay and long service leave in the EMEA and
Asia Pacific. Profit shares are included within accruals (Note 24).
214
28. Retirement benefit plans
Types of retirement benefit plans
Defined benefit plans
A defined benefit plan is a pension plan that defines an amount of pension benefit
that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent on one or more
factors, such as age, years of service and compensation.
The asset or liability recognised in the statement of financial position in respect
of defined benefit pension plans is the present value of the defined benefit
obligations at the reporting date less the fair value of plan assets. The defined
benefit obligations are calculated annually by independent actuaries using the
projected unit credit method. The present value of the defined benefit obligations
are determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows.
The defined benefit scheme charge consists of net interest costs, past service
costs and the impact of any settlements or curtailments and is charged as an
expense as they fall due.
All actuarial gains and losses are recognised immediately in other comprehensive
income in the period in which they arise.
Defined contribution plans
A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed
contributions into a separate entity. The Group has no legal or constructive
obligations to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets
to pay all employees the benefits relating to employee service in the current and
prior years. Contributions in respect of defined contribution pension schemes
are charged to the income statement when they are payable. The Group has
no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. Prepaid
contributions are recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a
reduction in the future payments is available.
Critical accounting estimates
Determining the value of the future defined benefit obligation requires estimation
in respect of the assumptions used to calculate present values. These include
future mortality, discount rate and inflation. Management determines these
assumptions in consultation with an independent actuary.
The Group operates both defined benefit and defined contribution plans. The Group’s
main plans in the UK are:
The Savills UK Group Personal Pension Plan, a defined contribution plan.
The Pension Plan of Savills (the ‘UK Plan’), which provided final salary pension
benefits to some employees, but was closed with regard to future service-based
benefit accrual with effect from 31 March 2010. From 1 April 2010, pension benefits
for former employees of the UK Plan are provided through the Savills UK Group
Personal Pension Plan.
There are also a number of defined contribution individual pension plans and a
Mandatory Provident Fund Scheme in Hong Kong, to which the Group contributes.
The Group also has retirement arrangements around the world in line with local
markets and cultures, including the Savills Fund Management GMBH Plan (the ‘SFM
Plan’) in Germany which provides final salary benefits to five active employees and
108 former employees. The plan is closed to future service-based benefit accrual.
UK Plan
The UK Plan is administered by a separate Trust that is legally separated from the
Company. The Board of the pension fund is composed of six trustees. The Board
of the pension fund is required by law and by its Article of Association to act in the
interest of the fund and of all relevant stakeholders in the scheme. The Board of the
pension fund is responsible for the investment policy with regard to the assets of the
fund. The contributions are determined by an independent qualified actuary on the
basis of triennial valuations.
A full actuarial valuation of the UK Plan was carried out as at 31 March 2025 and has
been updated to 31 December 2025 by a qualified independent actuary.
28. Retirement benefit plans
UK Plan
215
Rule 23 of the governing Trust Deed and Rules of the UK Plan covers the rights
upon termination of the UK Plan, which is triggered when there are no beneficiaries
surviving in accordance with Rule 19. Management interprets these rules that in the
event of the UK Plan winding up with no members, any surplus assets would be
returned to the Company. Based on these rights, any net surplus in the scheme is
recognised in full.
In June 2023, the High Court handed down a decision (Virgin Media Limited v
NTL Pension Trustees II Limited and others) which potentially had implications for
the validity of amendments made by schemes, including the UK Plan, which were
contracted-out on a salary-related basis between 6 April 1997 and the abolition
of contracting-out in 2016. The Government announced on 5 June 2025 that
new legislation will be introduced to give affected pension schemes the ability to
retrospectively obtain written actuarial confirmation that historical benefit changes
met the necessary standards at the time. The Trustee and Management awaits
this legislation to be enacted through Parliament prior to concluding whether any
such retrospective confirmations should be obtained.
SFM Plan
The SFM Plan is administered by an external Trust that is legally separated from the
Company. The Trust Agreement requires the trustee to maintain the plan assets in
the interest of the beneficiaries of the plan and to fulfil their pension entitlements
in the event of insolvency to the extent of the plan assets held. The Investment
Committee of the fund, advised by expert investment managers, is responsible for
the investment policy with regards to the assets of the fund. The contributions are
determined based on the annual valuations of an independent qualified actuary.
A full actuarial valuation of the SFM Plan was carried out as at 31 December 2025
by a qualified independent actuary.
Section 5.2 of the SFM Plan Trust Deed provides the Trustor (Savills Fund
Management GmbH, Savills Fund Management Holding AG, and Savills Investment
Management (Germany) GmbH respectively) with an unconditional right to a refund
of surplus assets assuming the full settlement of plan liabilities in the event of a plan
wind-up. Furthermore, in the ordinary course of business neither Trustor nor Trustee
have any rights to unilaterally wind up, or otherwise augment the benefits due to
members of the scheme. Based on these rights, any net surplus in the scheme is
recognised in full.
Impact on the income statement
The net charge arising from the Group’s retirement benefit plans as recognised in the
income statement is shown below:
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| Charges relating to defined contribution schemes included | ||
| in employee benefit expenses | 50.3 | 43.6 |
| Net interest income included in finance income | ||
| – UK Plan | (0.6) | – |
| – SFM Plan | (0.1) | (0.1) |
| Total net retirement benefit plans charge in the | ||
| income statement | 49.6 | 43.5 |
Impact on the statement of comprehensive income
The net income arising from the Group’s retirement benefit arrangements as
recognised in the statement of comprehensive income is shown below:
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| £m | £m | |
| Actuarial (losses)/gains: | ||
| – UK Plan | (0.3) | 10.6 |
| – SFM Plan | 1.2 | – |
| Total net retirement benefit plans income in the | ||
| statement of comprehensive income | 0.9 | 10.6 |
216
Statement of financial position
The amount outstanding as at 31 December 2025 in relation to defined contribution
schemes within current trade and other payables is £2.5m (2024: £3.5m).
The net defined benefit surplus in respect of defined benefit plans reported in the
Group’s statement of financial position sheet is set out below. Plans in surplus are
presented within non-current assets and plans in deficit within non-current liabilities.
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||
| Present | Fair | Present | Fair | |||
| value | value of | value | value of | |||
| of | plan | of | plan | |||
| obligations | assets | Asset | obligations | assets | Asset | |
| £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
| Recognised in non- | ||||||
| current assets | ||||||
| UK Plan | (170.1) | 180.3 | 10.2 | (168.7) | 178.6 | 9.9 |
| SFM Plan | (10.3) | 16.0 | 5.7 | (10.7) | 14.3 | 3.6 |
| Total | (180.4) | 196.3 | 15.9 | (179.4) | 192.9 | 13.5 |
Movements in defined benefit plan assets and liabilities
Movements in defined benefit plan assets and liabilities
217
Plan assets
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Quoted | Unquoted | Total | Quoted | Unquoted | Total | |||
| UK Plan | £m | £m | £m | % | £m | £m | £m | % |
| – Government | ||||||||
| bonds | 43.6 | – | 43.6 | 24% | 58.1 | – | 58.1 | 33% |
| – Corporate | ||||||||
| bonds | ||||||||
| (investment | ||||||||
| grade) | 1.0 | – | 1.0 | 1% | 0.7 | – | 0.7 | 0% |
| – Cash and cash | ||||||||
| equivalents | 9.5 | – | 9.5 | 5% | 6.5 | – | 6.5 | 4% |
| Liability-driven | ||||||||
| investment | ||||||||
| (‘LDI’)* | 54.1 | – | 54.1 | 30% | 65.3 | – | 65.3 | 37% |
| Investment | ||||||||
| funds | – | 23.2 | 23.2 | 13% | – | 22.8 | 22.8 | 13% |
| Bonds | 42.4 | 29.7 | 72.1 | 40% | 23.6 | 35.4 | 59.0 | 33% |
| Cash and cash | ||||||||
| equivalents | 6.3 | – | 6.3 | 3% | 4.1 | – | 4.1 | 2% |
| Asset-backed | ||||||||
| securities** | 24.6 | – | 24.6 | 14% | 27.4 | – | 27.4 | 15% |
| Total | 127.4 | 52.9 | 180.3 | 100% | 120.4 | 58.2 | 178.6 | 100% |
A portfolio of gilt and swap contracts that is designed to hedge the majority of the interest rate and
inflation risks associated with the scheme’s obligations. Government bonds include fixed and index-linked
gilts, less repo cash.
** A portfolio of primarily mortgage-backed securities and loans.
Plan assets
218
| 2025 | 2024 | |||
| Unquoted | Unquoted | |||
| SFM Plan | £m | % | £m | % |
| Investment funds | 16.0 | 100% | 14.3 | 100% |
| Total | 16.0 | 100% | 14.3 | 100% |
No Plan assets are the Group’s own financial instruments or property occupied or
used by the Group. The fair values of the above equity and debt instruments are
provided by the fund managers. The fund managers use best-practice techniques to
value their holdings in investment funds, with valuations validated by an independent
appraisal firm. Where available, fair values are determined based on quoted market
prices in active markets.
Although the UK Plan does not invest directly in the Group’s financial instruments,
it does invest in passive equity funds, so will have some exposure to the FTSE All-
Share Index, hence indirectly to the Savills plc share price.
Significant actuarial assumptions
| UK Plan | SFM Plan | |||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | |
| Expected rate of salary increases | 3.25% | 3.25% | 2.50% | 2.50% |
| Projection of social security | ||||
| contribution ceiling | – | – | 2.25% | 2.25% |
| Rate of increase to pensions | ||||
| in payment | ||||
| – pension promise before | ||||
| 1 January 1986 | – | – | 2.00% | 2.20% |
| – pension promise after | ||||
| 1 January 1986 | – | – | 2.00% | 2.20% |
| – accrued before 6 April 1997 | 3.00% | 3.00% | – | – |
| – accrued after 5 April 1997 | 2.70% | 2.90% | – | – |
| – accrued after 5 April 2005 | 1.90% | 2.00% | – | – |
| Rate of increase to pensions | ||||
| in deferment | ||||
| – accrued before 6 April 2001 | 5.00% | 5.00% | – | – |
| – accrued after 5 April 2001 | 2.10% | 2.70% | – | – |
| – accrued after 5 April 2009 | 2.10% | 2.50% | – | – |
| Discount rate | 5.60% | 5.50% | 4.18% | 3.51% |
| Inflation assumption | 2.80% | 3.10% | 2.00% | 2.00% |
Significant actuarial assumptions
219
Assumptions regarding future mortality are set based on actuarial advice in
accordance with published statistics and experience. These assumptions translate
into an average life expectancy in years for a pensioner retiring at age 60:
| UK Plan | SFM Plan | ||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | ||
| Retiring at the end of the | – Male | 88.3 | 87.7 | 86.0 | 85.9 |
| reporting year | |||||
| – Female | 89.7 | 89.6 | 89.4 | 89.3 | |
| Retiring 20 years after the | – Male | 89.8 | 89.1 | 88.7 | 88.6 |
| end of the reporting year | – Female | 91.2 | 91.0 | 91.6 | 91.5 |
Sensitivity analysis
The sensitivity of the defined benefit obligations to changes in the principal
assumptions is:
| Increase/(decrease) | ||
| UK Plan | SFM Plan | |
| £m | £m | |
| 1% increase in discount rates | (17.5) | (0.1) |
| 1% increase in inflation rate | 9.1 | 0.1 |
| 1% increase in salary increase rate | 0.3 | – |
| 1 year increase in life expectancy | 4.9 | 0.4 |
The sensitivity analysis presented above may not be representative of the actual
change in the defined benefit obligations as it is unlikely that the change in
assumptions would occur in isolation of one another as some of the assumptions
may be correlated.
Furthermore, in presenting the above sensitivity analysis, the present value of the
defined benefit obligations has been calculated using the projected unit credit
method at the end of the reporting period, which is the same as that applied in
calculating the defined benefit obligations liability recognised in the statement
of financial position.
The sensitivity of the plan assets to changes in the principal assumptions is:
| Increase/(decrease) | ||
| UK Plan | SFM Plan | |
| £m | £m | |
| 1% increase in discount rates* | (18.0) | (0.2) |
| 1% increase in inflation rate | (7.1) | – |
Sensitivity to a change in government bond yields with unchanged credit spreads.
Risks arising from the Group’s defined benefit plans
Through the defined benefit plans, the Group is exposed to a number of risks, the
most significant of which are detailed below:
| Asset volatility | The Plan liabilities are calculated using a discount rate |
| set with reference to corporate bond yields; if Plan assets | |
| underperform this yield, this will create a deficit. The Plan | |
| holds a significant proportion of equities and funds, which | |
| are expected to outperform corporate bonds in the long | |
| term while providing volatility and risk in the short term. | |
| Changes in bond yields | A decrease in corporate bond yields will increase the |
| Plan’s liabilities, although this will be partially offset by an | |
| increase in the value of the Plan’s bond holdings. | |
| Inflation risk | Higher inflation will lead to higher liabilities. The majority |
| of the Plan’s assets are either unaffected by or are loosely | |
| correlated with inflation, meaning that an increase in | |
| inflation will also increase the deficit. | |
| Life expectancy | The majority of the Plan’s obligations are to provide |
| benefits for the life of the member, so increases in life | |
| expectancy will result in an increase in the Plan’s liabilities. |
220
Forecasted benefits payable from the defined benefit plans
The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligations is 13 years for the
UK Plan and 12 years for the SFM Plan.
Expected maturity analysis of the undiscounted pension benefits:
| Less than | Between | Between | Over | ||
| a year | 1–2 years | 2–5 years | 5 years | Total | |
| 2025 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Pension benefit | |||||
| payments | |||||
| – UK Plan | 7.8 | 7.5 | 26.7 | 370.5 | 412.5 |
| – SFM Plan | 0.6 | 0.6 | 2.0 | 15.1 | 18.3 |
Expected contributions to post-employment benefit plans for the year ending
31 December 2026 are £0.6m.
221
29. Transactions
Acquisition of subsidiaries
The fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as part of the Group’s acquisitions in the year are provisional and will be finalised within 12 months of the
acquisition date. These are summarised below:
| Provisional fair value to the Group | ||||
| Alpina | Others | Total | ||
| £m | £m | £m | ||
| Non-current assets: | Property, plant and equipment | 1.4 | – | 1.4 |
| Investment property | 14.5 | – | 14.5 | |
| Right-of-use assets | 4.6 | 0.5 | 5.1 | |
| Intangible assets | 1.1 | 1.7 | 2.8 | |
| Deferred tax asset | 0.1 | – | 0.1 | |
| Current assets: | Inventories | 0.8 | – | 0.8 |
| Trade and other receivables | 43.1 | 0.6 | 43.7 | |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 4.6 | 2.9 | 7.5 | |
| Current liabilities: | Borrowings | (10.3) | – | (10.3) |
| Lease liabilities | (0.3) | (0.1) | (0.4) | |
| Contract liabilities | – | (0.5) | (0.5) | |
| Trade and other payables | (33.0) | (1.5) | (34.5) | |
| Income tax liabilities | (0.6) | (0.3) | (0.9) | |
| Employee benefit obligations | (0.2) | – | (0.2) | |
| Provisions | – | (0.4) | (0.4) | |
| Non-current liabilities: | Borrowings | (8.9) | – | (8.9) |
| Lease liabilities | (0.8) | (0.5) | (1.3) | |
| Provisions | (0.1) | (0.3) | (0.4) | |
| Deferred tax liabilities | (0.8) | – | (0.8) | |
| Net assets | 15.2 | 2.1 | 17.3 | |
| Non-controlling interest share of net liabilities/assets | (4.6) | – | (4.6) | |
| Net assets acquired | 10.6 | 2.1 | 12.7 | |
| Goodwill | 11.8 | 5.4 | 17.2 | |
| Purchase consideration | 22.4 | 7.5 | 29.9 | |
| Consideration satisfied by: | ||||
| Cash paid | 22.4 | 7.5 | 29.9 |
29. Transactions
222
K&T Investment Pte Ltd (‘Alpina’)
On 4 December 2025, the Group purchased 70% of the K&T Investment Pte Ltd
group which includes Alpina Holdings Pte Limited, Digo Corporation Pte Limited,
Kontourz Pte Limited, Digo Building Construction Pte Limited, Alpina Energy Pte Ltd
and Wan Dormitory Pte Ltd. Alpina is a leading provider of government and public
sector works in Singapore which offers a comprehensive range of building solutions
and Savills has options to increase the ownership to 100% in 2030.
Total acquisition consideration is provisionally determined at £22.4m which was paid
upon acquisition.
Goodwill of £11.8m has been determined. Goodwill is attributable to the experience
and expertise of key staff members and is not expected to be deductible for
tax purposes.
Acquisition-related costs of £0.3m have been expensed as incurred to the income
statement and classified within other operating expenses.
The acquired business contributed revenue of £10.3m and profit of £3.1m to the
Group for the period from the date of acquisition to 31 December 2025. Had the
acquisition been made at the beginning of the financial year, revenue would have
been £65.6m and a profit of £5.1m would have been recognised.
The fair value of trade and other receivables of £43.1m includes £8.0m of trade
receivables. The gross contractual amount for trade receivables is £8.6m, £0.6m of
which is expected to be uncollectible.
Other acquisitions
On 31 March 2025, the Group acquired 100% of the equity interest in Osborne King &
Megran Limited (‘Osborne King’), a commercial property agency in Northern Ireland.
In addition, on 1 August 2025 the Group purchased 100% of Richard L. Hoffman &
Associates, Inc. and Compustall Services Inc. (‘Hoffman’), a relocation management
consulting firm in the United States.
Total acquisition consideration for these transactions is provisionally determined
at £7.5m, which was all paid as cash consideration upon completion. In addition,
earn-out payments (contingent on retention of property management clients and
operating profit targets) are payable in relation to the Osborne King acquisition
over the period until the end of 2027. The maximum value of these payments totals
£3.5m and is deemed to be linked to continued active engagement with the business.
Earn-out payments are also due on the Hoffman acquisition (contingent on retention
and operating profit targets), which are payable over the period to December 2032.
The maximum value of these payments totals £13.5m and is deemed to be linked to
continued active engagement with the business. As required by IFRS 3, the expected
value of these payments will be expensed to the income statement over the relevant
period of engagement.
Goodwill of £5.4m has been provisionally determined. Goodwill is attributable to
the experience and expertise of key staff and strong industry reputation and is not
expected to be deductible for tax purposes.
Acquisition-related costs of £0.4m have been expensed as incurred to the income
statement and classified within other operating expenses.
The acquired businesses contributed revenue of £8.4m and a profit of £0.7m to the
Group for the period from acquisition to 31 December 2025. Had the acquisitions
been made at the beginning of the financial year, revenue would have been £18.2m
and the profit would have been £2.1m. The impact on the Group’s overall revenue and
profits is not material.
The fair value of trade and other receivables acquired of £0.6m includes £0.3m of
trade receivables. The gross contractual amount for trade receivables is £0.3m, all of
which is expected to be collectible.
223
Disposal of subsidiaries
On 24 February 2025, the Group sold 51% of its ordinary A shares in Cureoscity
Technologies Limited (‘CTL’) for cash proceeds of £2.3m. From this date the Group
ceased to have control, with the Group equity accounting for CTL as an associate
from this date. The Group derecognised £0.9m of net assets, including £0.2m of cash,
and recognised a £2.6m investment in an associate. The Group incurred transaction
costs of £0.2m, resulting in a profit on disposal of £3.8m.
On 30 September 2025, the Group sold its 100% holding in Loudden Bygg-och
Fastighetsservice AB for cash proceeds of £0.6m. The Group derecognised net
liabilities of £0.1m, including £0.1m of cash, and recognised a profit on disposal
of £0.7m.
30. Non-controlling interests
Material non-controlling interests
The total non-controlling interest at the end of the year is £38.0m (2024: £31.0m).
The majority of non-controlling interests in respect of the Group’s subsidiaries where
the Group does not own a holding of 100% are not considered to be individually
material, with the exception of the 29% non-controlling interest held by Samsung Life
in the Savills IM Group (31 December 2025: £37.0m, 31 December 2024: £36.8m). The
profit after tax allocated to the non-controlling interest of the Savills IM Group for the
year ended 31 December 2025 was £1.0m (31 December 2024: £2.8m loss after tax).
| 2025 | 2024 | |
| Savills IM Group | £m | £m |
| Non-current assets | 95.4 | 101.7 |
| Current assets | 77.4 | 82.7 |
| Current liabilities | (32.0) | (43.1) |
| Non-current liabilities | (12.0) | (14.3) |
| Net assets | 128.8 | 127.0 |
| Revenue | 94.8 | 94.1 |
| Profit/(loss) after tax | 2.9 | (10.3) |
30. Non-controlling interests
224
Reconciliation of non-controlling interests
| Non- | Total non- | |||||
| controlling | controlling | |||||
| Savills IM | interest in | Other non- | Total non- | interests | ||
| Group net | Savills IM | controlling | controlling | presented | ||
| assets | Group | interests | interests | Transfer | in reserves | |
| £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
| Balance at 1 January 2025 | 127.0 | 36.8 | (5.8) | 31.0 | – | 31.0 |
| Profit for the year | 2.9 | 1.0 | 1.7 | 2.7 | – | 2.7 |
| Other comprehensive income/(loss): | ||||||
| Remeasurement of defined benefit pension scheme | 1.2 | 0.3 | – | 0.3 | (0.3) | – |
| Tax on items taken to other comprehensive income | (0.3) | (0.1) | – | (0.1) | 0.1 | – |
| Currency translation differences | 0.9 | 0.3 | 0.8 | 1.1 | (1.1) | – |
| Total comprehensive income for the year | 4.7 | 1.5 | 2.5 | 4.0 | (1.3) | 2.7 |
| Employee share option scheme: value of services provided | 0.6 | 0.2 | – | 0.2 | (0.2) | – |
| Dividends | (0.6) | – | (2.0) | (2.0) | – | (2.0) |
| Other reserve movements: | ||||||
| – EBT contributions to Savills plc | (2.9) | (0.9) | – | (0.9) | 0.9 | – |
| Transfer between reserves | – | (0.6) | 0.1 | (0.5) | 0.6 | 0.1 |
| Transactions with non-controlling interest holders | – | – | 1.6 | 1.6 | – | 1.6 |
| Acquisitions of subsidiaries | – | – | 4.6 | 4.6 | – | 4.6 |
| Balance at 31 December 2025 | 128.8 | 37.0 | 1.0 | 38.0 | – | 38.0 |
Reconciliation of non-controlling interests
225
| | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | |
| | | Non- | | | | Total non- |
| | | controlling | | | | controlling |
| | Savills IM | interest in | Other non- | Total non- | | interests |
| | Group net | Savills IM | controlling | controlling | | presented |
| | assets | Group | interests | interests | Transfer | in reserves |
| | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Balance at 1 January 2024 | 134.1 | 33.5 | 1.4 | 34.9 | – | 34.9 |
| (Loss)/profit for the year | (10.3) | (2.8) | 2.1 | (0.7) | – | (0.7) |
| Other comprehensive loss: | | | | | | |
| Tax on items taken to other comprehensive income | (0.3) | (0.1) | – | (0.1) | 0.1 | – |
| Currency translation differences | (2.6) | (0.8) | (0.3) | (1.1) | – | (1.1) |
| Total comprehensive (loss)/profit for the year | (13.2) | (3.7) | 1.8 | (1.9) | 0.1 | (1.8) |
| Employee share option scheme: value of services provided | 1.9 | 0.6 | – | 0.6 | (0.6) | – |
| Dividends | – | – | (2.6) | (2.6) | – | (2.6) |
| Other reserve movements: | | | | | | |
| – Issue of deferred shares | 7.6 | 2.1 | – | 2.1 | (2.1) | – |
| – EBT contributions to Savills plc | (2.5) | (0.7) | – | (0.7) | 0.7 | – |
| – Other | (0.9) | (0.3) | – | (0.3) | 0.3 | – |
| Transfer between reserves | – | – | 1.2 | 1.2 | – | 1.2 |
| Transactions with non-controlling interest holders | – | 5.3 | (0.8) | 4.5 | 1.6 | 6.1 |
| Acquisitions of subsidiaries | – | – | (6.8) | (6.8) | – | (6.8) |
| Balance at 31 December 2024 | 127.0 | 36.8 | (5.8) | 31.0 | – | 31.0 |
226
31. Share capital and premium
Material accounting policies relating to share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable
to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net
of tax, from the proceeds. When share capital is repurchased, the amount of
consideration paid, including directly attributable costs, is recognised as a charge
to equity. Repurchased shares which are not cancelled, or shares purchased for
the Employee Benefit Trusts and the Savills Rabbi Trust, are classified as treasury
shares and presented as a deduction from total equity.
| 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | |
| Authorised and allotted | Number of shares* | Number of shares* | £m | £m |
| Ordinary shares of 2.5p each: | ||||
| Authorised | 202,000,000 | 202,000,000 | 5.1 | 5.1 |
| Issued, called up and fully paid | 146,046,938 | 144,560,279 | 3.7 | 3.6 |
Movement in issued, called-up and fully paid share capital:
| Share | Share | ||
| capital | premium | ||
| Number of shares* | £m | £m | |
| At 1 January 2024 | 144,389,919 | 3.6 | 104.9 |
| Issued to direct participants on | |||
| exercise of options under the | |||
| Sharesave Scheme | 16,140 | – | 0.1 |
| Issued to direct participants under | |||
| the Performance Share Plan | 154,220 | – | – |
| At 31 December 2024 | 144,560,279 | 3.6 | 105.0 |
| Issued to direct participants on | |||
| exercise of options under the | |||
| Sharesave Scheme | 1,467,700 | 0.1 | 11.1 |
| Issued to direct participants under | |||
| the Performance Share Plan | 18,959 | – | – |
| At 31 December 2025 | 146,046,938 | 3.7 | 116.1 |
Number of shares are stated before the impact of the shares held by the EBTs and Rabbi Trust.
Each issued, called-up and fully paid ordinary share of 2.5p is a voting share in the
capital of the Company, is entitled to participate in the profits of the Company and
on winding-up is entitled to participate in the assets of the Company.
At the Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’) held on 14 May 2025, the Shareholders gave
the Company authority, subject to stated conditions, to purchase for cancellation
up to 14,456,771 of its own ordinary shares (AGM held on 15 May 2024: 14,439,084).
Such authority remains valid until the conclusion of the next AGM or 14 August 2026,
whichever is the earlier.
31. Share capital and premium
As at 31 December 2025, the EBTs held 7,490,723 shares (2024: 8,057,705 shares)
and the Rabbi Trust held 304,873 shares (2024: 821,163). These shares are held
by the Group as ‘treasury shares’. Any voting or other similar decisions relating to
these shares are taken by the trustees of the EBTs and the Rabbi Trust, who may
take account of any recommendation of the Company. The EBTs waive all of their
dividend entitlement. For further details of the EBTs and the Rabbi Trust refer to
Note 33. A reconciliation of the movement in treasury shares for the year ended
31 December is shown below:
| Number of treasury shares | 2025 | 2024 |
| At 1 January | 8,878,868 | 9,117,575 |
| Shares acquired | 1,800,738 | 2,112,426 |
| Shares reissued | (2,884,010) | (2,351,133) |
| At 31 December | 7,795,596 | 8,878,868 |
32. Retained earnings and other reserves
The share premium account represents the premium on shares issued. This reserve is
non-distributable.
The share-based payments reserve is used to recognise the value of equity-settled
share-based payments provided to employees, including key management personnel,
as part of their remuneration. Refer to Note 33 for further details of these plans.
When the employees exercise their awards, the portion of the share-based payments
reserve which represents the share-based payment charge for those awards is
transferred to retained earnings and the Group discharges its obligation.
Treasury shares represent the cost of shares in Savills plc purchased in the market
and held in trust to satisfy the exercise of share options.
The capital reserve includes mandatory minimum required capital reserves for certain
regulated entities within the Investment Management business. These reserves are
restricted with respect to dividend payments and distributions and are required to
be treated separately to regular retained earnings.
The capital redemption reserve includes the nominal value of shares bought back by
the Company. This reserve is non-distributable.
The merger relief reserve arose from the acquisition of Studley Inc (2014 acquisition)
and records the premium value of the shares issued as part of the consideration for
the acquisition of this business. This reserve is non-distributable.
The foreign exchange reserve primarily records exchange differences arising from the
translation of the balance sheets of foreign currency denominated subsidiaries.
The revaluation reserve primarily records fair value movements on the Group’s equity
investments held at FVOCI (see Note 21). This reserve is non-distributable.
227
32. Retained earnings and other reserves
228
| Attributable to owners of the parent | |||||||||
| Share- | Capital | ||||||||
| based | Profit | Total | redemption | Merger | Foreign | Total | |||
| payments | Treasury | and loss | retained | and capital | relief | exchange | Revaluation | other | |
| reserve | shares | account* | earnings* | reserve | reserve | reserve | reserve | reserves | |
| £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
| Balance at 1 January 2025 | 68.0 | (91.5) | 572.4 | 548.9 | (0.8) | 37.9 | 67.4 | (15.2) | 89.3 |
| Profit attributable to owners of the Company | – | – | 70.9 | 70.9 | – | – | – | – | – |
| Other comprehensive income/(loss) | – | – | 1.4 | 1.4 | – | – | (18.3) | 0.1 | (18.2) |
| Employee share option scheme: | |||||||||
| – Value of services provided | 28.4 | – | – | 28.4 | – | – | – | – | – |
| – Tax on employee share option schemes | 0.2 | – | – | 0.2 | – | – | – | – | – |
| – Exercise of options | (30.8) | 29.5 | 1.3 | – | – | – | – | – | – |
| – Exercise of options: tax on employee share option schemes | (0.2) | – | 0.2 | – | – | – | – | – | – |
| Purchase of treasury shares | – | (17.4) | – | (17.4) | – | – | – | – | – |
| Dividends | – | – | (41.2) | (41.2) | – | – | – | – | – |
| Reclassification | – | – | (0.3) | (0.3) | – | – | – | 0.3 | 0.3 |
| Transactions with non-controlling interest holders | – | – | (1.8) | (1.8) | – | – | – | – | – |
| Transfer between reserves | – | – | (0.1) | (0.1) | – | – | – | – | – |
| Fair value of derivative financial instruments | – | – | (13.8) | (13.8) | – | – | – | – | – |
| Balance at 31 December 2025 | 65.6 | (79.4) | 589.0 | 575.2 | (0.8) | 37.9 | 49.1 | (14.8) | 71.4 |
Included within profit and loss account is tax on items taken directly to equity (Note 14.4) as disclosed above.
229
| | | | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Attributable to owners of the parent | | | | | | | | |
| | Share- | | | | Capital | | | | |
| | based | | Profit | Total | redemption | Merger | Foreign | | Total |
| | payments | Treasury | and loss | retained | and capital | relief | exchange | Revaluation | other |
| | reserve | shares | account* | earnings* | reserve | reserve | reserve | reserve | reserves |
| | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Balance at 1 January 2024 | 60.3 | (92.6) | 547.2 | 514.9 | (0.8) | 37.9 | 71.9 | (14.5) | 94.5 |
| Profit attributable to owners of the Company | – | – | 53.6 | 53.6 | – | – | – | – | – |
| Other comprehensive (loss)/income | – | – | 7.6 | 7.6 | – | – | (4.5) | (0.8) | (5.3) |
| Employee share option scheme: | | | | | | | | | |
| – Value of services provided | 31.4 | – | – | 31.4 | – | – | – | – | – |
| – Tax on employee share option schemes | 0.8 | – | – | 0.8 | – | – | – | – | – |
| – Exercise of options | (24.0) | 24.0 | – | – | – | – | – | – | – |
| – Exercise of options: tax on employee share option schemes | (0.5) | – | 0.5 | – | – | – | – | – | – |
| Purchase of treasury shares | – | (22.9) | – | (22.9) | – | – | – | – | – |
| Dividends | – | – | (31.2) | (31.2) | – | – | – | – | – |
| Transfer between reserves | – | – | (1.3) | (1.3) | – | – | – | 0.1 | 0.1 |
| Transactions with non-controlling interest holders | – | – | 4.4 | 4.4 | – | – | – | – | – |
| Fair value of derivative financial instruments | – | – | (8.4) | (8.4) | – | – | – | – | – |
| Balance at 31 December 2024 | 68.0 | (91.5) | 572.4 | 548.9 | (0.8) | 37.9 | 67.4 | (15.2) | 89.3 |
Included within profit and loss account is tax on items taken directly to equity (Note 14.4) as disclosed above.
230
33. Share-based payment arrangements
Material accounting policies relating to share-based
payment arrangements
The Group operates equity-settled share-based compensation plans. The fair
value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of the options
is recognised as an expense.
All equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value at the date
of grant. Fair value is based on the market value of the underlying shares at the
date of grant of the option or measured by use of the Actuarial Binomial option
pricing model. The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled
share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.
Market performance conditions are reflected within the grant date fair value.
Service and non-market performance conditions are included in assumptions
about the number of options that are expected to vest. At the end of each
reporting period, the Group revises its estimate of the number of options that are
expected to vest based on the service and non-market performance conditions.
It recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the income
statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.
Any cash proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs are
credited to share capital (nominal value) and share premium when the options
are exercised.
Where National Insurance contributions are payable in respect of some of the
share-based payment transactions upon exercise, a liability is accrued in relation
to this.
Employee Benefit Trust and Savills Rabbi Trust
The Company has established the Savills plc 1992 Employee Benefit Trust, the
Savills plc 2025 Employee Benefit Trust (collectively the ‘EBTs’) and the Savills
Rabbi Trust (the ‘Rabbi Trust’), the purposes of which are to grant awards to
employees, to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the Savills Deferred
Share Bonus Plan and the Savills Deferred Share Plan and to hold shares in the
Company for subsequent transfer to employees on the vesting of the awards
granted under the schemes. The assets and liabilities of the EBTs and Rabbi Trust
are included in the Group statement of financial position. Investments in the
Group’s own shares are shown as a deduction from equity. The Savills plc 2025
Employee Benefit Trust was established during the year.
The Group operates four equity-settled share-based payment arrangements,
namely the Sharesave Scheme, the Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’), the Deferred
Share Plan (‘DSP’) and the Deferred Share Bonus Plan (‘DSBP’). The Group
recognised total expenses relating to equity-settled share-based payment
transactions of £28.4m in 2025 (2024: £31.4m). Of the total share-based payments
charge, £1.0m (2024: £1.2m) relates to the Sharesave Scheme, £9.0m (2024:
£10.4m) relates to the DSP, £18.0m (2024: £19.4m) relates to the DSBP and £0.4m
(2024: £0.4m) relates to the PSP.
Refer to the Remuneration Report for details of the PSP, page 137. Refer to the
Directors’ Report for details of the Sharesave Scheme, page 144. The DSBP
has been established to provide employees with an element of the annual
performance-related profit share which is deferred and awarded as shares in
Savills plc. DSBP awards have a deferral period of between three and five years.
The DSP provides certain employees with an award over Savills plc shares for
purposes including recruitment and retention. Current awards under the DSP
have a deferral period of between one and seven years. In addition to continued
employment, DSP awards may be granted with performance conditions attaching,
primarily relating to financial targets.
33. Share-based payment arrangements
231
33.1 Movements in share schemes
| Sharesave | PSP | DSP | DSBP | |
| 2025 number of awards (‘000) | awards | awards | awards | awards |
| Outstanding at 1 January | 1,899 | 485 | 3,284 | 7,012 |
| Granted | – | – | 970 | 1,696 |
| Exercised | (1,468) | (16) | (757) | (1,836) |
| Cancelled | (27) | – | – | – |
| Forfeited/lapsed | (51) | (112) | (227) | (149) |
| Outstanding at 31 December | 353 | 357 | 3,270 | 6,723 |
| Exercisable at 31 December | ||||
| Weighted average exercise price | ||||
| for awards outstanding at the | ||||
| beginning of the year, exercised | ||||
| in the year and forfeited/lapsed | ||||
| in the year (pence) | 756.9 | – | – | – |
| Weighted average exercise price | ||||
| for awards granted and outstanding | ||||
| at end of the year (pence) | 756.9 | – | – | – |
| Weighted average remaining | ||||
| contractual life (years) | – | 2.3 | 1.6 | 1.6 |
| Weighted average share price at | ||||
| the date of exercise for awards | ||||
| exercised in the year (pence) | 1,000.2 | 1,016.0 | 979.1 | 970.8 |
| Sharesave | PSP | DSP | DSBP | |
| 2024 number of awards (‘000) | awards | awards | awards | awards |
| Outstanding at 1 January | 2,091 | 641 | 3,770 | 6,661 |
| Granted | – | 116 | 669 | 1,785 |
| Exercised | (16) | (136) | (952) | (1,245) |
| Cancelled | (84) | – | – | – |
| Forfeited/lapsed | (92) | (136) | (203) | (189) |
| Outstanding at 31 December | 1,899 | 485 | 3,284 | 7,012 |
| Exercisable at 31 December | ||||
| Weighted average exercise price | ||||
| for awards outstanding at the | ||||
| beginning of the year, exercised | ||||
| in the year and forfeited/lapsed | ||||
| in the year (pence) | 756.9 | – | – | – |
| Weighted average exercise price | ||||
| for awards granted and outstanding | ||||
| at end of the year (pence) | 756.9 | – | – | – |
| Weighted average remaining | ||||
| contractual life (years) | 0.8 | 3.0 | 1.7 | 1.7 |
| Weighted average share price at | ||||
| the date of exercise for awards | ||||
| exercised in the year (pence) | 1,103.8 | 1,020.3 | 1,090.8 | 1,092.7 |
232
33.2 Fair value of options
For all the DSP and DSBP schemes the fair value of awards is the closing share price
before award date. The Actuarial Binomial model of actuaries Lane Clark & Peacock
LLP is used to fair value awards granted under the PSP and Sharesave schemes.
The fair values of options granted in the period are shown below.
| Fair value | |||
| Grant | Grant date | Deferred period | pence |
| DSBP 2025 | 10 June 2025 | 2.8–3 years | 964.0 |
| DSBP 2025 | 10 June 2025 | 4 years | 964.0 |
| DSP 2025 | 10 June 2025 | 0.5–5 years | 964.0 |
| DSP 2025 | 27 October 2025 | 3–4 years | 1,028.0 |
34. Contingent liabilities
The Group is involved in a number of disputes in the ordinary course of business.
Provision is made in the financial statements for all claims where costs can be
estimated reliably and settlement is probable, refer to Note 25 for further details.
35. Cash generated from operations
| | | |
| --- | --- | --- |
| | 2025 | 2024 |
| | £m | £m |
| Profit for the year | 73.6 | 52.9 |
| Adjustments for: | | |
| Income tax (Note 14.1) | 27.4 | 35.4 |
| Depreciation (Note 18 and 19.1) | 69.1 | 70.2 |
| Amortisation of intangible assets (Note 17) | 15.8 | 16.1 |
| Fair value gain on step acquisition of subsidiaries previously | | |
| classified as associates | – | (4.4) |
| Net fair value (gain)/loss on derivative financial instrument | | |
| and FVPL investments | (1.1) | 6.0 |
| Loss/(gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment, | | |
| intangible assets and leases | 0.2 | (0.2) |
| Gain on disposal of subsidiaries | (4.5) | – |
| Impairments | 4.6 | 1.9 |
| Increase in provision for expected credit loss | 2.2 | 8.3 |
| Net finance income (Note 13) | (7.5) | (14.5) |
| Share of post-tax profit from joint ventures and | | |
| associates (Note 20) | (8.2) | (7.5) |
| Dividends from other parties | (0.7) | (0.5) |
| Increase in employee and retirement obligations | 3.9 | 0.6 |
| Exchange movement in operating activities | (1.9) | (3.4) |
| Increase in provisions | 2.2 | 2.0 |
| (Increase)/decrease in insurance reimbursement asset | (0.2) | 0.4 |
| Charge for share-based compensation (Note 33) | 28.4 | 31.4 |
| Operating cash flows before movements in working capital | 203.3 | 194.7 |
| Increase in inventories | (0.1) | – |
| Increase in trade and other receivables and contract assets | (125.8) | (58.2) |
| Increase in trade and other payables and contract liabilities | 125.3 | 40.8 |
| Cash generated from operations | 202.7 | 177.3 |
Foreign exchange movements resulted in a £14.6m decrease in current and non-
current trade and other receivables (2024: £2.6m increase) and a £16.0m decrease
in current and non-current trade and other payables (2024: £5.7m decrease).
233
36. Analysis of liabilities arising from financing activities
| | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | |
| | | | Non-cash | | Movements | | |
| | | | movements | | through | | |
| | | | recognised in | Other | business | | |
| | At | | the income | non-cash | combinations | Exchange | At |
| | 1 January | Cash flows | statement | movements | and disposals | movement | 31 December |
| 2025 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Bank loans | (1.5) | (32.7) | – | – | (19.2) | – | (53.4) |
| Loan notes | (150.0) | 30.0 | – | – | – | – | (120.0) |
| Transaction costs | 0.4 | – | (0.3) | – | – | – | 0.1 |
| Lease liabilities | (233.1) | 65.9 | (9.9) | (80.7) | (1.4) | 3.8 | (255.4) |
| Liabilities arising from financing activities | (384.2) | 63.2 | (10.2) | (80.7) | (20.6) | 3.8 | (428.7) |
Non-cash movements recognised in the income statement represent amortisation of transaction costs and unwinding of discount on lease liabilities. Other non-cash
movements to lease liabilities represent new leases and disposal of leases.
The part of the lease payment that represents cash payments for the principal portion of the lease liability is presented as a cash flow resulting from financing activities
(2025: £56.0m, 2024: £59.6m). The part of the lease payment that represents the interest portion of the lease liability is presented as an operating cash flow, consistent
with the presentation of the Group’s loan and bank interest payments (2025: £9.9m, 2024: £9.1m).
234
37. Related party transactions
Other than disclosed below and the information provided within the Remuneration
Report and Note 12.3 (Key management compensation), there were no significant
related party transactions during the year.
(a) Loans to related parties
Refer to Note 22 for details of loans made to joint ventures and associates.
(b) Transactions with associates and joint ventures
There were no material transactions with associates and joint ventures in the current
or prior year, with the exception of transactions and balances disclosed in Notes 22
and 24.
38. Post-balance sheet events
Proposed acquisition of Eastdil Secured Holdings, LLC (‘Eastdil’)
On 12 March 2026, the Group signed a definitive agreement to acquire Eastdil, the
global real estate investment bank, for total consideration of US$921.25m (c.£685m).
Total consideration is equal to the enterprise value of US$1,112.5m (c.£827m),
less Eastdil’s existing debt of US$191.25m (c.£142m). Of the total consideration,
US$552.75m (c.£411m) will be payable in cash on completion, subject to customary
completion adjustments, and US$368.50m (c.£274m) will be satisfied by the
allotment and issue of new ordinary shares to the ultimate holders of equity interests
in Eastdil. Completion is subject to customary regulatory clearances and is expected
to occur in Q2/Q3 2026.
As at the date of approval of these financial statements, the acquisition has not yet
completed, and the Group does not have control over Eastdil.
Other
There have been no events that occurred after the reporting period that require
disclosure or events that require adjustment to the financial statements or are
considered to have a material impact on the understanding of the Group’s current
financial position.
235
39. Group investments
In accordance with Section 409 of the Companies Act 2006 a full list of subsidiaries, partnerships, associates and joint ventures, including the registered office and the
effective percentage of equity owned by the Group, as at 31 December 2025, is disclosed below. Unless otherwise stated, all subsidiary undertakings are consolidated into
the Group financial statements and share capital wholly comprises ordinary shares which are indirectly held by the Company. Unless otherwise stated, percentage of equity
owned is the same as the percentage of voting rights.
| Fully owned subsidiary | Country of incorporation | Registered office |
| Incoll Group Pty Limited | Australia | Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000 |
| Incoll Management Pty Limited | Australia | Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000 |
| Moores Cost Consulting Pty Limited | Australia | Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000 |
| Savills (ACT) Pty Limited | Australia | Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000 |
| Savills (Aust) Holdings Pty Limited (ii) |
Australia | Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000 |
| Savills (Aust) Pty Limited | Australia | Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000 |
| Savills (NSW) Pty Limited | Australia | Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000 |
| Savills (QLD) Pty Limited | Australia | Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000 |
| Savills (SA) Pty Limited | Australia | Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000 |
| Savills (TAS) Pty Limited | Australia | Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000 |
| Savills (VIC) Pty Limited | Australia | Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000 |
| Savills (WA) Pty Limited | Australia | Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000 |
| Savills Capital Advisory Pty Limited | Australia | Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000 |
| Savills Occupier Services Pty Limited | Australia | Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000 |
| Savills Project Management Pty Limited | Australia | Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000 |
| Savills Project Services (SA) Pty Limited | Australia | Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000 |
| Savills Valuations Pty Limited | Australia | Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000 |
| Savills Sales W.L.L. | Bahrain | Flat/shop: 2802, Building: 2504, Road: 2832, |
| Savills Middle East Co. W.L.L. | Bahrain | Flat/shop: 2804, Building: 2504, Road: 2832, |
| Savills Canada, Inc. | Canada | 181 Bay Street – Suite 200, Toronto, ON M5J 2T3 |
| Savills Inc. | Canada | 181 Bay Street – Suite 200, Toronto, ON M5J 2T3 |
| Savills Services Inc. | Canada | 181 Bay Street – Suite 200, Toronto, ON M5J 2T3 |
39. Group investments
236
| Fully owned subsidiary | Country of incorporation | Registered office |
| Guardian Property Services (Shanghai) Company Limited | China | Room 220, Block 1, No.100 Jinyu Road, Pu Dong, Shanghai |
| Savills Business Information Technology (Shenzhen) Limited | China | Unit 201, A Tower, No.1 QianWan Yi Road, Qianhai Shengan Cooperation |
| District, Shenzhen | ||
| Savills Property Services (Beijing) Company Limited | China | 2101 East Tower, Twin Towers, B-12 Jianguomenwai Avenue, Chaoyang |
| District, Beijing 100022 | ||
| Savills Property Services (Chengdu) Company Limited | China | Room 2106, Yanlord Landmark, No.1 Section 2, Renmin South Road, |
| Chengdu 610016 | ||
| Savills Property Services (Chongqing) Company Limited | China | Room 1601, 16th floor, GuoHua Financial Center, No. 9 JuXianYan Square, |
| JiangBeiZui, Chongqing | ||
| Savills Property Services (Guangzhou) Company Limited | China | Room 1301, R&F Center, No.10 Hua Xia Road, Zhujiang New Town, |
| Guangzhou 510623 | ||
| Savills Property Services (Hainan) Limited | China | Room 9A, Baifang Building, Baifang Square, No.105 Binhai Avenue, |
| Longhua District, Haikou | ||
| Savills Property Services (Hengqin) Limited | China | Room 105-19233, No. 6 Baohua Road, Hengqin new area, Zhuhai |
| Savills Property Services (Shanghai) Company Limited | China | Unit D, Room 62, Block 3, No.227, Ru Shan Road, Shanghai |
| Savills Property Services (Tianjin) Company Limited | China | Unit 4607, Tianjin World Financial Center, No.2 Dagu North Road, |
| Xiaobailou Street, Heping District, Tianjin | ||
| Savills Property Services (Wuhan) Company Limited | China | Unit 08-10, 27th Floor, CITIC PACIFIC Mansion, No.1627 Zhongshan |
| Avenue, Jiang’an District | ||
| Savills Property Services (Zhuhai) Company Limited | China | Unit 3702-12, CITIC Southern Airlines International Plaza, No. 52 South |
| Haibin Road, Xiangzhou District, Zhuhai | ||
| Savills Real Estate Valuation (Guangzhou) Company Limited | China | Room 2105, R&F Center, No.10 Hua Xia Road, Zhujiang New Town, |
| Guangzhou 510623 | ||
| Savills Technology Innovation Services (Shanghai) Company Limited | China | Room 205, floor 2 west, No. 707 Zhangyang road, China (Shanghai) Pilot |
| Free Trade Zone | ||
| Shenzhen Guardian Property Management Limited | China | Unit 03, 9/F, China Resources Tower, No.2666, Keyuan South Road, |
| Nanshan District, Shenzhen, 518000 | ||
| Swan Property Services (Beijing) Company Limited | China | 2101 East Tower, Twin Towers, B-12 Jianguomenwai Avenue, Chaoyang |
| District, Beijing 100022 |
237
| Fully owned subsidiary | Country of incorporation | Registered office |
| Savills Engineering Consulting Shanghai Company Limited | China | Room 205, floor 2 west, No. 707 Zhangyang road, China (Shanghai) |
| Pilot Free Trade Zone | ||
| Savills CZ s.r.o. | Czech Republic | Florentinum, Building C, Na Florenci 2116/15, Prague 1, 110 00 |
| Cluttons Egypt Consulting JSC | Egypt | Building 17, Street 210, Al Maadi, Cairo |
| Savills Egypt Consulting JSC | Egypt | Building 17, Street 210, Maadi, Cairo. |
| Savills SASU | France | 59, Rue De Tocqueville, 75017, Paris |
| Savills Valuation SAS | France | 59, Rue De Tocqueville, 75017, Paris |
| BRICKBYTE GmbH | Germany | Rosental 4, 80331 München |
| Savills Advisory Services GmbH | Germany | Taunusanlage 18, 60325 Frankfurt am Main |
| Savills Advisory Services Germany GmbH & Co. KG | Germany | Taunusanlage 18, 60325 Frankfurt am Main |
| Savills Immobilien Beratungs GmbH | Germany | Taunusanlage 18, 60325 Frankfurt am Main |
| Savills Immobilien Beteiligungs – GmbH | Germany | Taunusanlage 18, 60325 Frankfurt am Main |
| Savills Immobilien Management GmbH | Germany | Taunusanlage 18, 60325 Frankfurt am Main |
| Savills Property Management Deutschland GmbH | Germany | Bonner Straße 209, 50968 Köln |
| Savills Facility Management Deutschland GmbH | Germany | Bonner Straße 209, 50968 Köln |
| Savills Channel Islands Limited | Guernsey | Royal Terrace, Glategny Esplanade, St Peter Port, GY1 2HN |
| Savills plc 1992 Employee Benefit Trust (v) |
Guernsey | Third Floor Cambridge House, Le Truchot, St Peter Port, GY1 1WD |
| Absolute Result Limited | Hong Kong | 23/F, Two Exchange Square, 8 Connaught Place, Central |
| Bridgewater Management Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| BTHK Property Management Limited | Hong Kong | Rooms 805-813, 8/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Champion Insurance and Computer Services Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Dominion Office Centre Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Savills IT Solutions Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Express Engineering Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Express Maintenance Services Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
238
| Fully owned subsidiary | Country of incorporation | Registered office |
| Gateway Contractors Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Greenscape Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| GRVM Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Guard Able Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Guardian Care Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Guardian Management Services Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Guardian Mandarin Management Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Guardian Partners Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Guardian Property Agencies Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Guardian Property Management Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Guardian Integrated Management Services Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Guardian ProTech Facilities Management Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Hip Kwan Property Management Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Kenda Services Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Kwik Park Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Mount Link Services Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Quartey Properties Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Savills (China) Limited | Hong Kong | 23/F, Two Exchange Square, 8 Connaught Place, Central |
| Savills (Hong Kong) Limited | Hong Kong | 23/F, Two Exchange Square, 8 Connaught Place, Central |
| Savills Asia Pacific Limited | Hong Kong | 23/F, Two Exchange Square, 8 Connaught Place, Central |
| Savills Building Services Limited | Hong Kong | Rooms 805-813, 8/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Savills Design Limited | Hong Kong | Rooms 805-813, 8/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Savills Engineering Limited | Hong Kong | Rooms 805-813, 8/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Savills Guardian (Holdings) Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Savills India Holding Limited | Hong Kong | 23/F, Two Exchange Square, 8 Connaught Place, Central |
| Savills Indonesia Holding Limited | Hong Kong | 23/F, Two Exchange Square, 8 Connaught Place, Central |
239
| Fully owned subsidiary | Country of incorporation | Registered office |
| Savills Management Services Limited | Hong Kong | 23/F, Two Exchange Square, 8 Connaught Place, Central |
| Savills Philippines Holding Limited | Hong Kong | 23/F, Two Exchange Square, 8 Connaught Place, Central |
| Savills Project Consultancy Limited | Hong Kong | Rooms 805-813, 8/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Savills Property Management Holdings Limited | Hong Kong | Rooms 805-813, 8/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Savills Property Management Limited | Hong Kong | Rooms 805-813, 8/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Savills Realty Limited | Hong Kong | 23/F, Two Exchange Square, 8 Connaught Place, Central |
| Savills Regional Services Limited | Hong Kong | 23/F, Two Exchange Square, 8 Connaught Place, Central |
| Savills Property Services Limited | Hong Kong | Rooms 805-813, 8/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Savills Valuation and Professional Services Limited | Hong Kong | Room 1208, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Savills Valuation and Professional Services (China) Limited | Hong Kong | Room 1208, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Security and Safety Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Swan Hygiene Services Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Swan Hygiene Solutions Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Swan Pest Control Services Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Tarrayon Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| The Peninsular Centre Retailers Association Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Savills International Realty Limited | Hong Kong | 23/F, Two Exchange Square, 8 Connaught Place, Central |
| Savills Prestige Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Savills Smart Management Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Savills Smart Parking Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Premium Plus Services Limited | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| PT Savills Indonesia IRE | Indonesia | Panin Tower – Senayan City, 16/F, Jl.Asia Afrika Lot.19, Jakarta 10270 |
| PT Savills Consultants Indonesia | Indonesia | Panin Tower – Senayan City, 16/F, Jl.Asia Afrika Lot.19, Jakarta 10270 |
| Savills Valuation Advisor LLP | India | 463 Embassy Lake Terrace, L-6,T-4, Kempapura Hebbal, P&T Col. |
| Kavalbyrasandra, Bangalore North, Bangalore-560032, Karnataka | ||
| Actium (ii) |
Ireland | 33 Molesworth Street, Dublin 2 |
240
| Fully owned subsidiary | Country of incorporation | Registered office |
| Anateo Limited (ii) |
Ireland | 33 Molesworth Street, Dublin 2 |
| Savills Advisory Services (Ireland) Limited | Ireland | 33 Molesworth Street, Dublin 2 |
| Savills Commercial (Ireland) Limited (ii) |
Ireland | 33 Molesworth Street, Dublin 2 |
| Savills Management Resource Ireland Limited | Ireland | 33 Molesworth Street, Dublin 2 |
| Savills Residential (Ireland) Limited | Ireland | 33 Molesworth Street, Dublin 2 |
| Savills Italia S.r.l. | Italy | Via Manzoni, 37 – 20121 Milano |
| Savills Italy SRL (EUR) | Italy | Via Manzoni, 37 – 20121 Milano |
| Savills Asset Advisory Company Limited | Japan | TOHO Hibiya Promenade Building 8F, 1-5-2 Yurakucho, Chiyoda-ku, |
| Tokyo 100-0006 | ||
| Savills Japan Company Limited | Japan | TOHO Hibiya Promenade Building 8F, 1-5-2 Yurakucho, Chiyoda-ku, |
| Tokyo 100-0006 | ||
| Savills Japan Valuation GK | Japan | TOHO Hibiya Promenade Building 8F, 1-5-2 Yurakucho, Chiyoda-ku, |
| Tokyo 100-0006 | ||
| 1992 EBT Holdings Limited (v) |
Jersey | 50 La Colomberie, St. Helier, JE2 4QB |
| Savills plc 2025 Employee Benefit Trust (v) |
Jersey | 13 Castle Street, St Helier, JE1 1ES |
| Savills (Jersey) Limited | Jersey | 19 Halkett Place, St Helier, JE2 4WG |
| Savills (Macau) Limited | Macau | Suite 1309-1310, 13/F Macau Landmark, 555 Avenida da Amizade |
| Savills Project Consultancy (Macau) Limited | Macau | Suite 1309-1310, 13/F Macau Landmark, 555 Avenida da Amizade |
| Savills Property Management (Macau) Limited | Macau | Suite 1309-1310, 13/F Macau Landmark, 555 Avenida da Amizade |
| Savills (Myanmar) Limited | Myanmar | No. 8, Unit 8-A, Centerpoint Towers, No. 65, Corner of Sule Pagoda Road |
| & Merchant Street, Kyauktada Township, Yangon | ||
| Savills Asset and Property Management BV | Netherlands | Viñoly Building, Claude Debussylaan 48, Amsterdam 1082 MD |
| Savills Agency B.V. | Netherlands | Viñoly Building, Claude Debussylaan 48, Amsterdam 1082 MD |
| Savills B.V. | Netherlands | Viñoly Building, Claude Debussylaan 48, Amsterdam 1082 MD |
| Savills Building & Project Consultancy B.V. | Netherlands | Viñoly Building, Claude Debussylaan 48, Amsterdam 1082 MD |
| Savills Consultancy B.V. | Netherlands | Viñoly Building, Claude Debussylaan 48, Amsterdam 1082 MD |
| Savills Holdings B.V. | Netherlands | Viñoly Building, Claude Debussylaan 48, Amsterdam 1082 MD |
241
242
| Fully owned subsidiary | Country of incorporation | Registered office |
| Medasil Desarrollos S.L | Spain | calle Pedro I Pons, nº 9-11, Puerta 6, Planta 2. Barcelona |
| Savills Förvaltning AB | Sweden | Regeringsgatan 48, 111 56 Stockholm |
| Savills Sweden AB | Sweden | Regeringsgatan 48, 111 56 Stockholm |
| Savills Sweden Investment AB | Sweden | Regeringsgatan 48, 111 56 Stockholm |
| Verbier Hospitality SA | Switzerland | 45 Route de Verbier Station, CH-1936 Verbier, Valais |
| Savills (Taiwan) Limited | Taipei | 21/F, No. 68, Sec. 5, Zhong-Xiao East Road, Taipei 110 |
| Savills Residential Services (Taiwan) Limited | Taipei | 21/F, No. 68, Sec. 5, Zhong-Xiao East Road, Taipei 110 |
| Savills Valuation & Professional Services (Taiwan) (iii) |
Taipei | 21/F, No. 68, Sec. 5, Zhong-Xiao East Road, Taipei 110 |
| Savills (Thailand) Limited | Thailand | 990 Abdulrahim Place Building, 26/F, Rama IV Road, Silom Subdistrict, |
| Bang Rak District, Bangkok | ||
| Savills Services (Thailand) Limited | Thailand | 990 Abdulrahim Place Building, 26/F, Rama IV Road, Silom Subdistrict, |
| Bang Rak District, Bangkok | ||
| Savills Real Estate LLC (Dubai) | United Arab Emirates | 22nd Floor, Arenco Tower, Sheikh Zayed Road, PO Box 3087 Dubai |
| Savills Real Estate LLC (Sharjah) | United Arab Emirates | 2702C, Al Marzouqi Towers, King Faisal Street |
| Automotive Property Consultancy Holdings Limited | United Kingdom | 33 Margaret Street, London, W1G 0JD |
| Automotive Property Consultancy Limited | United Kingdom | 33 Margaret Street, London, W1G 0JD |
| B Bids Limited | United Kingdom | 33 Margaret Street, London, W1G 0JD |
| Cordea Savills Investments Limited | United Kingdom | 33 Margaret Street, London, W1G 0JD |
| Currell Residential Limited | United Kingdom | 9 Bonhill Street, London, EC2A 4DJ |
| Grosvenor Hill Ventures Limited | United Kingdom | 33 Margaret Street, London, W1G 0JD |
| Nash Bond Limited | United Kingdom | 33 Margaret Street, London, W1G 0JD |
| Osborne King & Megran Limited | United Kingdom | Longbridge House 2nd Floor, 16-24 Waring Street, Belfast, BT1 2DX |
| Prime Purchase Limited | United Kingdom | 33 Margaret Street, London, W1G 0JD |
| Savills (L&P) Limited | United Kingdom | 33 Margaret Street, London, W1G 0JD |
| Savills (NI) Limited | United Kingdom | 2nd Floor, Longbridge House, 16-24 Waring Street, Belfast, BT1 2DX |
| Savills (Overseas Holdings) Limited | United Kingdom | 33 Margaret Street, London, W1G 0JD |
243
244
| Fully owned subsidiary | Country of incorporation | Registered office |
| Kelly, Legan & Gerard Inc. | United States | 398 Park Avenue – 11th FL, New York, NY 10022 |
| Savills Dallas Lease Administration LLC | United States | 15660 N Dallas Pkway, Ste 1200 Dallas, TX 75248 |
| Macro Consultants LLC | United States | 399 Park Avenue – 11th FL, New York, NY 10022 |
| Savills (L&P) Inc | United States | Unex House, 132–134 Hills Road, Cambridge, CB2 8PA |
| Savills America Limited | United States | 1521 Concord Pike Suite 201, Wilmington, Delaware, 19803 |
| Gravitas Lease Audit Services LLC | United States | 399 Park Avenue – 11th FL, New York, NY 10022 |
| Savills Inc. | United States | 399 Park Avenue – 11th FL, New York, NY 10022 |
| Savills Rabbi Trust (v) |
United States | 570 Lexington Ave, New York, NY 10022 |
| Savills Occupier Services Inc. | United States | 399 Park Avenue – 11th FL, New York, NY 10022 |
| Studley International, Inc | United States | 399 Park Avenue – 11th FL, New York, NY 10022 |
| Studley Advisors, Inc | United States | 399 Park Avenue – 11th FL, New York, NY 10022 |
| SVS (GA) Inc. | United States | 399 Park Avenue – 11th FL, New York, NY 10022 |
| T3 Realty Advisors West Corp | United States | 399 Park Avenue – 11th FL, New York, NY 10022 |
| T3 Realty Advisors, LLC | United States | 399 Park Avenue – 11th FL, New York, NY 10022 |
| The Great Studley Stamp Company | United States | 399 Park Avenue – 11th FL, New York, NY 10022 |
| Richard L. Hoffman & Associates, Inc. | United States | 399 Park Avenue – 11th FL, New York, NY 10022 |
| Compustall Services Inc. | United States | 399 Park Avenue – 11th FL, New York, NY 10022 |
| Savills Vietnam Company Limited | Vietnam | 21/F, Tòa Tây-Lotte Center Hanoi, 54 Lieu Giai Street, Cong Vi Ward, |
| Ba Dinh District, Hanoi City | ||
| SVVN Price Valuation Limited Liability Company | Vietnam | 17 Fl., Vincom Centre Building, 72 Le Thanh Ton Str., Ben Nghe Ward, |
| Dist 1, Ho Chi Minh City |
245
| Subsidiaries of which the Group owns less than 100% | % owned | Country of incorporation | Registered office |
| Savills Investment Management (Australia) Pty Limited | 71 | Australia | Level 36, Gateway, 1 Macquarie Place, Sydney NSW 2000 |
| Savills Retail Management Pty Limited (vi) |
55 | Australia | Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000 |
| Savills Belux Group SA | 99.9 | Belgium | Avenue Louise 81, 1050 Brussels |
| DRC UK Whole Loan Fund (Feeder) (GP) Limited | 71 | Cayman | 94 Solaris Avenue, Camana Bay, |
| PO Box 1348, Grand Cayman, KY1-1108 | |||
| DRC UK Whole Loan Fund (GP) Limited | 71 | Cayman | 94 Solaris Avenue, Camana Bay, |
| PO Box 1348, Grand Cayman, KY1-1108 | |||
| European Real Estate Debt Fund II (GP) Limited | 71 | Cayman | 94 Solaris Avenue, Camana Bay, |
| PO Box 1348, Grand Cayman, KY1-1108 | |||
| European Real Estate Senior Debt (GP 1) Limited | 71 | Cayman | 94 Solaris Avenue, Camana Bay, |
| PO Box 1348, Grand Cayman, KY1-1108 | |||
| European Real Estate Senior Debt (GP 2) Limited | 71 | Cayman | 94 Solaris Avenue, Camana Bay, |
| PO Box 1348, Grand Cayman, KY1-1108 | |||
| European Real Estate Senior Debt (GP 3) Limited | 71 | Cayman | 94 Solaris Avenue, Camana Bay, |
| PO Box 1348, Grand Cayman, KY1-1108 | |||
| Savills IM Japan Residential Fund II Feeder GP Limited | 71 | Cayman | c/o Walkers Corporate Limited, Cayman Corporate Centre, |
| 27 Hospital Road, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9008 | |||
| Savills Property Services (Shenzhen) Company Limited | 85 | China | Unit 02, 9/F, China Resources Tower, No.2666, Keyuan |
| South Road, Nanshan District, Shenzhen, 518000 | |||
| Savills Egypt | 55 | Egypt | Building 17, Street 210, Maadi, Cairo |
| Riviera Estates SAS | 75 | France | 11 Avenue Jean Medecin, 06000, Nice |
| Savills Investment Management SAS | 71 | France | 54–56 Avenue Hoche, 75008 Paris |
| Savills Fund Management GmbH | 71 | Germany | Rotfeder-Ring 7, D-60327 Frankfurt-am-Main |
| Savills Fund Management Holding AG | 71 | Germany | Rotfeder-Ring 7, D-60327 Frankfurt-am-Main |
| Savills Investment Management (Germany) GmbH | 71 | Germany | Sonnenstrasse 19, Munich |
| Savills Investment Management (KVG) GmbH | 63.83 | Germany | Rotfeder-Ring 7, D-60327 Frankfurt-am-Main |
| Jiayi Savills Property Services Limited | 51 | Hong Kong | 23/F, Two Exchange Square, 8 Connaught Place, Central |
246
| Subsidiaries of which the Group owns less than 100% | % owned | Country of incorporation | Registered office |
| Savills Projects HK Limited | 60 | Hong Kong | Rooms 1202-04, 12/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Savills Billion Property Management Limited | 80 | Hong Kong | Rooms 805-813, 8/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Savills Investment Management Asia Limited | 71 | Hong Kong | Level 54, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen’s Road East |
| The Aurora Management Services Limited | 80 | Hong Kong | Rooms 805-813, 8/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Savills Vignature Property Management Limited | 70 | Hong Kong | Rooms 805-813, 8/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Savills The Vision Property Management Limited | 60 | Hong Kong | Rooms 805-813, 8/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Savills Property Services (India) Private Limited | 55 | India | 15th Floor, SKAV SEETHALAKSHMI, Corporation No.21, |
| Kasturba Road, Bangalore-560001, Karnataka | |||
| PT Savills Advisory Services | 70 | Indonesia | Panin Tower – Senayan City, 16/F, Jl.Asia Afrika Lot.19, |
| Jakarta 10270 | |||
| PT Savills Management Services | 60 | Indonesia | Panin Tower – Senayan City, 16/F, Jl.Asia Afrika Lot.19, |
| Jakarta 10270 | |||
| PT Savills Research Consultancy | 60 | Indonesia | Panin Tower – Senayan City, 16/F, Jl.Asia Afrika Lot.19, |
| Jakarta 10270 | |||
| Savills Investment Management SGR S.p.A | 71 | Italy | Via San Paolo 7, 20121 Milan |
| Savills Residential Italy SRL (vi) |
51 | Italy | Via di Montoro, 8 – 00186 Roma (RM) |
| JVF GP GK | 64.52 | Japan | c/o Akasaka International Accounting Office 2-10-5 |
| Akasaka, Minato-ku, Tokyo | |||
| Savills Investment Architecture Design GK | 71 | Japan | 3F BPR Place Kamiyacho, 1-11-9 Azabudai, 1 Chome-11 |
| Azabudai, Minato-ku, Tokyo 106-0041 | |||
| SIM Real Estate GK | 71 | Japan | 3F BPR Place Kamiyacho, 1-11-9 Azabudai, 1 Chome-11 |
| Azabudai, Minato-ku, Tokyo 106-0041 | |||
| DRC European Real Estate Debt Fund III (GP) Limited | 71 | Jersey | The Forum, 4 Grenville Street, St Helier, JE2 4UF |
| DRC European Real Estate Debt Fund III (SLI GP) Limited | 71 | Jersey | The Forum, 4 Grenville Street, St Helier, JE2 4UF |
| DRC European Real Estate Debt Fund IV (GP) Limited | 71 | Jersey | The Forum, 4 Grenville Street, St Helier, JE2 4UF |
| DRC European Real Estate Debt Fund IV (SLI) LP | 71 | Jersey | 4th Floor, Ensign House, 29 Seaton Place, St. Helier, JE2 3QL |
247
248
249
250
251
| Joint ventures | % owned | Country of incorporation | Registered office |
| Shanghai No.1 and FPD Savills Property Management | 47 | China | Building No1, 3rd Floor, No.400, Fangchun Rd, Pudong |
| Company Limited | District, Shanghai | ||
| Zhuhai Hengqin Savills Assets Operation Management | 51 | China | Room 105-1460, No. 6 Baohua road, Hengqin new area, Zhuhai |
| Company Limited | |||
| Chuangtuo Savills Property Management (Shanghai) Co., Limited. | 50 | China | Rm 408, No.481 Zhengli Rd., Yangpu District, Shanghai |
| Beijing Baiwang Savills Real Estate Company Limited | 49 | China | Room 501, 5F, Block 2, No. 2 South Yongjie Rd., Haidian |
| District, Beijing | |||
| Beijing Wangjing High Tech Savills Consultancy Services Co., Limited. | 40 | China | Room 406, 4/F, Tower A, No. 2 Lize Zhonger Road, Chaoyang |
| District, Beijing | |||
| Foshan Meizhi & Savills Property Management Co., Limited | 40 | China | Unit 2404, Building No.4, Midea Fortune Plaza, 1 Chende Road, |
| Shunde District, Foshan | |||
| Gohigh Savills (Shanghai) Property Management Company Limited | 49 | China | Unit 1904,-5-G, Main Tower, No. 2 Huashan Road, Jingan |
| District, Shanghai | |||
| Guangzhou Nansi & Savills Property Management Co Limited | 49 | China | Room 603, No.1 Jingmao Zhonger Street, Nan Sha Area, |
| Guang Zhou | |||
| Shanghai Qihui Savills Property Services Company Limited | 49 | China | Rm 548, 9F, No. 583 Lingmu Rd., Xuhui District, Shanghai |
| Beijing Haizhi Savills Property Management Company Limited | 30 | China | Zone B, 6/F, Tower B, No.18 Zhong Guan Cun Avenue, Haidian |
| District, Beijing | |||
| Beijing Hongyuan Savills Property Management Company Limited | 40 | China | Unit 104, F1,Building 4, No.2 Jinsui Avenue, Shunyi District, Beijing |
| Shenzhen Qianhai Savills Property Services Company Limited | 40 | China | Unit 05, 3/F, Qianhai Shengang Innovation Center D, No.4008, |
| Menghai Avenue, Qianhai Shengan Cooperation District, Shenzhen | |||
| Shanghai Kuntin Savills Property Management Company Limited. | 40 | China | Room 252, 2F, No. 309 Meilong Rd, Xuhui District, Shanghai |
| Daisy Savills Property Management (Beijing) Company Limited | 35 | China | Unit 301, 3/F, No. 18 Jianguomennei Avenue, Chaoyang |
| District, Beijing | |||
| Suzhou Industrial Park Hengtai Savills Property Management | 35 | China | Unit 701, Building 1, Moon Bay International Business Center, |
| Company Limited | 9 Cuiwei Avenue, Suzhou Industrial Park, Suzhou | ||
| Suzhou Jiarun Savills Property Management Co. Limited | 34 | China | Unit 1211, 12th Floor, Room 101, Building 1, Xinneng Business Plaza, |
| No. 99 Si’an Street, Suzhou Industrial Park |
252
| Joint ventures | % owned | Country of incorporation | Registered office |
| Beijing BHG Savills Retail & Property Management Company Limited | 24.5 | China | Room 107, Block 1, No 208, Lane 4, North Xiangyun Road, Daxing |
| District, Beijing | |||
| Beijing Oriental Savills Asset Management Company Limited | 30 | China | Unit 303, 3/F No, 9 West Street Wangfujing, Dongcheng |
| District, Beijing | |||
| Nanjing Smart Science Technology Park & Savills Property | 30 | China | Room 468, Floor 4, building 9, Xingzhihui Business Garden, No. 19, |
| Management Company Limited | Xinghuo Road, Jiangbei New District, Nanjing, 210008 | ||
| Shanghai South Hongqiao & Savills Property Management Co., Limited. | 49 | China | No.5 Building, No. 277 Huqingping Highway, Minhang |
| District, Shanghai | |||
| Savills Raycom Property Management (Beijing) Company Limited | 30 | China | Unit B1-08, No.2 South Road Ke Xue Yan, Haidian District, Beijing |
| Shanghai Landsea Savills Property Management Co., Limited. | 49 | China | 9F, No. 583 Lingling Rd., Xuhui District, Shanghai |
| Shanghai Poly Savills Property Management Company Limited | 30 | China | Unit 01, 20/F, South Tower, No.528 South Pu Dong Road, |
| Pu Dong, Shanghai | |||
| Shanxi Zhidi Savills Property Services Company Limited | 30 | China | 4/F, Block 3, No.42 Xing Shan Temple, Xian City |
| Anlian Savills Property Management (Shenzhen) Limited | 25.5 | China | Unit B02(b), 19/F, Anlian Plaza, No.4018, Jintian Road, Futian |
| District, Shenzhen | |||
| COSCO Savills Property Development Company Limited | 25 | China | Unit N, 8th Floor, Building 1, No.720 and 728 Pudong Ave, Pudong |
| District, Shanghai | |||
| Beijing Financial Street Savills Property Management Company Limited | 20 | China | B1/F, Tong Tai Building, 33 Financial Street, West District, Beijing. |
| Beijing Zhong Bao Savills Property Management Company Limited | 10 | China | 603 China Life Tower, 16 Chao Wai Street, Chaoyang |
| District, Beijing | |||
| Xi’an Qujiang Savills Property Services Co., Limited. | 30 | China | Room 1109-1, 11th Floor, No.2 Building of Huashang Culture&Media |
| Center, No. 3001 Yanxiang Road, Xujiang New District, Xi’an | |||
| Beijing Hualian Fashion Savills Property Management Co., Limited. | 24.5 | China | Rm.304, Block1, Land 4, No.208 North Xiangyun Road, Daxing |
| District, Beijing | |||
| Heng Fu Savills Property Management (Shanghai) Co., Limited | 49 | China | Building A1, No. 57 Fuxing West Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai |
| Jintai Savills Property Management (Shanghai) Co., Limited | 35 | China | Rm 702, 6F, No.938 Jinshajiang Rd., Putuo District, Shanghai |
| Shaanxi Daxia Savills Urban Services Co., Ltd | 40 | China | Room 10401, No.1 Building, No. 355 Huixin Road, Qujiang New |
| District, Xian |
253
254
255
| Associates | % owned | Country of incorporation | Registered office |
| KSH Guardian Property Management Limited | 50 | Hong Kong | 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Yuen Sang Property Management Company Limited | 50 | Hong Kong | Room 2501, 25/F, Alexandra House, 18 Chater Road, Central |
| Savills Taiping Property Management Limited | 45 | Hong Kong | Rooms 805-813, 8/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing |
| Guardian Home Limited | 40 | Hong Kong | Shop No. 301, 3rd Floor, Chun Shek Shopping Centre, Chun Shek |
| Estate, 1 Shing Tin Street, Shatin, New Territories | |||
| Hengli Savills Property Management Limited | 49 | Hong Kong | Unit 1806-08, Tower Two, Lippo Centre, 89 Queensway |
| Glory Crest Limited | 40 | Hong Kong | Shop No. 301, 3rd Floor, Chun Shek Shopping Centre, Chun Shek |
| Estate, 1 Shing Tin Street, Shatin, New Territories | |||
| Guardian Home (Chun Shek) Limited | 40 | Hong Kong | Shop No. 301, 3rd Floor, Chun Shek Shopping Centre, Chun Shek |
| Estate, 1 Shing Tin Street, Shatin, New Territories | |||
| Cordea Nichani India Advisers Private Limited | 17.75 | India | Ground Floor Front, 19 Kumarakrupa Road, Bangalore 560001 |
| Rootcorp Ranganatha Limited | 17.75 | Mauritius | 4th Floor, Raffles Tower, 19 Cybercity, Ebene |
| Monaco Real Estates SARL | 51 | Monaco | 10 Ter Boulevard Princesse Charlotte |
| H Investment Pte Limited | 40.5 | Singapore | 3 Bishan Place #05-01 CPF Bishan Building S 579838 |
| Huttons Asia Pte Limited | 40.5 | Singapore | 3 Bishan Place #05-01 CPF Bishan Building S 579838 |
| Huttons Capital Pte Limited | 40.5 | Singapore | 3 Bishan Place #05-01 CPF Bishan Building S 579838 |
| Huttons International Pte Limited | 40.5 | Singapore | 3 Bishan Place #05-01 CPF Bishan Building S 579838 |
| Huttons Pte Limited | 33.8 | Singapore | 3 Bishan Place #05-01 CPF Bishan Building S 579838 |
| KMC Property Consultants Pte Limited | 35 | Singapore | Cecil Street #19-08 Prudential Tower |
| Really Pte Limited (ii) |
32.7 | Singapore | 70 Shenton Way #09-12 EON Shenton S 079118 |
| Cureoscity Technologies Limited | 49 | United Kingdom | 10 Orange Street, Haymarket, London, WC2H 7DQ |
| Vucity | 29.68 | United Kingdom | 10 Orange Street, Haymarket, London, WC2H 7DQ |
256
| Fully owned entities not controlled by the Group | Country of incorporation | Registered office |
| Liffey Valley Management Limited | Ireland | 33 Molesworth Street, Dublin 2 |
| Mahon Point Management Limited | Ireland | 33 Molesworth Street, Dublin 2 |
| White Water (Newbridge) Limited | Ireland | 33 Molesworth Street, Dublin 2 |
| White Water Management Limited | Ireland | 33 Molesworth Street, Dublin 2 |
| White Water Residential DAC (Designated Activity Company) | Ireland | 33 Molesworth Street, Dublin 2 |
| 2GCSSO Limited | Ireland | 33 Molesworth Street, Dublin 2 |
| Liverpool ONE Management Services Limited | United Kingdom | 33 Margaret Street, London, W1G 0JD |
| Moor House Management Services Limited | United Kingdom | 33 Margaret Street, London, W1G 0JD |
(i) Directly owned by Savills plc.
(ii) Both ordinary and redeemable shares owned by the Group.
(iii) Partnership interest.
(iv) The Group does not control these entities (as defined by IFRS 10) and they are not consolidated in to the Group’s financial statements.
(v)
The Group does not have a shareholding in these employee benefit trusts, however, these trusts are specifically designed to serve the purposes of the sponsoring Group entity and to ensure that there will be minimal
risk of any conflict arising between the duties of the trustees and the interest of the Group entity. Accordingly, these trusts are under the de facto control of the Group entity. IFRS 10 control assessment also supports
that these trusts are under control of the Group entity and are consolidated into the Group’s financial statements on that basis.
(vi)
Listed as a non-wholly owned subsidiary as equity ownership is less than 100% however due to the Group having a present ownership interest in the remaining equity shares subject to put options, it has been
determined that there is no non-controlling interest present and the entity is accounted for as a wholly owned subsidiary.
The Group holds a number of investments in associates and joint ventures where it holds more than 50% of the shareholding in these entities. Similarly, the Group holds
a number of joint ventures and associates where the shareholding is less than 50% and three subsidiaries where the shareholding is less than 50%. In all these instances
management has determined the appropriate classification of these shareholdings based on the contractual arrangements and agreements in place, in particular focusing on
the parties who have the ability to direct/control the relevant activities of the investment taking into account representation on the Board of Directors, ability to participate/
direct policy making processes and the rights to variable returns from the investee.
COMPANY STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
as at 31 December 2025
Assets: Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
3.2
3.0
Right-of-use assets
8.1
32.5
37.1
Intangible assets
0.5
1.0
Investments in subsidiaries
189.0
195.6
Deferred income tax assets
2.9
3.1
Defined benefit pension surplus
15
0.6
0.6
6.2
6.2
234.9
246.6
Assets: Current assets
102.0
92.2
Income tax receivable
2.1
Cash and cash equivalents
101.4
136.5
205.5
228.7
Liabilities: Current liabilities
8.2
6.5
6.2
Trade and other payables
14
30.4
27.6
15
0.3
37.2
34.1
Net current assets
168.3
194.6
Total assets less current liabilities
403.2
441.2
Liabilities: Non-current liabilities
8.2
41.5
47.9
2.8
44.3
50.6
358.9
390.6
Equity:
Share capital
3.7
3.6
Share premium
116.1
105.0
Other reserves
38.2
38.2
Retained earnings
200.9
243.8
Total equity
358.9
390.6
The loss after income tax of the Company for the year was £5.5m (2024:
£51.9m profit).
The Company financial statements on pages 257 to 259 were authorised for issue by
the Board of Directors on 12 March 2026 and were signed on its behalf by:
S J B Shaw
257
COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
Attributable to owners of the Company
premium
Capital
redemption
reserve*
Merger relief
reserve*
Share-based
payments
reserve**
Retained
Balance at 1 January 2025
105.0
0.3
37.9
67.5
176.3
390.6
Loss for the year
(5.5)
(5.5)
Total comprehensive loss for the year
(5.5)
(5.5)
28.4
28.4
– Exercise of share options
(30.8)
6.5
(24.3)
11.1
11.2
19
(41.5)
(41.5)
Balance at 31 December 2025
3.7
116.1
0.3
37.9
65.1
135.8
358.9
Included within other reserves on the face of the statement of financial position are the capital redemption reserve as disclosed above.
** Included within retained earnings on the face of the statement of financial position are the share-based payments reserve and retained earnings as disclosed above.
258
Attributable to owners of the Company
premium £m
Capital
redemption
reserve* £m
Merger relief
reserve* £m
Share-based
payments
reserve** £m
Retained
Balance at 1 January 2024
104.9
37.9
60.1
148.3
355.1
51.9
51.9
Remeasurement of defined benefit pension scheme
15
0.6
0.6
Tax on items taken to other comprehensive income
(0.2)
(0.2)
Total comprehensive income for the year
52.3
52.3
31.4
31.4
– Exercise of share options
(24.0)
7.1
(16.9)
– Exercise of share options: tax on employee share option schemes
(0.1)
(0.1)
19
(31.4)
(31.4)
Balance at 31 December 2024
37.9
67.5
176.3
390.6
Included within other reserves on the face of the statement of financial position are the capital redemption reserve as disclosed above.
** Included within retained earnings on the face of the statement of financial position are the share-based payments reserve and retained earnings as disclosed above.
259
NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. General information
The Company is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in England,
United Kingdom. The address of its registered office is 33 Margaret Street, London
W1G 0JD. The Company’s registered number is 2122174.
2. Basis of preparation
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Financial
Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework (‘FRS 101’) and in accordance
with the applicable provisions of the Companies Act 2006.
In preparing these financial statements, the Company applies the recognition,
measurement, and disclosure requirements of UK adopted international accounting
standards (‘IFRS’), but makes amendments where necessary in order to comply with
the Companies Act 2006 and has excluded certain information as permitted by FRS
101. There is no material effect of applying the measurement differences between
IFRS and FRS 101.
The financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis and under the
historical cost convention.
As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company is exempt
from presenting an income statement and statement of comprehensive income. The
amount of profit for the year of the Company is disclosed in the Company balance
sheet and statement of changes in equity. The Company has produced its own
income statement and statement of comprehensive income for approval by its Board.
The Company receives dividends from subsidiaries and charges subsidiaries for the
provision of Group-related services.
Disclosure exemptions under FRS 101
The following disclosure exemptions have been adopted under FRS 101:
Presentation of a cash flow statement and related notes
Capital management disclosures
Disclosure of information relating to new standards not yet effective and not
yet applied
Disclosures in respect of the key management personnel compensation
Disclosure of related party transactions between wholly-owned subsidiaries and
parents within a group
IFRS 2 Share-based payment disclosures.
Where required, equivalent disclosures are given in the consolidated
financial statements.
3. Going concern
The Group’s business activities together with the factors likely to affect its future
development performance and position are set out in the Strategic Report. The
financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing
facilities are all described in the Financial Review on pages 28 to 30. Note 3 to the
Group’s financial statements covers the Directors’ assessment of the going concern
of the Group and therefore the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the
Company also has adequate resources to continue as a going concern for at least
12 months from the date of the approval of the financial statements until at least June
2027. For this reason they continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting
in preparing the financial statements.
4. Fees payable to the Company’s auditors, Ernst & Young LLP, and
its associates
Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for the audit of the Company were £0.9m
(2024: £1.0m). Note 10.1 in the consolidated financial statements includes the
requirement to disclose fees for other services on a consolidated basis.
5. Critical accounting estimates and significant judgements
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with FRS 101 requires the use
of accounting estimates and assumptions. It also requires management to exercise
its judgement in the process of applying our accounting policies. We continually
evaluate our estimates, assumptions and judgements based on available information
and experience. As the use of estimates is inherent in financial reporting, actual
results could differ from these estimates.
Our critical accounting estimates are those estimates that carry a significant
risk of resulting in a material adjustment to the carrying amount of assets and
liabilities within the next financial year. Significant judgements are those made by
management in applying our material accounting policies that have a material impact
on the amounts presented in the financial statements.
Our critical accounting estimates and significant judgements are described in the
following notes to the financial statements.
260
5. Critical accounting estimates and significant
judgements
Note
Critical
estimate
Significant
judgement
Valuation of defined benefit pension assets
and liabilities
The Company recharges some of the Group’s international subsidiaries with
respect to their allocation of central corporate costs and in some instances receives
recharged costs from its international subsidiaries with respect to the cost of global
initiatives incurred by those subsidiaries. The Company endeavours to invoice
its subsidiaries in sterling to minimise the risk of exposure to foreign currency
movements. Similar to the Group, when there is a material committed foreign
currency exposure the foreign exchange risk will be hedged, however the Company
does not actively seek to hedge risks arising from foreign current transactions due to
the high costs associated with such hedging. The impact of foreign exchange risk is
considered minimal for the Company.
6.2 Interest rate risk
The Company has interest-bearing assets in the form of cash and cash equivalents
and short-term interest bearing loans issued to its subsidiaries. The impact of interest
rate changes is not considered material for the Company, with the value of interest
income recognised in the period having a greater dependency on the level of cash
and cash equivalents and intercompany loans maintained by the Company. The value
of interest-bearing assets that the Company holds in any given period is primarily
determined by the management of the UK Group’s cash pooling arrangement and
the timing and value of dividends paid up by the Company’s subsidiary.
The Company’s credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, as well as
outstanding receivables primarily due from the Group’s subsidiaries.
As at 31 December 2025, all of the Company’s cash was held with Barclays Bank PLC
(2024: all cash), which is an A+ rated bank.
Significant individual intercompany receivable balances include £25.3m (2024:
£33.0m) due from Savills (UK) Limited and a £50.0m loan receivable from Savills
Holding Company Limited (2024: £40.0m). There are no other significant individual
receivable balances as at 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024.
6.4 Liquidity risk
The Company is part of the Group’s UK cash pooling arrangement, which is
managed by the Group Treasury function and provides the Company access to the
Group’s revolving credit facility and other centrally managed sources of financing.
Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents on
the basis of expected cash flows.
The table below analyses the Company’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity
groupings based on the remaining period from the reporting date to the contractual
maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted
cash flows, unless otherwise stated.
Less
than
a year
Between
1 and 2
years
Between
2 and 5
years
Over
5 years
contractual
undiscounted
cash flows
Carrying
values
7.9
7.9
23.8
13.9
53.5
48.0
14.6
14.6
14.6
22.5
7.9
23.8
13.9
68.1
62.6
7.9
23.8
23.8
63.4
14.7
14.7
14.7
22.6
23.8
78.1
68.8
261
7. Property, plant and equipment
The Company’s accounting policy for property, plant and equipment is the same
as set out in Note 18 of the Group’s consolidated financial statements. All of the
Company’s property, plant and equipment relates to equipment.
Equipment
Cost
At 1 January
12.7
11.1
Additions
1.7
1.6
Disposals
At 31 December
14.3
12.7
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 1 January
9.7
8.2
Charge for the year
1.5
1.5
Disposals
At 31 December
11.1
9.7
Net book value
3.2
3.0
8. Leases
The Company enters into lease agreements for the use of buildings only.
The Company’s accounting policy for leases is set out in Note 19 of the
Group’s consolidated financial statements.
8.1 Right-of-use assets
Cost
62.2
62.2
62.2
62.2
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
25.1
20.4
Charge for the year
4.7
29.7
25.1
Net book value
32.5
37.1
8.2 Lease liabilities
60.2
Repayments of lease liabilities
(7.9)
(7.9)
Unwinding of discount
1.8
1.8
Closing amount as at 31 December
48.0
Current
6.5
6.2
Non-current
41.5
47.9
8.3 Net investment in sub-leases
The Company sub-leases office space to a subsidiary of the Group. Sub-lease
receivables (net investment in sub-lease) amount to £6.4m as at 31 December 2025
(31 December 2024: £7.2m), split between non-current of £5.4m and current of
£1.0m (31 December 2024: non-current £6.2m, current £1.0m). The current balance
is included in other receivables.
NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
262
8. Leases
8.3 Net investment in sub-leases
The future lease payments receivable are as follows:
Less than a year
1.0
1.0
Between 1 and 2 years
Between 2 and 3 years
Between 3 and 4 years
Between 4 and 5 years
Over 5 years
2.1
3.1
Total undiscounted cash flows
7.1
8.1
Discounting
(0.9)
Carrying value of net investment in sublease
6.4
7.2
9. Intangible assets
The Company’s intangible assets consist of computer software only. The Company’s
accounting policy for intangible assets is set out in Note 17 of the Group’s
consolidated financial statements.
Cost
4.9
4.8
Additions
4.9
4.9
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
3.9
3.5
Amortisation charge for the year
0.5
0.4
4.4
3.9
0.5
263
10. Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are held at cost, less any provisions for impairment. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount
exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value-in-use.
Refer to Note 18 for the accounting policy with respect to the investment in subsidiaries indirectly owned, which is linked with the accounting policy for share-based
payment arrangements.
Direct
investments
in subsidiaries
Investments
in subsidiaries
indirectly owned
– share-based
payment
contribution
Investments
in EBT
At 1 January 2024
81.5
51.8
49.1
182.4
Increase due to IFRS 2 share-based payment contribution to subsidiaries
28.6
28.6
Increase due to capital contribution to EBT
22.9
22.9
Decrease due to EBT contributions from subsidiaries
(20.0)
(20.0)
Decrease due to write-off of non-recoverable contributions from subsidiaries
(1.3)
(1.3)
Decrease due to write-off of investment in EBT upon exercise of options
(17.0)
(17.0)
At 31 December 2024
81.5
59.1
55.0
195.6
Increase due to IFRS 2 share-based payment contribution to subsidiaries
25.6
25.6
Increase due to capital contribution to EBT
17.5
17.5
Decrease due to EBT contributions from subsidiaries
(22.1)
(22.1)
Decrease due to write-off of non-recoverable contributions from subsidiaries
(3.4)
(3.4)
Decrease due to write-off of investment in EBT upon exercise of options
(24.2)
(24.2)
At 31 December 2025
81.5
59.2
48.3
189.0
A full list of the Company’s subsidiaries are listed in the consolidated financial statements Note 39. The Company directly owns Savills Holding Company Limited, all other
subsidiaries in the Group are indirectly owned. The carrying value of the investment in the Company’s subsidiary is assessed for impairment by comparing the carrying value
of the investment to the underlying net assets of the subsidiary. No impairment was identified during the year.
264
11. Taxation
The Company’s accounting policy for taxation is set out in Note 14 of the Group’s
consolidated financial statements.
The tax charged to other comprehensive income is as follows:
Tax on items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Deferred tax on remeasurement of defined benefit
pension scheme
Tax on items relating to components of other
comprehensive income
The tax credited/(charged) to reserves is as follows:
Current tax on IFRS 16 lease recognition release
Deferred tax on IFRS 16 recognition release
Tax on items recognised directly in reserves
The deferred income tax assets and liabilities at 31 December are as follows:
Deferred tax assets
– Deferred tax asset to be recovered after more than
12 months
2.5
2.4
– Deferred tax asset to be recovered within 12 months
1.2
3.5
Deferred tax liabilities
– Deferred tax liability to be recovered after more than
12 months
(0.3)
– Deferred tax liability to be recovered within 12 months
(0.3)
(0.6)
(0.5)
Deferred tax asset – net
2.9
3.1
At 1 January – net asset
3.1
Amount (charged)/credit to the income statement
Tax charged to other comprehensive income
– Defined benefit pension scheme – actuarial
remeasurements
Tax charged to reserves
– IFRS 16 initial lease recognition released to reserves
At 31 December – net asset
2.9
3.1
265
11. Taxation
The movement on the deferred tax account is shown below:
Deferred tax assets
and other*
payments
1.2
1.6
2.8
Tax credited to the income statement
0.9
Tax charged to reserves
At 31 December 2024
1.9
1.7
Tax charged to the income statement
At 31 December 2025
1.8
1.7
3.5
Set-off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to
set-off provisions
(0.6)
Deferred tax asset at 31 December 2025 in
the statement of financial position
Deferred tax asset at 31 December 2024 in
the statement of financial position (net of
£0.5m set-off)
Deferred tax liabilities
Accelerated
capital
allowances
Retirement
benefits
Tax charged to the income statement
Tax charged to other comprehensive income
(0.5)
(0.4)
(0.6)
Set-off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to
set-off provisions
0.6
Deferred tax liabilities at 31 December 2025 in
the statement of financial position
Deferred tax liabilities at 31 December 2024
in the statement of financial position (net of
£0.5m set-off)
Net deferred tax asset
Provisions and Other primarily includes deferred tax assets relating to accruals and provisions for
expenses not deductible until paid.
266
12. Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are recognised initially at their transaction price and subsequently
measured at amortised cost less provision for impairment.
Non-current
Net investment in sub-lease (Note 8.3)
5.4
6.2
Prepayments
Current
Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings
95.2
82.5
Other receivables
2.4
Prepayments
5.0
7.3
102.0
92.2
The carrying value of trade and other receivables is approximate to their fair value.
Trade and other receivables do not contain material allowances for impairment.
Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings to the Company include £50.0m of
intercompany loans (2024: £40.0m). With the exception of intercompany loans,
amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings to the Company are unsecured, interest-
free and generally cleared within the month. Intercompany loans are unsecured
and repayable on demand. The intercompany loan balance as at 31 December 2025
attracts an arm’s-length rate of interest, charged at a market rate determined by
the aggregation of average daily SONIA, 12-month IBOR reform published credit
adjustment spread and 1%. The loans are classified as current as repayment is
expected within 12 months of the reporting date.
13. Cash
Cash at bank and in hand includes cash in hand and deposits held on call with banks,
together with other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities
of three months or less and working capital overdrafts, which are subject to an
insignificant risk of changes in value.
Cash at bank and in hand
101.4
136.5
101.4
136.5
The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates their fair value.
Cash and cash equivalents are denominated in the following currencies:
Sterling
101.4
136.4
Euro
101.4
136.5
267
14. Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are initially measured at fair value and subsequently
measured at amortised cost, using the effective interest rate method.
Trade payables
12.0
11.8
Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings
0.9
0.5
Other taxation and social security
Accruals
16.5
30.4
27.6
Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings are unsecured, interest-free and repayable
on demand.
The Company’s accruals include bonus and commission accruals of £13.9m
(2024: £11.9m).
15. Retirement benefit plans
The Company’s accounting policy for retirement benefit plans is set out in Note 28
of the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
Refer to Note 28 of the Group’s financial statements for further information on the
critical estimate with respect to the valuation of defined benefit assets and liabilities.
The Company participates in the Savills UK Group Personal Pension Plan, a defined
contribution plan and the UK Plan, a defined benefit plan. The Company’s proportion
of the Group’s pension costs as they relate to past service is 5.53% in both the
current and prior year. Further details on the pension schemes can be found in
Note 28 of the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
The table below summarises the Company’s defined benefit pension amounts:
Non-current asset in the statement of financial position
Actuarial gain included in other comprehensive income
The amounts recognised in the Company’s statement of financial position are
as follows:
Present value of funded obligations
(9.4)
(9.3)
Fair value of plan assets
10.0
9.9
Non-current asset in the statement of financial position
268
15. Retirement benefit plans
The movement in the defined benefit asset for the UK Plan over the year is as follows:
Present value
of obligation
Fair value of
plan assets
Present value
of obligation
Fair value of
plan assets
(9.3)
9.9
(10.8)
10.8
Interest (expense)/income
(0.5)
(0.5)
Remeasurements:
– Loss on plan assets, excluding amounts included in interest income
(1.0)
(1.0)
– Gain from change in financial assumptions
1.4
1.4
– (Loss)/gain from change in demographic assumptions
– Experience losses
– Benefit payments
(0.4)
(0.4)
(9.4)
10.0
(9.3)
9.9
The Company had £0.2m of employee benefit obligations as at 31 December 2025 (2024: £0.3m), relating to holiday pay and long service leave.
269
16. Non-current provisions
The Company holds dilapidation provisions with respect to leasehold properties.
The Company’s accounting policy for provisions is set out in Note 26 of the Group’s
At 1 January 2025
Provided during the year
2.8
Expected utilisation of non-current provision
7 years
17. Share capital
Details of the share capital of the Company are shown in Note 31 of the Group’s
18. Share-based payment arrangements
The Company operates an equity share-based payment arrangement whereby
employees are granted shares in Savills plc, namely the Performance Share Plan
(‘PSP’), the Deferred Share Plan (‘DSP’), the Deferred Share Bonus Plan (‘DSBP’)
and the Sharesave Scheme. Refer to Note 33 of the Group’s consolidated financial
statements for further discussion.
The Company’s accounting policy for share-based payments is the same as set out
in Note 33 of the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
The Company recognises the share-based payment charge relating to its employees
in the income statement with the share-based payment charge relating to employees
of the Group’s subsidiaries recognised as an increase to the Company’s cost of
investment in subsidiary non-current asset on the statement of financial position,
with a corresponding entry to the Company’s share-based payment reserve. When
contributions from the Group’s subsidiaries are received, these are recognised against
the carrying value of the investment in subsidiary non-current asset to the extent
that they relate to the IFRS 2 charge (see Note 10).
The Company has established the Savills plc 1992 Employee Benefit Trust and the
Savills plc 2025 Employee Benefit Trust (the ‘EBTs’), the purposes of which are to
grant awards to employees, to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the Savills
Deferred Share Bonus Plan and the Savills Deferred Share Plan and to hold shares
in the Company for subsequent transfer to employees on the vesting of the awards
granted under the schemes. From a Company perspective, cash contributions to the
EBTs are recognised as an investment in subsidiary non–current asset. When treasury
shares are transferred out of the EBTs upon vesting, the related cost of investment
in subsidiary non-current asset is derecognised (see Note 10). The Savills plc 2025
Employee Benefit Trust was established during the year.
Movements in share schemes
2025 number of awards (‘000)
Sharesave
awards
PSP
awards
DSBP
awards
Outstanding at 1 January
85
485
674
Granted
267
Exercised
(53)
(16)
(259)
Forfeited/lapsed
(112)
Outstanding at 31 December
32
357
682
Exercisable at 31 December
Weighted average exercise price for awards
outstanding at the beginning of the year,
exercised in the year and forfeited/lapsed in
the year (pence)
759.0
Weighted average exercise price for awards
granted and outstanding at end of the
year (pence)
759.0
Weighted average remaining contractual
life (years)
2.3
1.4
Weighted average share price at the date
of exercise for awards exercised in the
year (pence)
998.5
1,016.0
962.5
270
18. Share-based payment arrangements
Movements in share schemes
2024 number of awards (‘000)
Sharesave
awards
PSP
awards
DSBP
Outstanding at 1 January
89
641
618
Granted
115
161
Exercised
(170)
(105)
Cancelled
(2)
Forfeited/lapsed
(2)
(101)
Outstanding at 31 December
85
485
674
Exercisable at 31 December
outstanding at the beginning of the year,
exercised in the year and forfeited/lapsed in
the year (pence)
759.0
granted and outstanding at end of the
759.0
Weighted average remaining contractual
life (years)
3.0
Weighted average share price at the date
of exercise for awards exercised in the
1,020.3
965.5
Fair value of options
For details on the fair value of awards see Note 33 of the Group’s consolidated
financial statements.
The fair values of options granted in the period are shown below.
Grant
Grant date
Deferred
period
Fair value
pence
DSBP 2025
10 June 2025
3 years
964.0
19. Dividends
Final dividends are recognised as a liability in the Company’s financial statements
in the period in which they are approved in a general shareholders’ meeting. Interim
dividends are recognised when paid.
Amounts recognised as distribution to equity holders
in the year:
In respect of the previous year
Ordinary final dividend of 14.5p per share (2023: 13.9p)
19.7
19.0
Supplemental interim dividend of 8.6p per share (2023: 2.0p)
11.7
In respect of the current year
Interim dividend of 7.4p per share (2024: 7.1p)
10.1
9.7
41.5
The Board recommends a final dividend of 15.7p per ordinary share (amounting to
£21.8m), alongside the supplemental interim dividend of 10.7p per ordinary share
(amounting to £14.8m), to be paid on 18 May 2026 to Shareholders on the register
at 10 April 2026. These financial statements do not reflect this dividend payable.
The total paid and recommended ordinary and supplemental dividend for the 2025
financial year comprises an aggregate distribution of 33.8p per ordinary share
(2024: 30.2p per ordinary share).
271
20. Employees
Basic salaries and wages
15.1
13.9
Profit share and commissions
9.5
Wages and salaries
24.6
22.1
Social security costs
3.7
3.2
Other pension costs
0.9
Share-based payments
2.8
32.0
28.9
The monthly average number of employees (including Directors) for the year was 218
(2024: 206).
21. Key management compensation
The key management for the year ended 31 December 2025 comprised the Board of
Directors and the GEB members. Directors’ remuneration is contained in the Group’s
Remuneration Report on pages 114 to 140. See Note 12.3 of the Group’s consolidated
financial statements for further information on key management compensation.
22. Related party transactions
There were no significant related party transactions during the year.
272
APPENDICES
Constant currency
Information on non-GAAP measures
The Group refers to revenue and underlying profit on a constant currency basis
which are both non-GAAP measures. The Group generates revenues and profits
in various territories and currencies because of its international footprint. Those
results are translated on consolidation at the foreign exchange rates prevailing
at the time. These exchange rates vary from year to year, so the Group presents
some of its results on a constant currency basis. Constant currency results are
calculated by translating the current year revenue and underlying profit using the
prior year exchange rates. This measure allows the Group to assess the results of the
current year compared to the prior year, excluding the impact of foreign currency
movements. See Note 11 for further information on non-GAAP measures.
The constant currency effect on revenue, reported profit and underlying profit is
summarised below:
Constant
currency
effect
2025 at
constant
currency
2,550.9
(34.6)
2,585.5
Profit before tax
101.0
(0.4)
Underlying profit before tax
(0.9)
146.2
The Group’s segmental results for the current year are presented below in
constant currency:
North
America
Residential Transactional
276.4
20.2
296.6
Commercial Transactional
267.1
118.2
299.7
685.0
389.0
121.1
42.7
552.8
Property Management
479.7
477.1
956.8
89.7
94.3
1,501.9
741.2
342.4
2,585.5
Underlying profit/(loss) before tax
Residential Transactional
19.7
22.3
Commercial Transactional
16.3
3.0
5.8
25.1
42.7
4.7
47.7
Property Management
29.7
23.1
52.8
12.8
13.7
(15.4)
(15.4)
Underlying profit/(loss) before tax
105.8
34.3
6.1
146.2
273
APPENDICES
Constant currency
Information on non-GAAP measures
The constant currency effect on the Group’s segmental results for the current year is
presented below:
North
America
(2.3)
(3.0)
(4.6)
(8.7)
(12.4)
(5.3)
(1.3)
(6.2)
(13.8)
(13.5)
(24.5)
(10.0)
(34.6)
(0.6)
(0.6)
(0.9)
274
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Key dates for 2026
13 May 2026
Financial half-year end
30 June 2026
Announcement of half-year results
13 August 2026
Website
Visit our investor relations website www.savills.com for full up-to-date investor
relations information, including the latest share price, recent Annual and Half-Year
Reports, results presentations and financial news.
Shareholder enquiries
For Shareholder enquiries please contact our Registrar, Equiniti (see below). For
general enquiries please call our Shareholder Services helpline on: 0371 384 2018
(overseas holders need to call +44 (0) 371 384 2018. Lines are open from 8.30am
to 5.30pm, Monday to Friday, excluding bank holidays). For further administrative
queries in respect of your shareholding, please access our Registrar’s website at
www.shareview.co.uk.
Electronic communications
If you would prefer to receive Shareholder communications electronically in future,
including your Annual and Half-Year Reports and notices of meetings, please visit
our Registrar’s website, www.shareview.co.uk and follow the link to ‘Register for
e-communications’ under the Shareholder Services section.
Half-Year Report
Like many other listed public companies, we no longer circulate printed Half-Year
Reports to Shareholders. Rather, half-year results’ statements are published on the
Company’s website. We believe that this is of benefit to those Shareholders who do
not wish to be burdened with such paper documents, and to the Company, as it is
consistent with our target of saving printing and distribution costs.
Professional advisors and service providers
Solicitors
CMS Cameron McKenna Nabarro
Olswang LLP
Cannon Place
78 Cannon Street
London EC4N 6AF
Registrar
Equiniti
Highdown House
Yeoman Way
Worthing
West Sussex BN99 3HH
Statutory auditor
Ernst & Young LLP
1 More London Place
London SE1 2AF
Joint stockbrokers
UBS Investment Bank
5 Broadgate
London EC2M 2QS
Deutsche Numis
21 Moorfields
London EC2Y 9DB
Principal bankers
Barclays Bank PLC
1 Churchill Place
London E14 5RB
275
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements
Certain statements included in this Annual Report are forward-looking and are
therefore subject to risks, assumptions and uncertainties that could cause actual
results to differ materially from those expressed or implied because they relate to
future events. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to,
statements relating to the Company’s expectations. Forward-looking statements
can be identified by the use of relevant terminology including the words: ‘believes’,
‘estimates’, ‘anticipates’, ‘expects’, ‘intends’, ‘forecasts’, ‘plans’, ‘goal’, ‘target’, ‘aim’,
‘may’, ‘will’, ‘would’, ‘could’ or ‘should’ or, in each case, their negative or other
variations or comparable terminology and include all matters that are not historical
facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this Annual Report and include
statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations and those of
our Officers, Directors and employees concerning, amongst other things, our results
of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, strategies and the
businesses we operate.
Other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those estimated
by the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:
global economic business conditions;
monetary and interest rate policies;
foreign currency exchange rates;
equity and property prices;
the impact of competition, inflation;
changes to regulations, taxes;
changes to consumer saving and spending habits; and
our success in managing the above factors.
Consequently, our actual future financial condition, performance and results could
differ materially from the plans, goals and expectations set out in our forward-looking
statements. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that any particular expectation
will be met and readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking
statements which speak only at their respective dates.
The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking
statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
276
CBP030752
Printed by a CarbonNeutral
®
Company certified to ISO
14001 environmental management system.
Printed on material from well-managed, FSC
®
certified
forests and other controlled sources.
100% of the inks used are vegetable oil based, 95%
of press chemicals are recycled for further use and,
on average 99% of any waste associated with this
production will be recycled and the remaining 1% used
to generate energy.
The paper is Carbon Balanced with World Land Trust,
an international conservation charity, who offset carbon
emissions through the purchase and preservation
of high conservation value land. Through protecting
standing forests under threat of clearance, carbon is
locked-in that would otherwise be released.
33 Margaret Street
London W1G 0JD
T: +44 (0)20 7499 8644
Registered in England
No. 2122174
Annual Report and Accounts 2025